« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to ubuntu-help/da/da.po
- browse files at revision 102
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 102
- Committer: Bazaar Package Importer
- Author(s): Matthew East, Jeremy Bicha, Matthew East
- Date: 2011-10-05 21:12:59 UTC
- Revision ID: james.westby@ubuntu.com-20111005211259-etcjtccdxod4oeg9
Tags: 11.10.4
[ Jeremy Bicha ]
* Updated screenshots to current Oneiric
* Don't install unused screenshots
* Added missing desktop-sharing pages
* Fixed lintian error in debian/copyright
[ Matthew East ]
* Add translations for langpacks
* Updated screenshots to current Oneiric
* Don't install unused screenshots
* Added missing desktop-sharing pages
* Fixed lintian error in debian/copyright
[ Matthew East ]
* Add translations for langpacks
- files added:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/hardware-cardreader.png
- ubuntu-help/cs
- ubuntu-help/da
- ubuntu-help/en_AU
- ubuntu-help/en_GB
- ubuntu-help/id
- ubuntu-help/lv
- ubuntu-help/mg
- ubuntu-help/pt
- ubuntu-help/sk
- ubuntu-help/sq
- ubuntu-help/zh_TW
- files removed:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/gnome-searchtool.png
- files modified:
- debian/changelog
added
removed
ubuntu-help/da/da.po
1
# Danish translation for ubuntu-docs
2
# Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2011.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-09-27 03:22-0400\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-04 15:32+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: Flemming Christensen (laoshi) <fc@stromata.dk>\n"
13
"Language-Team: Danish <da@li.org>\n"
14
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
15
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
16
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
17
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2011-10-05 20:13+0000\n"
18
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 14085)\n"
19
20
#: C/legal.xml:2(license/p)
21
msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
22
msgstr "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
23
24
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
25
msgctxt "_"
26
msgid "translator-credits"
27
msgstr ""
28
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
29
" Aputsiaq Niels Janussen https://launchpad.net/~aj\n"
30
" Flemming Christensen (laoshi) https://launchpad.net/~laoshi"
31
32
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name)
33
#: C/a11y-braille.page:11(credit/name)
34
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name)
35
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:10(credit/name)
36
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
37
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:11(credit/name)
38
#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name)
39
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:10(credit/name)
40
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:10(credit/name)
41
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name)
42
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
43
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name)
44
#: C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
45
#: C/clock.page:16(credit/name)
46
#: C/disk.page:10(credit/name)
47
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21(credit/name)
48
#: C/display-lock.page:14(credit/name)
49
#: C/files-browse.page:16(credit/name)
50
#: C/files-delete.page:16(credit/name)
51
#: C/files-lost.page:17(credit/name)
52
#: C/files-open.page:16(credit/name)
53
#: C/files.page:11(credit/name)
54
#: C/files-removedrive.page:9(credit/name)
55
#: C/files-rename.page:14(credit/name)
56
#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name)
57
#: C/files-select.page:9(credit/name)
58
#: C/files-share.page:14(credit/name)
59
#: C/hardware.page:10(credit/name)
60
#: C/keyboard.page:17(credit/name)
61
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(credit/name)
62
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:10(credit/name)
63
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:10(credit/name)
64
#: C/look-background.page:25(credit/name)
65
#: C/media.page:10(credit/name)
66
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:13(credit/name)
67
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:18(credit/name)
68
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:10(credit/name)
69
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:15(credit/name)
70
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(credit/name)
71
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19(credit/name)
72
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
73
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:11(credit/name)
74
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:17(credit/name)
75
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12(credit/name)
76
#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
77
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17(credit/name)
78
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:17(credit/name)
79
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:10(credit/name)
80
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:12(credit/name)
81
#: C/nautilus-views.page:17(credit/name)
82
#: C/net-editcon.page:10(credit/name)
83
#: C/net-findip.page:10(credit/name)
84
#: C/net-macaddress.page:9(credit/name)
85
#: C/net-nonm.page:9(credit/name)
86
#: C/net.page:11(credit/name)
87
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(credit/name)
88
#: C/prefs.page:11(credit/name)
89
#: C/prefs-language.page:10(credit/name)
90
#: C/prefs-display.page:10(credit/name)
91
#: C/printing-setup.page:24(credit/name)
92
#: C/session-language.page:15(credit/name)
93
#: C/shell-exit.page:15(credit/name)
94
#: C/sound-alert.page:9(credit/name)
95
#: C/sound-usemic.page:9(credit/name)
96
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:10(credit/name)
97
#: C/tips.page:9(credit/name)
98
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name)
99
#: C/unity-introduction.page:13(credit/name)
100
#: C/user-add.page:15(credit/name)
101
#: C/user-changepicture.page:14(credit/name)
102
#: C/user-delete.page:18(credit/name)
103
msgid "Shaun McCance"
104
msgstr "Shaun McCance"
105
106
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16(credit/name)
107
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name)
108
#: C/a11y-icon.page:11(credit/name)
109
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:15(credit/name)
110
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:16(credit/name)
111
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16(credit/name)
112
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:14(credit/name)
113
#: C/files-hidden.page:10(credit/name)
114
#: C/files-sort.page:11(credit/name)
115
#: C/files-tilde.page:11(credit/name)
116
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:11(credit/name)
117
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:10(credit/name)
118
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(credit/name)
119
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:14(credit/name)
120
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:11(credit/name)
121
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15(credit/name)
122
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
123
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
124
#: C/nautilus-list.page:11(credit/name)
125
#: C/net-adhoc.page:9(credit/name)
126
#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
127
#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
128
#: C/net-editcon.page:15(credit/name)
129
#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
130
#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
131
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
132
#: C/net-manual.page:9(credit/name)
133
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
134
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:9(credit/name)
135
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:9(credit/name)
136
#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
137
#: C/net-slow.page:9(credit/name)
138
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:14(credit/name)
139
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(credit/name)
140
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
141
#: C/power-batterylife.page:17(credit/name)
142
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
143
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:14(credit/name)
144
#: C/power-othercountry.page:15(credit/name)
145
#: C/printing.page:10(credit/name)
146
#: C/printing-2sided.page:12(credit/name)
147
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:12(credit/name)
148
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:11(credit/name)
149
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:12(credit/name)
150
#: C/printing-order.page:12(credit/name)
151
#: C/printing-select.page:11(credit/name)
152
#: C/printing-setup.page:12(credit/name)
153
#: C/sound-volume.page:9(credit/name)
154
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15(credit/name)
155
msgid "Phil Bull"
156
msgstr "Phil Bull"
157
158
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20(info/desc)
159
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."
160
msgstr "Ignorer hurtigt gentagne tastetryk på samme tast."
161
162
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24(page/title)
163
msgid "Turn on Bounce Keys"
164
msgstr "Aktivér Rystetaster"
165
166
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33(page/p)
167
msgid ""
168
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. "
169
"For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
170
"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
171
"bounce keys."
172
msgstr ""
173
"Aktivér <em>rystetaster</em> for at ignorere hurtigt gentagne tastetryk. Du "
174
"bør aktivere rystetaster, hvis du for eksempel ryster på hænderne, så du "
175
"kommer til at trykke flere gange på en tast, selv om du kun havde til "
176
"hensigt at trykke på den én gang."
177
178
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p)
179
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(item/p)
180
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:25(item/p)
181
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(item/p)
182
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36(item/p)
183
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38(item/p)
184
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32(item/p)
185
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(item/p)
186
#: C/display-lock.page:31(item/p)
187
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(item/p)
188
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
189
msgid ""
190
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
191
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
192
msgstr ""
193
"Klik på ikonet helt til højre på <gui>toppanelet</gui> og vælg "
194
"<gui>Systemindstillinger</gui>."
195
196
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37(item/p)
197
#: C/a11y-icon.page:31(item/p)
198
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29(item/p)
199
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(item/p)
200
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(item/p)
201
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(item/p)
202
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
203
msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
204
msgstr "Klik på <gui>Universel adgang</gui>."
205
206
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p)
207
#: C/a11y-icon.page:32(item/p)
208
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(item/p)
209
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(item/p)
210
msgid "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
211
msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <gui>Tastaturtilgængelighed</gui>."
212
213
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
214
#: C/a11y-icon.page:33(item/p)
215
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p)
216
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(item/p)
217
msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
218
msgstr "Vælg <gui>Aktivér tilgængelighedsfunktioner fra tastaturet</gui>"
219
220
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:40(item/p)
221
msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
222
msgstr "Aktivér <gui>Rystetaster</gui>."
223
224
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(page/p)
225
msgid ""
226
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
227
"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
228
"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
229
"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
230
"happened too soon after the previous key press."
231
msgstr ""
232
"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid</gui> for at ændre varigheden af den tid, som "
233
"rystetasten venter, inden den registrerer et nyt tastetryk efter at du "
234
"trykkede på tasten første gang. Vælg <gui>Lydtilbagemelding...</gui> hvis du "
235
"vil have computeren til at sige noget, hver gang den ignorerer et tastetryk, "
236
"fordi det kom for hurtigt efter det foregående tastetryk."
237
238
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46(note/p)
239
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:43(note/p)
240
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(note/p)
241
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(note/p)
242
msgid ""
243
"You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-"
244
"icon\">universal access menu</link>."
245
msgstr ""
246
"Du kan hurtigt aktivere eller deaktivere dette fra <link xref=\"a11y-"
247
"icon\">menuen universal adgang</link>."
248
249
#: C/a11y-braille.page:15(info/desc)
250
msgid ""
251
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
252
msgstr "Brug skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> med opdaterbar Braille-visning."
253
254
#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
255
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
256
msgstr "Læs skærmen i Braille"
257
258
#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
259
msgid ""
260
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
261
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
262
"href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
263
msgstr ""
264
"GNOME leverer skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app>, som kan vise brugerfladen i "
265
"opdaterbar Braille-visning. Se <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Hjælp til "
266
"Orca</link> for yderligere oplysninger."
267
268
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
269
msgid ""
270
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
271
"easier to see."
272
msgstr ""
273
"Gør vinduer og knapper på skærmen mere (eller mindre) klare, så de er "
274
"lettere at se."
275
276
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
277
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
278
msgstr "Justér kontrasten"
279
280
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
281
msgid ""
282
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
283
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the "
284
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
285
"interface</em> will change."
286
msgstr ""
287
"Du kan justere kontrasten på vinduer og knapper, så de er lettere at se. "
288
"Dette er ikke det samme som at <link xref=\"power-brighter\">ændre "
289
"lysstyrken på hele skærmen</link>; det er kun dele af <em>brugerfladen</em> "
290
"som bliver ændret."
291
292
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(item/p)
293
msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
294
msgstr ""
295
"Klik på dit navn i toppanelet og vælg <gui>Systemindstillinger</gui>."
296
297
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(item/p)
298
msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
299
msgstr "Åbn <gui>Universel adgang</gui>."
300
301
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(item/p)
302
msgid ""
303
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
304
"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
305
msgstr ""
306
"Under <gui>Skærm</gui> skal du vælge den <gui>Kontrast</gui>, som bedst "
307
"svarer til dine behov. For eksempel vil <gui>Lav</gui> gøre tingene mindre "
308
"klare."
309
310
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30(note/p)
311
msgid ""
312
"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
313
"icon\">universal access menu</link> on the top bar and selecting "
314
"<gui>Enhance contrast in colors</gui>."
315
msgstr ""
316
"Du kan hurtigt ændre kontrasten ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-"
317
"icon\">menuen universel adgang</link> i toppanelet og vælge <gui>Gør "
318
"kontrasten bedre</gui>."
319
320
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(info/desc)
321
msgid ""
322
"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
323
"mouse still."
324
msgstr "Med funktionen Hvileklik kan du klikke ved at holde musen i ro."
325
326
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(page/title)
327
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
328
msgstr "Simuler klik ved at holde musen stille"
329
330
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:25(page/p)
331
msgid ""
332
"You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer "
333
"over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
334
"mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is "
335
"turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the mouse "
336
"and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
337
msgstr ""
338
"Du kan trykke på knapper, når du holder musemarkøren stille over dem "
339
"(hvileklik). Det er nyttigt, hvis du finder det vanskeligt at bevæge musen "
340
"og klikke på museknappen samtidig. Når hvileklik er aktiveret, så kan du "
341
"bevæge musemarkøren hen over en knap, slippe musen og så vente lidt, inden "
342
"der bliver trykket på knappen for dig."
343
344
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(item/p)
345
msgid ""
346
"Click the icon at the far right of the top bar and select <gui>System "
347
"Settings</gui>."
348
msgstr ""
349
"Klik på ikonet længst til højre på toppanelet og vælg "
350
"<gui>Systemindstillinger</gui>."
351
352
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:29(item/p)
353
msgid ""
354
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and "
355
"Clicking</gui> tab."
356
msgstr ""
357
"Åbn <gui>Universel adgang</gui> og vælg fanebladet <gui>Pege og klikke</gui>."
358
359
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(item/p)
360
msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
361
msgstr "Aktivér <gui>Hvileklik</gui>."
362
363
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
364
msgid ""
365
"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
366
"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
367
"when you hover over a button. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary "
368
"Click</gui>, the mouse will right-click when you hover over a button for a "
369
"few seconds."
370
msgstr ""
371
"Vinduet <gui>Hvileklik</gui> åbnes, og det forbliver åben foran alle dine "
372
"øvrige vinduer. Du kan bruge dette til at vælge, hvilken type klik der skal "
373
"udføres, når du holder markøren over en knap. Hvis du for eksempel vælger "
374
"<gui>Sekundært klik</gui> vil musen højreklikke, når du holder den over en "
375
"knap i et par sekunder."
376
377
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
378
msgid ""
379
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
380
"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
381
"clicked."
382
msgstr ""
383
"Når du holder musemarkøren over en knap uden at bevæge den, vil knappen "
384
"gradvis skifte farve. Når den helt har skiftet farve klikkes der på knappen."
385
386
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(page/p)
387
msgid ""
388
"Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
389
"not just on buttons."
390
msgstr ""
391
"Hvileklik vil klikke på det sted, hvor musemarkøren befinder sig, ikke kun "
392
"på knapper."
393
394
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40(section/title)
395
msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
396
msgstr "Lav om på, hvor længe der skal ventes før der klikkes på knappen"
397
398
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(section/p)
399
msgid ""
400
"You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse "
401
"pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the "
402
"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the "
403
"<gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
404
msgstr ""
405
"Du kanlave om på varigheden mellem placeringen af musemarkøren på en knap og "
406
"trykket på knappen. For at gøre der skal du gå til fanebladet <gui>Pege og "
407
"klikke</gui> (se ovenfor) og ændre <gui>Ventetid</gui> i afdelingen "
408
"<gui>Venteklik</gui>."
409
410
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:45(section/title)
411
msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
412
msgstr ""
413
"Lav om på hvor meget musen må bevæge sig frem og tilbage, når den holdes"
414
415
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(section/p)
416
msgid ""
417
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button "
418
"to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still "
419
"click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not "
420
"happen."
421
msgstr ""
422
"Du behøver ikke at holde musen fuldkommen stille, når den holdes over en "
423
"knap for at klikke på den - markøren må gerne bevæge sig en lille smule og "
424
"vil alligevel klikke efter et stykke tid. Men hvis den bevæger sig for "
425
"meget, vil klikket ikke blive udført."
426
427
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47(section/p)
428
msgid ""
429
"You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
430
"considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and "
431
"Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in "
432
"the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the "
433
"pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
434
msgstr ""
435
"Du kan lave om på hvor meget markøren må bevæge sig og alligevel opfattes "
436
"som \"tilstrækkelig stille\" til at klikke på knappen. Gå til fanebladet "
437
"<gui>Pege og klikke</gui> (se ovenfor) og ændr <gui>Bevægelsestærskel<gui> i "
438
"afdelingen <gui>Hvileklik</gui>; en høj bevægelsestærskel vil tillade at "
439
"klikket registreres, selv om markøren bevæger sig en del."
440
441
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
442
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
443
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
444
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
445
#: C/a11y-icon.page:26(media)
446
msgctxt "_"
447
msgid ""
448
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/gnome/22x22/apps/preferences-desktop-"
449
"accessibility.png' md5='633f61ae9f7f16b1fe2a09947d930427'"
450
msgstr ""
451
452
#: C/a11y-icon.page:15(info/desc)
453
msgid ""
454
"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
455
"person."
456
msgstr ""
457
"Menuen universel adgang er ikonet på toppanelet, der ser ud som en person."
458
459
#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/title)
460
msgid "Show the universal access menu"
461
msgstr "Vis menuen universel adgang"
462
463
#: C/a11y-icon.page:21(page/p)
464
msgid ""
465
"The <em>universal access menu</em> allows quick access to turn on or off "
466
"various accessibility settings."
467
msgstr ""
468
"Med <em>menuen universel adgang</em> kan du få hurtig adgang til at aktivere "
469
"eller deaktivere en række tilgængelighedsindstillinger."
470
471
#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(figure/desc)
472
msgid "The universal access menu can be added to the top panel."
473
msgstr "Menuen universel adgang kan føjes til toppanelet."
474
475
#: C/a11y-icon.page:30(item/p)
476
msgid ""
477
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>panel</gui> and select "
478
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
479
msgstr ""
480
"Klik på ikonet helt til højre på <gui>panelet</gui> og vælg "
481
"<gui>Systemindstillinger</gui>."
482
483
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
484
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
485
msgstr "Brug større skrifttyper for at gøre det lettere at læse teksten."
486
487
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
488
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
489
msgstr "Ændr tekststørrelsen på skærmen"
490
491
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
492
msgid ""
493
"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
494
"size of the font."
495
msgstr ""
496
"Hvis du har svært ved at læse teksten på din skærm, kan du ændre "
497
"skriftstørrelsen."
498
499
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:25(item/p)
500
msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
501
msgstr "Klik på <gui>Universel adgang</gui>."
502
503
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:26(item/p)
504
msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
505
msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <gui>Udseende</gui>."
506
507
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(item/p)
508
msgid ""
509
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
510
"for you. It will adjust immediately."
511
msgstr ""
512
"Under <gui>Skærm</gui> skal du vælge den <gui>Tekststørrelse</gui> der har "
513
"en passende størrelse for dig. Den tilpasser sig med det samme."
514
515
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32(note/p)
516
msgid ""
517
"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
518
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
519
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
520
msgstr ""
521
"I mange programmer kan du når som helst gøre teksten større ved at taste "
522
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. For at formindske teksten skal "
523
"du taste <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
524
525
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:15(info/desc)
526
msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."
527
msgstr "Du kan finde musemarkøren ved at taste <key>Ctrl</key>."
528
529
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:19(page/title)
530
msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
531
msgstr "Fin markøren hurtigt"
532
533
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:22(page/p)
534
msgid ""
535
"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
536
"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
537
"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
538
"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
539
msgstr ""
540
"Hvis du har svært ved at se hvor musemarkøren er på skærmen, kan du "
541
"indstille det sådan at markøren findes blot ved at du trykker på "
542
"<key>Ctrl</key>. Når det er gjort, kommer der en kort animation ved "
543
"markørens placering, når du trykker på <key>Ctrl</key>."
544
545
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(item/p)
546
msgid ""
547
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
548
msgstr "Åbn <gui>Mus og pegeplade</gui> og vælg fanebladet <gui>Mus</gui>."
549
550
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(item/p)
551
msgid ""
552
"Check <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
553
msgstr "Markér <gui>Vis markørpositionen når ctrl-tasten trykkes</gui>."
554
555
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:30(page/p)
556
msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
557
msgstr ""
558
"Dine <key>ctrl</key>-taster vil nu vise markørens position når du trykker på "
559
"den."
560
561
#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
562
msgid ""
563
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
564
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
565
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
566
"braille\">braille</link>..."
567
msgstr ""
568
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Udseende</link>, <link "
569
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">høre</link>, <link "
570
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">bevægelse</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
571
"braille\">braille</link>..."
572
573
#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title)
574
msgid "Universal access"
575
msgstr "Universel adgang"
576
577
#: C/a11y.page:26(page/p)
578
msgid ""
579
"The Ubuntu desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
580
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
581
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
582
"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
583
msgstr ""
584
"Ubuntus skrivebordsmiljø indeholder hjælpeteknologier som kan støtte brugere "
585
"med forskellige handicaps og særlige behov og fungere sammen med almindelige "
586
"hjælpemidler. Fra afsnittet <gui>Universel adgang</gui> i "
587
"<gui>Systemindstillinger</gui> kan man tilgå mange tilgængelighedsfunktioner."
588
589
#: C/a11y.page:32(section/title)
590
msgid "Visual impairments"
591
msgstr "For synshæmmede"
592
593
#: C/a11y.page:35(links/title)
594
msgid "Blindness"
595
msgstr "For blinde"
596
597
#: C/a11y.page:38(links/title)
598
msgid "Low vision"
599
msgstr "For svagtseende"
600
601
#: C/a11y.page:41(links/title)
602
msgid "Color-blindness"
603
msgstr "For farveblinde"
604
605
#: C/a11y.page:44(links/title)
606
#: C/a11y.page:66(links/title)
607
msgid "Other topics"
608
msgstr "Ande emner"
609
610
#: C/a11y.page:49(section/title)
611
msgid "Hearing impairments"
612
msgstr "For hørehæmmede"
613
614
#: C/a11y.page:54(section/title)
615
msgid "Mobility impairments"
616
msgstr "For bevægelseshæmmede"
617
618
#: C/a11y.page:57(links/title)
619
msgid "Mouse movement"
620
msgstr "Musebevægelse"
621
622
#: C/a11y.page:60(links/title)
623
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
624
msgstr "Klikke og trække"
625
626
#: C/a11y.page:63(links/title)
627
msgid "Keyboard use"
628
msgstr "Brug af tastatur"
629
630
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:19(info/desc)
631
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
632
msgstr "Tryk på venstre museknap og hold den nede for at højreklikke."
633
634
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:23(page/title)
635
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
636
msgstr "Simulér et højreklik med musen"
637
638
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25(page/p)
639
msgid ""
640
"You can make it so that, instead of clicking the right mouse button, you can "
641
"just hold-down the left mouse button for a while to do the same thing. This "
642
"is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one "
643
"hand, or if you have a specialized mouse."
644
msgstr ""
645
"Du kan indstille det sådan, at du i stedet for at klikke med højre museknap "
646
"bare kan holde venstre museknap nede et stykke tid for at gøre det samme. "
647
"Det er nyttigt, hvis du finder det vanskeligt at bevæge fingrene hver for "
648
"sig på den ene hånd, eller hvis du har en specialiseret mus."
649
650
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(item/p)
651
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(item/p)
652
msgid "Select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
653
msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <gui>Pege og klikke</gui>."
654
655
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:31(item/p)
656
msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
657
msgstr "Aktiver <gui>Simuleret sekundært klik</gui>."
658
659
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:34(page/p)
660
msgid ""
661
"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before "
662
"it is registered as a right click. In the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
663
"tab, change the <gui>acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
664
"Click</gui>."
665
msgstr ""
666
"Du kan ændre varigheden af den tid, som du skal holde venstre museknap nede "
667
"før det registreres som et højreklik. På faneblader <gui>Pege og "
668
"klikke</gui> skal du ændre <gui>ventetid</gui> under <gui>Simuleret "
669
"sekundært klik</gui>."
670
671
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:14(info/desc)
672
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
673
msgstr "Brug skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> til at oplæse brugerfladen."
674
675
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
676
msgid "Read screen aloud"
677
msgstr "Læs skærmen højt"
678
679
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
680
msgid ""
681
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
682
"interface. Refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more "
683
"information."
684
msgstr ""
685
"GNOME leverer skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> til at oplæse brugerfladen. Se "
686
"<link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Hjælp til Orca</link> for yderligere oplysninger."
687
688
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:20(info/desc)
689
msgid ""
690
"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
691
"screen."
692
msgstr ""
693
"Få en pause mellem et tastaturtryk og bogstavets tilsynekomst på skærmen."
694
695
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:24(page/title)
696
msgid "Turn on Slow Keys"
697
msgstr "Aktivér Langsomme taster"
698
699
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:33(page/p)
700
msgid ""
701
"Turn on <em>Slow Keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
702
"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
703
"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
704
"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
705
"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
706
"the keyboard the first time."
707
msgstr ""
708
"Aktiver <em>Langsomme taster</em> hvis du gerne vil have en pause mellem et "
709
"tastetryk og bogstavets tilsynekomst på skærmen. Det betyder at du skal "
710
"holde alle de taster som du vil bruge nede et stykke tid før det viser sig. "
711
"Brug langsomme taster, hvis du kommer til at trykke på flere taster ad "
712
"gangen, når du skriver, eller hvis du har svært ved at trykke på den rigtige "
713
"tast på tastaturet ved første forsøg."
714
715
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40(item/p)
716
msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
717
msgstr "Aktivér <gui>Langsomme taster<gui>."
718
719
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(page/p)
720
msgid ""
721
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
722
"hold a key down for it to register."
723
msgstr ""
724
"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid</gui> til at kontrollere hvor længe du skal "
725
"trykke på en tast for at den registreres."
726
727
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49(page/p)
728
msgid ""
729
"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
730
"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
731
"the key down long enough."
732
msgstr ""
733
"Du kan få din computer til at give lyd når du trykker på en tast, når et "
734
"tastetryk accepteres, eller når et tastetryk afvises fordi du ikke holdt "
735
"tasten nede længe nok."
736
737
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20(info/desc)
738
msgid ""
739
"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
740
"all of the keys at once."
741
msgstr ""
742
"Skriv tastaturgenveje én tast ad gangen i stedet for at skulle holde alle "
743
"tasterne nede samtidig."
744
745
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24(page/title)
746
msgid "Turn on Sticky Keys"
747
msgstr "Aktivér Blivende taster"
748
749
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33(page/p)
750
msgid ""
751
"<em>Sticky Keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
752
"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
753
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
754
"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
755
"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press "
756
"<key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
757
msgstr ""
758
"Med <em>Blivende taster</em> kan du skrive tastaturgenveje med én tast ad "
759
"gangen i stedet for at skulle holde alle tasterne nede samtidig. For "
760
"eksempel skifter genvejen <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
761
"mellem vinduer. Hvis blivende taster ikke er aktiveret, vil du skulle holde "
762
"begge taster nede på samme tid; med blivende taster aktiveret ville du "
763
"trykke på <key>Alt</key> og derefter <key>Tab</key> for at gøre det samme."
764
765
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
766
msgid ""
767
"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
768
"several keys at once."
769
msgstr ""
770
"Hvis du finder det vanskeligt at holde flere taster nede på samme tid, vil "
771
"du måske gerne aktivere blivende taster."
772
773
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
774
msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
775
msgstr "Aktivér <gui>Blivende taster<gui>."
776
777
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(page/p)
778
msgid ""
779
"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
780
"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
781
msgstr ""
782
"Hvis du trykker på to taster på samme tid, kan du få blivende taster til at "
783
"blive midlertidigt slået fra, så du kan bruge en tastaturgenvej på "
784
"\"standard\"-måden."
785
786
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(page/p)
787
msgid ""
788
"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
789
"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
790
"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
791
"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
792
"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
793
"together), but not others."
794
msgstr ""
795
"Hvis du for eksempel har blivende taster slået til, men trykker på "
796
"<key>Alt</key> og <key>Tab</key> samtidig, så ville blivende taster ikke "
797
"vente på at du trykker på endnu en tast, hvis du havde denne mulighed "
798
"aktiveret. Men de <em>ville</em> vente, hvis du kun trykkede på én tast. "
799
"Dette er nyttigt, hvis du godt kan trykke på nogle tastaturgenveje samtidig "
800
"(for eksempel taster som sidder tæt sammen), men ikke på andre."
801
802
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51(page/p)
803
msgid ""
804
"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
805
msgstr ""
806
"Vælg <gui>Deaktiver hvis to taster holdes nede samtidig</gui> for at "
807
"aktivere dette."
808
809
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:53(page/p)
810
msgid ""
811
"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
812
"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
813
"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
814
"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
815
"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
816
msgstr ""
817
"Du kan få computeren til at komme med en \"bip\"-lyd, når du begynder at "
818
"taste en tastaturgenvej med blivende taster slået til. Dette er nyttigt, "
819
"hvis du vil vide at blivende taster forventer at der skal skrives en "
820
"tastaturgenvej, således at det næste tastetryk vil blive tolket som den af "
821
"en genvej. Vælg <gui>Bip når der trykkes på en modifikationstast<gui> for at "
822
"aktivere dette."
823
824
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
825
msgid ""
826
"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
827
"played."
828
msgstr ""
829
"Aktivér visuelle påmindelser for at få skærmen eller vinduet til at blinke, "
830
"når der afspilles en påmindelseslyd."
831
832
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
833
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
834
msgstr "Blink med skærmen ved påmindelseslyde"
835
836
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
837
msgid ""
838
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
839
"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
840
"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
841
"alert sound is played."
842
msgstr ""
843
"Din computer vil afspille en enkel påmindelseslyd for visse typer af "
844
"meddelelser og begivenheder. Hvis du har svært ved at høre disse lyde, kan "
845
"du få enten hele skærmen eller det aktive vindue til at blinke, når "
846
"påmindelseslyden afspilles."
847
848
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
849
msgid ""
850
"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
851
"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-"
852
"alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
853
msgstr ""
854
"Dette kan også være nyttigt, hvis du er på et sted, hvor computeren skal "
855
"være stille, som feks. på et bibliotek. Se <link xref=\"lyd-påmindelse\"/> "
856
"for at se, hvordan du sætter påmindelseslyden på lydløs og aktiverer "
857
"visuelle påmindelser."
858
859
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(item/p)
860
msgid ""
861
"On the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab, switch on <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>. Select "
862
"whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to flash."
863
msgstr ""
864
"På fanebladet <gui>Høre</gui> skal du aktivere <gui>Visuelle "
865
"påmindelser</gui>. Vælg om du vil have hele skærmen eller kun det aktive "
866
"vindue til at blinke."
867
868
#: C/about-this-guide.page:9(info/desc)
869
msgid "A few tips about using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
870
msgstr "Lidt om brugen af Vejledningen til Ubuntus skrivebordsmiljø."
871
872
#: C/about-this-guide.page:13(credit/name)
873
#: C/backup-check.page:12(credit/name)
874
#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name)
875
#: C/backup-how.page:14(credit/name)
876
#: C/backup-restore.page:13(credit/name)
877
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14(credit/name)
878
#: C/backup-what.page:9(credit/name)
879
#: C/backup-where.page:10(credit/name)
880
#: C/backup-why.page:18(credit/name)
881
#: C/clock-calendar.page:13(credit/name)
882
#: C/clock-set.page:11(credit/name)
883
#: C/clock-timezone.page:10(credit/name)
884
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(credit/name)
885
#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(credit/name)
886
#: C/files-autorun.page:15(credit/name)
887
#: C/files-lost.page:13(credit/name)
888
#: C/files-recover.page:12(credit/name)
889
#: C/files-rename.page:10(credit/name)
890
#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
891
#: C/hardware-driver.page:12(credit/name)
892
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
893
#: C/look-background.page:13(credit/name)
894
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(credit/name)
895
#: C/look-resolution.page:13(credit/name)
896
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(credit/name)
897
#: C/net-antivirus.page:12(credit/name)
898
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:10(credit/name)
899
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
900
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(credit/name)
901
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:12(credit/name)
902
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:11(credit/name)
903
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
904
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:17(credit/name)
905
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15(credit/name)
906
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15(credit/name)
907
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16(credit/name)
908
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
909
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14(credit/name)
910
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
911
#: C/power-batterylife.page:13(credit/name)
912
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
913
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
914
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:10(credit/name)
915
#: C/power-brighter.page:14(credit/name)
916
#: C/power-closelid.page:12(credit/name)
917
#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
918
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11(credit/name)
919
#: C/power-lowpower.page:10(credit/name)
920
#: C/power-nowireless.page:14(credit/name)
921
#: C/power-othercountry.page:11(credit/name)
922
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
923
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:12(credit/name)
924
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:10(credit/name)
925
#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
926
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
927
#: C/session-language.page:11(credit/name)
928
#: C/session-loginsound.page:13(credit/name)
929
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:12(credit/name)
930
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(credit/name)
931
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(credit/name)
932
#: C/shell-overview.page:14(credit/name)
933
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14(credit/name)
934
#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
935
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:13(credit/name)
936
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:13(credit/name)
937
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:15(credit/name)
938
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:13(credit/name)
939
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15(credit/name)
940
#: C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
941
#: C/sound-crackle.page:12(credit/name)
942
#: C/sound-nosound.page:12(credit/name)
943
#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name)
944
#: C/user-add.page:11(credit/name)
945
#: C/user-admin-change.page:13(credit/name)
946
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:12(credit/name)
947
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:12(credit/name)
948
#: C/user-changepassword.page:14(credit/name)
949
#: C/user-changepicture.page:10(credit/name)
950
#: C/user-delete.page:14(credit/name)
951
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10(credit/name)
952
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:11(credit/name)
953
#: C/video-dvd.page:12(credit/name)
954
#: C/video-sending.page:12(credit/name)
955
#: C/windows-key.page:9(credit/name)
956
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
957
msgstr "GNOME dokumentationsprojektet"
958
959
#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(credit/name)
960
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:10(credit/name)
961
#: C/addremove-install.page:10(credit/name)
962
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:10(credit/name)
963
#: C/addremove-remove.page:10(credit/name)
964
#: C/addremove-sources.page:10(credit/name)
965
#: C/app-cheese.page:10(credit/name)
966
#: C/fallback-mode.page:16(credit/name)
967
#: C/net-antivirus.page:17(credit/name)
968
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11(credit/name)
969
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11(credit/name)
970
#: C/net-chat-social.page:10(credit/name)
971
#: C/net-chat-video.page:10(credit/name)
972
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10(credit/name)
973
#: C/net-mobile.page:10(credit/name)
974
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16(credit/name)
975
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:10(credit/name)
976
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:16(credit/name)
977
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:11(credit/name)
978
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:9(credit/name)
979
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:9(credit/name)
980
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:11(credit/name)
981
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:9(credit/name)
982
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
983
msgstr "Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet"
984
985
#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(page/title)
986
msgid "About this guide"
987
msgstr "Om denne vejledning"
988
989
#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(page/p)
990
msgid ""
991
"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
992
"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
993
"computer more effectively.We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
994
"possible:"
995
msgstr ""
996
"Denne vejledning er udarbejdet for at give dig et overblik over mulighederne "
997
"i dit skrivebordsmiljø, besvare dine computerrelaterede spørgsmål og komme "
998
"med gode ideer til, hvordan du kan bruge din computer mere effektivt. Vi har "
999
"forsøgt at gøre denne vejledning så let som muligt at bruge."
1000
1001
#: C/about-this-guide.page:28(item/p)
1002
msgid ""
1003
"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
1004
"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
1005
"answer to your questions."
1006
msgstr ""
1007
"Vejledningen er opbygget med små opgaveorienterede emner - ikke kapitler. "
1008
"Det betyder at du ikke behøver løbe gennem en hel brugevejledning for at "
1009
"finde svaret på dine spørgsmål."
1010
1011
#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(item/p)
1012
msgid ""
1013
"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
1014
"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
1015
"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
1016
msgstr ""
1017
"Beslægtede emner er sammenkædede. \"Se også\"-henvisninger i bunden af nogle "
1018
"af siderne vil lede dig til beslægtede emner. Det gør det let at finde "
1019
"tilsvarende emner, som måske kan hjælpe dig til at udføre en bestemt opgave."
1020
1021
#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(item/p)
1022
msgid ""
1023
"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
1024
"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
1025
"you start typing."
1026
msgstr ""
1027
"Den har indbygget søgning. Hjælpebrowserens topbjælke er en "
1028
"<em>søgebjælke</em>, og der vil begynde at komme relevante resultater så "
1029
"snart du begynder at skrive."
1030
1031
#: C/about-this-guide.page:31(item/p)
1032
msgid ""
1033
"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
1034
"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
1035
"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
1036
"more helpful, though."
1037
msgstr ""
1038
"Guiden er under stadig forbedring. Selv om vi prøver at give dig en "
1039
"omfattende samling nyttige oplysninger ved vi godt, at vi ikke kan besvare "
1040
"alle dine spørgsmål her. Vi vil selvfølgelig stadig tilføje yderligere "
1041
"oplysninger for at kunne hjælpe mere."
1042
1043
#: C/about-this-guide.page:34(page/p)
1044
msgid ""
1045
"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>. We "
1046
"sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
1047
msgstr ""
1048
"Tak fordi du tog dig tid til at læse <em>Vejledning til Ubuntus "
1049
"skrivebordsmiljø</em>. Vi håber oprigtigt at du aldrig vil få brug for den."
1050
1051
#: C/about-this-guide.page:36(page/p)
1052
msgid "-- The Ubuntu documentation team"
1053
msgstr "-- Ubuntu dokumentationsholdet"
1054
1055
#: C/addremove.page:11(credit/name)
1056
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(credit/name)
1057
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(credit/name)
1058
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:11(credit/name)
1059
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(credit/name)
1060
#: C/more-help.page:15(credit/name)
1061
#: C/net-editcon.page:20(credit/name)
1062
#: C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
1063
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:9(credit/name)
1064
#: C/net-macaddress.page:13(credit/name)
1065
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:9(credit/name)
1066
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
1067
#: C/printing-2sided.page:16(credit/name)
1068
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:16(credit/name)
1069
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:15(credit/name)
1070
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:16(credit/name)
1071
#: C/printing-order.page:16(credit/name)
1072
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:12(credit/name)
1073
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:12(credit/name)
1074
#: C/printing-setup.page:16(credit/name)
1075
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18(credit/name)
1076
msgid "Jim Campbell"
1077
msgstr "Jim Campbell"
1078
1079
#: C/addremove.page:15(credit/name)
1080
msgid "Matthew East"
1081
msgstr "Matthew East"
1082
1083
#: C/addremove.page:19(info/desc)
1084
msgid ""
1085
"<link xref=\"addremove-install\">Install</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-"
1086
"remove\">remove</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-sources\">software "
1087
"repositories</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-ppa\">Personal Package "
1088
"Archives</link>..."
1089
msgstr ""
1090
"<link xref=\"addremove-install\">Installér</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-"
1091
"remove\">fjern</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-"
1092
"sources\">softwarekilder</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-ppa\">Personlige "
1093
"pakkearkiver</link>..."
1094
1095
#: C/addremove.page:29(page/title)
1096
msgid "Add & remove software"
1097
msgstr "Tilføj & fjern software"
1098
1099
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:13(info/desc)
1100
msgid ""
1101
"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to "
1102
"Ubuntu Software Center."
1103
msgstr ""
1104
"Synaptic er et kraftfuldt, men kompliceret programhåndterings-alternativ til "
1105
"Ubuntus softwarecenter."
1106
1107
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:17(page/title)
1108
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
1109
msgstr "Brug Synaptic til mere avanceret softwarehåndtering"
1110
1111
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:19(page/p)
1112
msgid ""
1113
"<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some "
1114
"software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> cannot. "
1115
"Synaptic's interface is more complicated and does not support newer Software "
1116
"Center features like ratings and reviews and thus is not recommended for use "
1117
"by those new to Ubuntu."
1118
msgstr ""
1119
"<app>Synaptic pakkehåndtering</app> er mere kraftfuldt og kan udføre "
1120
"softwarehåndteringsopgaver, som <app>Ubuntu softwarecenter</app> ikke kan. "
1121
"Synaptics brugerflade er mere indviklet og understøtter ikke nyere "
1122
"Softwarecentermuligheder som vurderinger og anmeldelser og anbefales derfor "
1123
"ikke, hvis man er ny bruger af Ubuntu."
1124
1125
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:27(item/p)
1126
msgid "Open the <em>Dash</em> by pressing the <key>meta</key> key."
1127
msgstr "Åbn <em>Panel</em> ved at trykke på <key>meta</key>-tasten."
1128
1129
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:30(item/p)
1130
msgid ""
1131
"Search for <app>Synaptic</app> from the <gui>search bar</gui> at the top of "
1132
"the <em>Dash</em>."
1133
msgstr ""
1134
"Søg efter <app>Synapric</app> fra <gui>søgebjælken</gui> øverst i "
1135
"<em>Panelet</em>."
1136
1137
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:33(item/p)
1138
msgid ""
1139
"When the <app>Synaptic</app> application appears in the list, click on it to "
1140
"open it. This will launch the application. If prompted to do so, enter your "
1141
"password."
1142
msgstr ""
1143
"Når programmet <app>Synaptic kommer frem på listen, skal du klikke på det "
1144
"for at åbne det. Dette vil starte programmet. Hvis du bliver bedt om det "
1145
"skal du skrive din adgangskode."
1146
1147
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:37(item/p)
1148
msgid ""
1149
"When <app>Synaptic</app> opens, click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an "
1150
"application, or click <gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to "
1151
"find one."
1152
msgstr ""
1153
"Når <app>Synaptic</app> åbner, skal du klikke på <gui>Søg</gui> for at søge "
1154
"efter et program eller klikke på <gui>Sektioner</gui> og gennemse "
1155
"kategorierne for at finde et."
1156
1157
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:42(item/p)
1158
msgid ""
1159
"Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark "
1160
"for Installation</gui>."
1161
msgstr ""
1162
"Højreklik på det program som du vil installere, og vælg <gui>Markér til "
1163
"installation</gui>."
1164
1165
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:46(item/p)
1166
msgid ""
1167
"If you are asked if you would like to mark additional changes, click "
1168
"<gui>Mark</gui>."
1169
msgstr ""
1170
"Hvis du bliver spurgt om du vil markere yderligere ændringer, skal du klikke "
1171
"på <gui>Markér</gui>."
1172
1173
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:50(item/p)
1174
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
1175
msgstr ""
1176
"Vælg eventuelle andre programmer, som du kunne tænke dig at installere."
1177
1178
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:54(item/p)
1179
msgid ""
1180
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that "
1181
"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
1182
msgstr ""
1183
"Klik på <gui>Anvend</gui> og klik så på <gui>Anvend</gui> i det vindue som "
1184
"dukker op. De programmer som du vælger vil blive hentet og installeret."
1185
1186
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:60(page/p)
1187
msgid ""
1188
"For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link "
1189
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Synaptic Manual</link>."
1190
msgstr ""
1191
"Hvis du vil vide mere om brugen af <app>Synaptic</app> kan du se <link "
1192
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Brugerhåndbog til Synaptic </link>."
1193
1194
#: C/addremove-install.page:13(info/desc)
1195
msgid ""
1196
"Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
1197
msgstr ""
1198
"Brug Ubuntus softwarecenter for at tilføje programmer og gøre Ubuntu mere "
1199
"anvendelig."
1200
1201
#: C/addremove-install.page:17(page/title)
1202
msgid "Install additional software"
1203
msgstr "Installér yderligere software"
1204
1205
#: C/addremove-install.page:18(page/p)
1206
msgid ""
1207
"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we "
1208
"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will "
1209
"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
1210
msgstr ""
1211
"Ubuntus udviklerhold har valgt et standardsæt af programmer, som vi mener "
1212
"gør Ubuntu yderst anvendelig til de fleste daglige opgaver. Men du vil helt "
1213
"sikker have brug for at installere yderligere software for at gøre Ubuntu "
1214
"mere anvendelig for netop dig."
1215
1216
#: C/addremove-install.page:21(page/p)
1217
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
1218
msgstr ""
1219
"For at installere yderligere software skal du gennemføre følgende skridt:"
1220
1221
#: C/addremove-install.page:23(item/p)
1222
msgid ""
1223
"Unless you are installing software from a local source, make sure that you "
1224
"have a working Internet connection."
1225
msgstr ""
1226
"Hvis ikke du installerer software fra en lokal kilde, skal du sikre dig at "
1227
"du har en fungerende internetforbindelse."
1228
1229
#: C/addremove-install.page:25(item/p)
1230
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:24(item/p)
1231
msgid ""
1232
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1233
"search for Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1234
msgstr ""
1235
"Klik på ikonet <app>Ubuntu Softwarecenter</app> i Opstarteren, eller søg "
1236
"efter Softwarecenter i søgebjælken i <app>Panelet</app>."
1237
1238
#: C/addremove-install.page:27(item/p)
1239
msgid ""
1240
"When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a "
1241
"category and find an application from the list."
1242
msgstr ""
1243
"Søg efter et program eller vælg en kategori og find et program i listen, når "
1244
"Softwarecentret åbner."
1245
1246
#: C/addremove-install.page:28(item/p)
1247
msgid ""
1248
"Select the application that you are interested in and click "
1249
"<gui>Install</gui>."
1250
msgstr ""
1251
"Vælg det program, som du er interesseret i og klik på <gui>Installér</gui>."
1252
1253
#: C/addremove-install.page:29(item/p)
1254
msgid ""
1255
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the "
1256
"installation will begin."
1257
msgstr ""
1258
"Du vil blive bedt om at skrive din adgangskode. Når du har gjort det, "
1259
"begynder installationen."
1260
1261
#: C/addremove-install.page:30(item/p)
1262
msgid ""
1263
"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you "
1264
"have a slow Internet connection. When it has finished, your new application "
1265
"will be ready to use; most applications can be accessed from the "
1266
"Applications menu."
1267
msgstr ""
1268
"Installationen afsluttes normalt hurtigt, men kan tage lidt tid, hvis du har "
1269
"en langsom internetforbindelse. Når den er færdig, vil dit nye program være "
1270
"klar til brug. De fleste programmer kan tilgås fra menuen Programmer."
1271
1272
#: C/addremove-install.page:35(page/p)
1273
#: C/addremove-remove.page:48(page/p)
1274
msgid ""
1275
"For more information about using the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, "
1276
"consult the <link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center "
1277
"Manual</link>."
1278
msgstr ""
1279
"Hvis du vil have mere at vide om, hvordan du bruger "
1280
"<app>Softwarecenter</app> kan du se <link href=\"ghelp:software-"
1281
"center\">Brugerhåndbog til Ubuntu softwarecenter</link>."
1282
1283
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:13(info/desc)
1284
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
1285
msgstr ""
1286
"Tilføj PPAer for at hjælpe med at teste tidlige udgaver af software eller "
1287
"speciel software."
1288
1289
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:17(page/title)
1290
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
1291
msgstr "Tilføj et Personligt pakkearkiv (PPA"
1292
1293
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18(page/p)
1294
msgid ""
1295
"<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed "
1296
"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party "
1297
"repositories."
1298
msgstr ""
1299
"<em>Personlige pakkearkiver (PPAer)</em> er softwarekilder, der er udformet "
1300
"til Ubuntubrugere, og de er lettere at installere end tredjeparts-"
1301
"softwarekilder."
1302
1303
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19(note/p)
1304
#: C/addremove-sources.page:19(note/p)
1305
msgid ""
1306
"Only add software repositories from sources that you trust. Third-party "
1307
"software repositories are not checked for security by Ubuntu members, and "
1308
"may contain software which is harmful to your computer."
1309
msgstr ""
1310
"Tilføj kun softwarekilder fra steder du stoler på. Tredjeparts-"
1311
"softwarekilder sikkerhedskontrolleres ikke af Ubuntu-medlemmer og kan "
1312
"indeholde software, som er skadelig for din computer."
1313
1314
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22(steps/title)
1315
msgid "Install a PPA"
1316
msgstr "Installér en PPA"
1317
1318
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23(item/p)
1319
msgid ""
1320
"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading that reads <gui>Adding this "
1321
"PPA to your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should "
1322
"look similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-stable</code>."
1323
msgstr ""
1324
"På oversigtssiden for en PPA skal du se efter den overskrift som hedder "
1325
"<gui>Adding this PPA to your system</gui>. Bemærk dig PPAens placering, som "
1326
"burde se ud som f.eks.: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-stable</code>."
1327
1328
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:26(item/p)
1329
#: C/addremove-sources.page:25(item/p)
1330
msgid ""
1331
"When the Software Center launches, click "
1332
"<guiseq><gui>Edit></gui><gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
1333
msgstr ""
1334
"Når Softwarecenter åbner skal du klikke på "
1335
"<guiseq><gui>Redigér></gui><gui>Softwarekilder</gui></guiseq>"
1336
1337
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:27(item/p)
1338
#: C/addremove-sources.page:26(item/p)
1339
msgid ""
1340
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to "
1341
"the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1342
msgstr ""
1343
"Du bliver bedt om at skrive din adgangskode. Når du har gjort det skal du "
1344
"skifte til fanebladet <gui>Anden software</gui>."
1345
1346
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:28(item/p)
1347
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
1348
msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui> og skriv placeringen af <code>ppa:</code>"
1349
1350
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29(item/p)
1351
#: C/addremove-sources.page:29(item/p)
1352
msgid ""
1353
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu "
1354
"Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
1355
msgstr ""
1356
"Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui> og luk såvinduet Softwarekilder. Ubuntu "
1357
"Softwarecenter kontrollerer så om dine softewarekilder har nye opdateringer."
1358
1359
#: C/addremove-remove.page:13(info/desc)
1360
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
1361
msgstr "Fjern software som du ikke bruger længere."
1362
1363
#: C/addremove-remove.page:17(page/title)
1364
msgid "Remove an application"
1365
msgstr "Fjern et program"
1366
1367
#: C/addremove-remove.page:19(page/p)
1368
msgid ""
1369
"The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> makes it easy to remove software that "
1370
"you no longer use."
1371
msgstr ""
1372
"The <app>Ubuntu Softwarecenter</app> gør det let at fjerne software, som du "
1373
"ikke bruger længere."
1374
1375
#: C/addremove-remove.page:23(item/p)
1376
msgid ""
1377
"Click on the <app>Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>Launcher</gui>, or "
1378
"open the <gui>Dash</gui>, and search for <app>Software Center</app>."
1379
msgstr ""
1380
"Klik på ikonet <app>Softwarecenter</app> i <gui>Opstarteren</gui> eller åbn "
1381
"<gui>Panelet</gui> og søg efter <app>Softwarecenter</app>."
1382
1383
#: C/addremove-remove.page:27(item/p)
1384
msgid ""
1385
"When the <app>Software Center</app> opens, click on <gui>Installed "
1386
"Software</gui>."
1387
msgstr ""
1388
"Når <app>Softwarecenter</app> åbner skal du klikke på <gui>Installeret "
1389
"software</gui>."
1390
1391
#: C/addremove-remove.page:30(item/p)
1392
msgid ""
1393
"In the <em>Installed Software</em> section, find the application that you "
1394
"want to remove by finding it in the list or by searching for it."
1395
msgstr ""
1396
"I afdelingen <em>Installeret software</em> finder du det program, som du vil "
1397
"fjerne, ved at finde det i listen eller ved at søge efter det."
1398
1399
#: C/addremove-remove.page:34(item/p)
1400
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1401
msgstr "Vælg programmet og klik på <gui>Fjern</gui>."
1402
1403
#: C/addremove-remove.page:37(item/p)
1404
msgid ""
1405
"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the "
1406
"application will be removed. This should not take very long."
1407
msgstr ""
1408
"Du vil blive bedt om at indtaste din adgangskode. Når du har gjort dette, "
1409
"vil programmet blive fjernet. Det burde ikke tage særlig lang tid."
1410
1411
#: C/addremove-remove.page:41(note/p)
1412
msgid ""
1413
"Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work "
1414
"properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another "
1415
"application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that "
1416
"this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed."
1417
msgstr ""
1418
"Nogle programmer afhænger af at andre er installeret for at virke korrekt. "
1419
"Hvis du forsøger at fjerne et program som er nødvendigt for et andet "
1420
"program, vil begge blive fjernet. Du vil blive bedt om at bekræfte, at du "
1421
"vil udføre disse handlinger, før programmerne bliver fjernet."
1422
1423
#: C/addremove-remove.page:50(page/p)
1424
msgid ""
1425
"If the application that you want to remove is not available in the "
1426
"<app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, use <link xref=\"addremove-install-"
1427
"synaptic\">Synaptic </link> to remove it instead."
1428
msgstr ""
1429
"Hvis det program, som du vil fjerne, ikke kan findes i <app>Ubuntu "
1430
"Softwarecenter</app>, kan du i stedet bruge <link xref=\"addremove-install-"
1431
"synaptic\">Synaptic </link> til at fjerne det med."
1432
1433
#: C/addremove-sources.page:13(info/desc)
1434
msgid ""
1435
"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for "
1436
"installation and upgrades."
1437
msgstr ""
1438
"Tilføj andre softwarekilder for at øge de softwarekilder, som Ubuntu bruger "
1439
"til installation og opdateringer."
1440
1441
#: C/addremove-sources.page:17(page/title)
1442
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
1443
msgstr "Tilføj yderligere softwarekilder"
1444
1445
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18(page/p)
1446
msgid ""
1447
"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default "
1448
"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-"
1449
"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available "
1450
"repositories."
1451
msgstr ""
1452
"Software er tilgængelig både fra Ubuntus forudindstillede softwarekilder og "
1453
"fra tredjeparts-kilder. Hvis du vil installere software fra en tredjeparts-"
1454
"softwarekilde, skal du føje den til Ubuntus liste over tilgængelige kilder."
1455
1456
#: C/addremove-sources.page:22(steps/title)
1457
msgid "Install other repositories"
1458
msgstr "Installér yderligere softwarekilder"
1459
1460
#: C/addremove-sources.page:23(item/p)
1461
msgid ""
1462
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1463
"search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1464
msgstr ""
1465
"Klik på ikonet <app>Ubuntu Softwarecenter</app> i Opstarteren, eller søg "
1466
"efter Ubuntu Softwarecenter i søgebjælken i <app>Panelet</app>."
1467
1468
#: C/addremove-sources.page:27(item/p)
1469
msgid ""
1470
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should "
1471
"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
1472
msgstr ""
1473
"Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui> og angiv softwarekildens APT-linje. Den bør man "
1474
"kunne hente fra softwarekildens hjemmeside, og den skulle gerne se ud som "
1475
"dette:"
1476
1477
#: C/addremove-sources.page:28(item/p)
1478
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick main</code>"
1479
msgstr "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick main</code>"
1480
1481
#: C/addremove-sources.page:33(section/title)
1482
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
1483
msgstr "Aktivér Canonical partner softwarekilden"
1484
1485
#: C/addremove-sources.page:34(section/p)
1486
msgid ""
1487
"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that "
1488
"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software "
1489
"like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash "
1490
"Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software "
1491
"Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is "
1492
"enabled."
1493
msgstr ""
1494
"Softwarekilden Canonical partner rummer nogle proprietære programmer, som "
1495
"det ikke koster noget at bruge, men som har lukket kildekode. Det gælder "
1496
"software som <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> og "
1497
"<app>udvidelsesmodulet Adobe Flash</app>. Software i denne softwarekilde "
1498
"ville komme frem blandt søgeresultaterne i Ubuntu Softwarecenter, men kan "
1499
"ikke installeres, før denne softwarekilde er blevet aktiveret."
1500
1501
#: C/addremove-sources.page:35(section/p)
1502
msgid ""
1503
"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other "
1504
"Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the "
1505
"<gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is "
1506
"checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click "
1507
"<gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
1508
msgstr ""
1509
"For at aktivere softwarekilden skal du følge ovenstående skridt for at åbne "
1510
"<gui>Anden software</gui> i <app>Softewarekilder</app>. Hvis du ser "
1511
"softwarekilden <gui>Canonical-partnere</gui> i listen, skal du sikre dig at "
1512
"den er markeret, for derefter at lukke vinduet Softwarekilder. Hvis ikke du "
1513
"kan se den, skal du klikke på <gui>Tilføj</gui> og skrive:"
1514
1515
#: C/addremove-sources.page:39(section/p)
1516
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu natty partner</code>"
1517
msgstr ""
1518
1519
#: C/addremove-sources.page:40(section/p)
1520
msgid ""
1521
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a "
1522
"moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
1523
msgstr ""
1524
"Klik på <gui>Tilføj...</gui> og så lukke vinduet Softwarekilder. Vent et "
1525
"øjeblik mens Softwarecenter henter oplysninger om softwarekilden."
1526
1527
#: C/app-cheese.page:14(info/desc)
1528
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
1529
msgstr ""
1530
1531
#: C/app-cheese.page:18(page/title)
1532
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
1533
msgstr ""
1534
1535
#: C/app-cheese.page:20(page/p)
1536
msgid ""
1537
"With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos "
1538
"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others. Using "
1539
"Cheese it is easy to take photos of you, your friends, your pets or whatever "
1540
"you want."
1541
msgstr ""
1542
1543
#: C/app-cheese.page:24(page/p)
1544
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
1545
msgstr ""
1546
"Cheese er ikke som standard installeret i Ubuntu. For at installere Cheese:"
1547
1548
#: C/app-cheese.page:26(item/p)
1549
msgid ""
1550
"Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software "
1551
"Center</app>."
1552
msgstr ""
1553
"Klik på <link href=\"apt:cheese\">dette link</link> for at åbne "
1554
"<app>Softwarecenter</app>."
1555
1556
#: C/app-cheese.page:27(item/p)
1557
msgid ""
1558
"Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to "
1559
"install it."
1560
msgstr ""
1561
"Læs oplysninger om og anmeldelser af Cheese for at være sikker på at du vil "
1562
"installere det."
1563
1564
#: C/app-cheese.page:28(item/p)
1565
msgid ""
1566
"If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
1567
"Center window."
1568
msgstr ""
1569
"Vælger du at installere det, skal du klikke på <gui>Installér</gui> fra "
1570
"vinduet Softwarecenter."
1571
1572
#: C/app-cheese.page:31(page/p)
1573
msgid ""
1574
"You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the "
1575
"installation."
1576
msgstr ""
1577
"Du skal måske angive din administrator-adgangskode for at afslutte "
1578
"installationen."
1579
1580
#: C/app-cheese.page:33(page/p)
1581
msgid ""
1582
"For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"ghelp:cheese\">Cheese user "
1583
"guide</link>."
1584
msgstr ""
1585
"For at få hjælp til at bruge Cheese kan du læse <link "
1586
"href=\"ghelp:cheese\">Brugerhåndbog til Cheese</link>."
1587
1588
#: C/app-cheese.page:35(note/p)
1589
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
1590
msgstr ""
1591
"Du skal installere Cheese før du kan læse brugerhåndbogen til Cheese."
1592
1593
#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
1594
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
1595
msgstr ""
1596
1597
#: C/backup-check.page:18(page/title)
1598
msgid "Check your backup"
1599
msgstr ""
1600
1601
#: C/backup-check.page:20(page/p)
1602
msgid ""
1603
"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
1604
"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
1605
"since some files could be missing from the backup."
1606
msgstr ""
1607
1608
#: C/backup-check.page:24(page/p)
1609
msgid ""
1610
"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
1611
"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
1612
"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
1613
"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
1614
msgstr ""
1615
"Når du bruger filhåndteringen til at kopiere eller flytte filer, "
1616
"kontrollerer computeren at alle data blev korrekt overført. Men hvis du "
1617
"overfører data, som er meget vigtige for dig, vil du måske udføre yderligere "
1618
"kontrol for at bekræfte, at dine data er blevet korrekt overført."
1619
1620
#: C/backup-check.page:30(page/p)
1621
msgid ""
1622
"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
1623
"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
1624
"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
1625
"confidence that the process was successful."
1626
msgstr ""
1627
1628
#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
1629
msgid ""
1630
"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
1631
"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
1632
"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
1633
"copying and pasting files."
1634
msgstr ""
1635
1636
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
1637
msgid "How often and when to backup your files."
1638
msgstr ""
1639
1640
#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name)
1641
#: C/backup-how.page:10(credit/name)
1642
#: C/backup-restore.page:9(credit/name)
1643
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:10(credit/name)
1644
#: C/backup-what.page:13(credit/name)
1645
#: C/backup-where.page:14(credit/name)
1646
#: C/files-browse.page:12(credit/name)
1647
#: C/files-copy.page:15(credit/name)
1648
#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
1649
#: C/more-help.page:10(credit/name)
1650
#: C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
1651
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(credit/name)
1652
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name)
1653
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:13(credit/name)
1654
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11(credit/name)
1655
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13(credit/name)
1656
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:13(credit/name)
1657
#: C/nautilus-views.page:13(credit/name)
1658
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:12(credit/name)
1659
#: C/user-delete.page:10(credit/name)
1660
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:19(credit/name)
1661
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
1662
msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
1663
1664
#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
1665
msgid "Frequency of backups"
1666
msgstr ""
1667
1668
#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
1669
msgid ""
1670
"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
1671
"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
1672
"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
1673
msgstr ""
1674
1675
#: C/backup-frequency.page:26(page/p)
1676
msgid ""
1677
"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
1678
"you may need to factor in a few things, such as:"
1679
msgstr ""
1680
1681
#: C/backup-frequency.page:31(item/p)
1682
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
1683
msgstr "Den tid du bruger ved computeren."
1684
1685
#: C/backup-frequency.page:32(item/p)
1686
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
1687
msgstr ""
1688
1689
#: C/backup-frequency.page:35(page/p)
1690
msgid ""
1691
"If it is just some music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even "
1692
"monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a "
1693
"tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
1694
msgstr ""
1695
1696
#: C/backup-frequency.page:39(page/p)
1697
msgid ""
1698
"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
1699
"than the amount of time you could stand to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
1700
"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
1701
"you should back up at least once per week."
1702
msgstr ""
1703
1704
#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
1705
msgid ""
1706
"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
1707
"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
1708
msgstr ""
1709
1710
#: C/backup-how.page:20(page/title)
1711
msgid "How to back up"
1712
msgstr ""
1713
1714
#: C/backup-how.page:22(page/p)
1715
msgid ""
1716
"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
1717
"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
1718
"applications are available, for example <link href=\"apt:deja-dup\">Déjà "
1719
"Dup</link>."
1720
msgstr ""
1721
1722
#: C/backup-how.page:24(page/p)
1723
msgid ""
1724
"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
1725
"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data if "
1726
"something goes wrong."
1727
msgstr ""
1728
1729
#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/p)
1730
msgid ""
1731
"An alternative option is to just <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your "
1732
"files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another "
1733
"computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-"
1734
"thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home "
1735
"folder, so you can copy them from there."
1736
msgstr ""
1737
1738
#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
1739
msgid ""
1740
"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
1741
"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
1742
"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
1743
msgstr ""
1744
1745
#: C/backup-how.page:31(item/p)
1746
msgid ""
1747
"Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, since "
1748
"it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from backup."
1749
msgstr ""
1750
1751
#: C/backup-how.page:32(item/p)
1752
msgid ""
1753
"Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be "
1754
"generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make "
1755
"utility. Just ensure the source is backed up."
1756
msgstr ""
1757
1758
#: C/backup-how.page:33(item/p)
1759
msgid ""
1760
"Your trashed files, which can be found in <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> "
1761
"(the Trash folder)."
1762
msgstr ""
1763
"Dine kasserede filer, som kan findes i <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> "
1764
"(Papirkurven)."
1765
1766
#: C/backup-restore.page:6(info/desc)
1767
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
1768
msgstr ""
1769
1770
#: C/backup-restore.page:20(page/title)
1771
msgid "Restore a backup"
1772
msgstr ""
1773
1774
#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/p)
1775
msgid ""
1776
"If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can "
1777
"restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."
1778
msgstr ""
1779
1780
#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
1781
msgid ""
1782
"If you simply copied your files to a safe location, such as an external hard "
1783
"drive, another computer on the network or a USB drive, you can <link "
1784
"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
1785
msgstr ""
1786
1787
#: C/backup-restore.page:27(page/p)
1788
msgid ""
1789
"If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to "
1790
"perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your data "
1791
"from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."
1792
msgstr ""
1793
1794
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:6(info/desc)
1795
msgid ""
1796
"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
1797
"may want to back up."
1798
msgstr ""
1799
1800
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(page/title)
1801
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
1802
msgstr ""
1803
1804
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:23(page/p)
1805
msgid ""
1806
"Deciding what files to backup and finding where they all are is the most "
1807
"difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Below is a list of where "
1808
"most of your important files should be, so you can find them more easily."
1809
msgstr ""
1810
1811
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29(item/title)
1812
msgid "Your personal files and settings"
1813
msgstr ""
1814
1815
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(item/p)
1816
msgid ""
1817
"These are usually stored in your Home folder (<cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>). "
1818
"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, "
1819
"Videos and/or .evolution (for email). If your backup medium has sufficient "
1820
"space, consider backing up the entire <cmd>/home</cmd> folder. This is the "
1821
"simplest way."
1822
msgstr ""
1823
1824
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32(item/p)
1825
msgid ""
1826
"If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a list "
1827
"of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for important "
1828
"files."
1829
msgstr ""
1830
1831
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
1832
msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"
1833
msgstr ""
1834
1835
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39(item/p)
1836
msgid ""
1837
"Any file or folder name that starts with a period is hidden by default. To "
1838
"view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
1839
"Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
1840
msgstr ""
1841
1842
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1843
#: C/backup-what.page:28(item/title)
1844
msgid "Your personal files"
1845
msgstr "Dine personlige filer"
1846
1847
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1848
msgid ""
1849
"<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, "
1850
"<cmd>~/Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, and others"
1851
msgstr ""
1852
1853
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1854
msgid "Contain files you actively created."
1855
msgstr ""
1856
1857
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(td/p)
1858
#: C/backup-what.page:33(item/title)
1859
msgid "Your personal settings"
1860
msgstr ""
1861
1862
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(td/p)
1863
msgid "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.local</cmd>"
1864
msgstr ""
1865
1866
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(td/p)
1867
msgid "Contain settings you set for your desktop and some applications."
1868
msgstr ""
1869
1870
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(td/p)
1871
#: C/backup-what.page:38(item/title)
1872
msgid "System settings"
1873
msgstr ""
1874
1875
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(td/p)
1876
msgid ""
1877
"<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."
1878
msgstr ""
1879
1880
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(td/p)
1881
msgid ""
1882
"Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your Home "
1883
"folder."
1884
msgstr ""
1885
1886
#: C/backup-what.page:6(info/desc)
1887
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
1888
msgstr ""
1889
1890
#: C/backup-what.page:20(page/title)
1891
msgid "What to back up"
1892
msgstr ""
1893
1894
#: C/backup-what.page:22(page/p)
1895
msgid ""
1896
"Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most "
1897
"important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. An "
1898
"example of most important to least important:"
1899
msgstr ""
1900
1901
#: C/backup-what.page:29(item/p)
1902
msgid ""
1903
"Documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, "
1904
"family photos, anything that you made that has importance to you. These are "
1905
"clearly the most important as they may be irreplaceable."
1906
msgstr ""
1907
1908
#: C/backup-what.page:34(item/p)
1909
msgid ""
1910
"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
1911
"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
1912
"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
1913
"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
1914
"while to recreate."
1915
msgstr ""
1916
1917
#: C/backup-what.page:39(item/p)
1918
msgid ""
1919
"Most people never change the settings that are created during installation. "
1920
"If you do customize your system, you may wish to backup these settings."
1921
msgstr ""
1922
1923
#: C/backup-what.page:44(item/title)
1924
msgid "Installed software (and everything else)."
1925
msgstr ""
1926
1927
#: C/backup-what.page:45(item/p)
1928
msgid "Such software can usually be restored by reinstalling it."
1929
msgstr ""
1930
1931
#: C/backup-what.page:49(page/p)
1932
msgid ""
1933
"In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files "
1934
"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
1935
"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
1936
"space by having backups of them."
1937
msgstr ""
1938
1939
#: C/backup-where.page:6(info/desc)
1940
msgid ""
1941
"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
1942
msgstr ""
1943
1944
#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/title)
1945
msgctxt "sort"
1946
msgid "c"
1947
msgstr ""
1948
1949
#: C/backup-where.page:20(page/title)
1950
msgid "Where to store your backup"
1951
msgstr ""
1952
1953
#: C/backup-where.page:21(page/p)
1954
msgid ""
1955
"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
1956
"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
1957
"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
1958
"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
1959
"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
1960
msgstr ""
1961
1962
#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/p)
1963
msgid ""
1964
"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
1965
"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
1966
"all of the backed-up files."
1967
msgstr ""
1968
1969
#: C/backup-where.page:26(list/title)
1970
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
1971
msgstr ""
1972
1973
#: C/backup-where.page:28(item/p)
1974
msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
1975
msgstr ""
1976
1977
#: C/backup-where.page:31(item/p)
1978
msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
1979
msgstr ""
1980
1981
#: C/backup-where.page:34(item/p)
1982
msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
1983
msgstr ""
1984
1985
#: C/backup-where.page:37(item/p)
1986
msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
1987
msgstr ""
1988
1989
#: C/backup-where.page:40(item/p)
1990
msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
1991
msgstr ""
1992
1993
#: C/backup-where.page:43(item/p)
1994
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
1995
msgstr ""
1996
1997
#: C/backup-where.page:46(item/p)
1998
msgid ""
1999
"Online backup service like <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon "
2000
"S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link> "
2001
"(stores your data off-site for a small fee)"
2002
msgstr ""
2003
2004
#: C/backup-where.page:50(page/p)
2005
msgid ""
2006
"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
2007
"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
2008
msgstr ""
2009
2010
#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
2011
msgid ""
2012
"<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-"
2013
"what\">what</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link "
2014
"xref=\"backup-how\">how</link> of backups."
2015
msgstr ""
2016
2017
#: C/backup-why.page:15(info/title)
2018
msgctxt "link:trail"
2019
msgid "Backups"
2020
msgstr ""
2021
2022
#: C/backup-why.page:24(page/title)
2023
msgid "Back up your important files"
2024
msgstr ""
2025
2026
#: C/backup-why.page:25(page/p)
2027
msgid ""
2028
"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of your files for "
2029
"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
2030
"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
2031
"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
2032
"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
2033
"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
2034
msgstr ""
2035
2036
#: C/backup-why.page:29(page/p)
2037
msgid ""
2038
"The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the "
2039
"copies off-site and encrypted."
2040
msgstr ""
2041
2042
#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
2043
msgid ""
2044
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link "
2045
"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
2046
"on-off\">turn on and off</link>..."
2047
msgstr ""
2048
2049
#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
2050
msgid "Bluetooth"
2051
msgstr ""
2052
2053
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:7(info/desc)
2054
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
2055
msgstr ""
2056
2057
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15(credit/name)
2058
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:15(credit/name)
2059
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
2060
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
2061
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(credit/name)
2062
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16(credit/name)
2063
#: C/printing-setup.page:20(credit/name)
2064
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
2065
msgstr ""
2066
2067
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21(page/title)
2068
msgid "Connect your computer to another Bluetooth device"
2069
msgstr ""
2070
2071
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23(page/p)
2072
msgid ""
2073
"Before you can transfer files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, you first "
2074
"need to connect them. This is also called, \"pairing\" Bluetooth devices."
2075
msgstr ""
2076
2077
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27(item/p)
2078
msgid ""
2079
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's "
2080
"Bluetooth device."
2081
msgstr ""
2082
2083
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(item/p)
2084
msgid ""
2085
"Select the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and select "
2086
"<gui>Set up new device...</gui>."
2087
msgstr ""
2088
2089
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33(item/p)
2090
msgid ""
2091
"Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible, and place it within "
2092
"10 meters of your computer. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>. Your computer "
2093
"will begin searching for devices."
2094
msgstr ""
2095
2096
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:36(item/p)
2097
msgid ""
2098
"If there are too many devices listed, select the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
2099
"down bar to display only a single type of device in the list."
2100
msgstr ""
2101
2102
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:39(item/p)
2103
msgid ""
2104
"Select <gui>PIN options...</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the "
2105
"other device."
2106
msgstr ""
2107
2108
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41(note/p)
2109
msgid ""
2110
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
2111
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
2112
"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
2113
"proper setting."
2114
msgstr ""
2115
2116
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(item/p)
2117
msgid ""
2118
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, and then select "
2119
"<gui>Close</gui>."
2120
msgstr ""
2121
2122
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:46(item/p)
2123
msgid ""
2124
"Select <gui>Forward</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
2125
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
2126
msgstr ""
2127
2128
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
2129
msgid ""
2130
"Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. You need to finish "
2131
"your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will "
2132
"not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
2133
msgstr ""
2134
2135
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52(item/p)
2136
msgid ""
2137
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the device "
2138
"offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) on a "
2139
"mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select "
2140
"<gui>Close</gui>."
2141
msgstr ""
2142
2143
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:56(page/p)
2144
msgid ""
2145
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
2146
"connection</link> later if desired."
2147
msgstr ""
2148
2149
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:10(info/desc)
2150
msgid ""
2151
"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
2152
"be disabled or blocked."
2153
msgstr ""
2154
2155
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:20(page/title)
2156
msgid "Why can't I connect my Bluetooth device?"
2157
msgstr ""
2158
2159
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22(page/p)
2160
msgid ""
2161
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
2162
"Bluetooth device (like a phone or headset):"
2163
msgstr ""
2164
2165
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26(item/p)
2166
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
2167
msgstr ""
2168
2169
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(item/p)
2170
msgid ""
2171
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
2172
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
2173
"is setup to allow connections."
2174
msgstr ""
2175
2176
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31(item/p)
2177
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
2178
msgstr ""
2179
2180
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32(item/p)
2181
msgid ""
2182
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
2183
"This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some "
2184
"Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, and so you may not be able to "
2185
"get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get "
2186
"a different Bluetooth adapter."
2187
msgstr ""
2188
2189
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36(item/p)
2190
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
2191
msgstr ""
2192
2193
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37(item/p)
2194
msgid ""
2195
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the "
2196
"<gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and check that it's "
2197
"not turned off."
2198
msgstr ""
2199
2200
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:41(item/p)
2201
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
2202
msgstr ""
2203
2204
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/p)
2205
msgid ""
2206
"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
2207
"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
2208
"in airplane mode"
2209
msgstr ""
2210
2211
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(item/p)
2212
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
2213
msgstr ""
2214
2215
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47(item/p)
2216
msgid ""
2217
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
2218
"want to use Bluetooth."
2219
msgstr ""
2220
2221
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:7(info/desc)
2222
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
2223
msgstr ""
2224
2225
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21(page/title)
2226
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
2227
msgstr ""
2228
2229
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:22(page/p)
2230
msgid ""
2231
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove the "
2232
"connection:"
2233
msgstr ""
2234
2235
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:26(item/p)
2236
msgid ""
2237
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and choose "
2238
"<gui>Preferences</gui>."
2239
msgstr ""
2240
2241
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:29(item/p)
2242
msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect."
2243
msgstr ""
2244
2245
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32(item/p)
2246
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
2247
msgstr ""
2248
2249
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(page/p)
2250
msgid ""
2251
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
2252
"device</link> later if desired."
2253
msgstr ""
2254
2255
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:7(info/desc)
2256
msgid ""
2257
"Share files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, like your computer and your "
2258
"phone."
2259
msgstr ""
2260
2261
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:21(page/title)
2262
msgid "Send a file to another Bluetooth device"
2263
msgstr ""
2264
2265
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22(page/p)
2266
msgid ""
2267
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
2268
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
2269
"files, or specific types of files."
2270
msgstr ""
2271
2272
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26(item/p)
2273
msgid ""
2274
"If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
2275
"device\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
2276
msgstr ""
2277
2278
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(item/p)
2279
msgid ""
2280
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
2281
"<gui>Send files to device</gui>."
2282
msgstr ""
2283
2284
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:32(item/p)
2285
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
2286
msgstr ""
2287
2288
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33(item/p)
2289
msgid ""
2290
"(To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
2291
"select each file.)"
2292
msgstr ""
2293
2294
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36(item/p)
2295
msgid ""
2296
"Select the device which you want to send the files to from the list and then "
2297
"click <gui>Send</gui>."
2298
msgstr ""
2299
2300
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37(item/p)
2301
msgid ""
2302
"You can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device "
2303
"type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by whether the "
2304
"devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
2305
msgstr ""
2306
2307
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:40(item/p)
2308
msgid ""
2309
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
2310
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
2311
"transfer will be shown on your screen."
2312
msgstr ""
2313
2314
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2315
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2316
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2317
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2318
#.
2319
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2320
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2321
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2322
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2323
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(media)
2324
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(media)
2325
msgctxt "_"
2326
msgid ""
2327
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
2328
"active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'"
2329
msgstr ""
2330
2331
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
2332
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
2333
msgstr ""
2334
2335
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17(page/title)
2336
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
2337
msgstr ""
2338
2339
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:19(page/p)
2340
msgid ""
2341
"You can turn Bluetooth on to send and receive files, but turn it off to "
2342
"conserve power."
2343
msgstr ""
2344
2345
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(figure/desc)
2346
msgid "The Bluetooth menu can be found on the top panel."
2347
msgstr ""
2348
2349
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:28(page/p)
2350
msgid ""
2351
"To turn Bluetooth on, click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top "
2352
"panel</gui> and click <gui>Turn Bluetooth On</gui>."
2353
msgstr ""
2354
2355
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(page/p)
2356
msgid ""
2357
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2358
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2359
"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
2360
"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2361
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2362
msgstr ""
2363
2364
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:38(note/p)
2365
msgid ""
2366
"If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the first "
2367
"time, click the <gui>Visible</gui> button to make sure it is checked. This "
2368
"allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices. Uncheck "
2369
"<gui>Visible</gui> when you are done to increase security."
2370
msgstr ""
2371
2372
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:40(page/p)
2373
msgid ""
2374
"Click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui> to disable Bluetooth if you are not "
2375
"using it."
2376
msgstr ""
2377
2378
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2379
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2380
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2381
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2382
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(media)
2383
msgctxt "_"
2384
msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='__failed__'"
2385
msgstr ""
2386
2387
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
2388
msgid ""
2389
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
2390
"option to change this."
2391
msgstr ""
2392
2393
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
2394
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:13(credit/name)
2395
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:12(credit/name)
2396
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:13(credit/name)
2397
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:12(credit/name)
2398
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
2399
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
2400
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
2401
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:10(credit/name)
2402
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
2403
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:11(credit/name)
2404
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:10(credit/name)
2405
#: C/color.page:9(credit/name)
2406
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:10(credit/name)
2407
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:9(credit/name)
2408
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:10(credit/name)
2409
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:9(credit/name)
2410
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:9(credit/name)
2411
msgid "Richard Hughes"
2412
msgstr ""
2413
2414
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:17(page/title)
2415
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
2416
msgstr ""
2417
2418
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:19(page/p)
2419
msgid ""
2420
"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
2421
"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
2422
msgstr ""
2423
2424
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23(page/p)
2425
msgid ""
2426
"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
2427
"import a new file."
2428
msgstr ""
2429
2430
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:27(page/p)
2431
msgid ""
2432
"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
2433
"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
2434
"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
2435
"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
2436
"glossy paper and another plain paper."
2437
msgstr ""
2438
2439
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:37(figure/desc)
2440
msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
2441
msgstr ""
2442
2443
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:41(page/p)
2444
msgid ""
2445
"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate...</gui> button will "
2446
"create a new profile."
2447
msgstr ""
2448
2449
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
2450
msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
2451
msgstr ""
2452
2453
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:19(page/title)
2454
msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
2455
msgstr ""
2456
2457
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:21(page/p)
2458
msgid ""
2459
"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
2460
"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
2461
"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
2462
msgstr ""
2463
2464
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:29(note/p)
2465
msgid ""
2466
"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
2467
"aquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
2468
"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
2469
"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
2470
msgstr ""
2471
2472
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
2473
msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
2474
msgstr ""
2475
2476
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:18(page/title)
2477
msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
2478
msgstr ""
2479
2480
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:20(page/p)
2481
msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
2482
msgstr ""
2483
2484
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:25(item/p)
2485
msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
2486
msgstr ""
2487
2488
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
2489
msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
2490
msgstr ""
2491
2492
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:29(page/p)
2493
msgid ""
2494
"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
2495
"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
2496
"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
2497
"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
2498
"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
2499
msgstr ""
2500
2501
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:37(page/p)
2502
msgid ""
2503
"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
2504
"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
2505
msgstr ""
2506
2507
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:43(note/p)
2508
msgid ""
2509
"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
2510
msgstr ""
2511
2512
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
2513
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
2514
msgstr ""
2515
2516
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:19(page/title)
2517
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
2518
msgstr ""
2519
2520
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21(page/p)
2521
msgid ""
2522
"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
2523
"can then click <gui>Calibrate...</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System "
2524
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
2525
msgstr ""
2526
2527
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:29(note/p)
2528
msgid ""
2529
"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
2530
"usually need to be recalibrated."
2531
msgstr ""
2532
2533
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
2534
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
2535
msgstr ""
2536
2537
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:18(page/title)
2538
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
2539
msgstr ""
2540
2541
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20(page/p)
2542
msgid ""
2543
"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
2544
"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
2545
msgstr ""
2546
2547
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24(page/p)
2548
msgid ""
2549
"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
2550
"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
2551
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
2552
"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
2553
"settings to adjust."
2554
msgstr ""
2555
2556
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:33(note/p)
2557
msgid ""
2558
"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
2559
"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
2560
"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
2561
"color control panel."
2562
msgstr ""
2563
2564
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
2565
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
2566
msgstr ""
2567
2568
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
2569
msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
2570
msgstr ""
2571
2572
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
2573
msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
2574
msgstr ""
2575
2576
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
2577
msgid ""
2578
"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
2579
"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
2580
"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
2581
msgstr ""
2582
2583
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
2584
msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
2585
msgstr ""
2586
2587
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
2588
msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
2589
msgstr ""
2590
2591
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
2592
msgid ""
2593
"The idea of calibration is to put a device is a defined state with regard to "
2594
"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
2595
"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
2596
"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
2597
"calibration curves."
2598
msgstr ""
2599
2600
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
2601
msgid ""
2602
"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
2603
"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
2604
"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
2605
"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
2606
"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
2607
"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
2608
"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
2609
msgstr ""
2610
2611
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
2612
msgid ""
2613
"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it "
2614
"is in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
2615
msgstr ""
2616
2617
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
2618
msgid ""
2619
"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
2620
"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
2621
"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
2622
"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
2623
"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
2624
"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
2625
"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
2626
msgstr ""
2627
2628
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
2629
msgid "We support a huge number of calibration devices."
2630
msgstr ""
2631
2632
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:18(page/title)
2633
msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
2634
msgstr ""
2635
2636
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20(page/p)
2637
msgid ""
2638
"GNOME relies on the ArgyllCMS project to support color instruments. Thus the "
2639
"following display measuring instruments are supported:"
2640
msgstr ""
2641
2642
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:26(item/p)
2643
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Pro (spectrometer)"
2644
msgstr ""
2645
2646
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:27(item/p)
2647
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Monitor (spectrometer)"
2648
msgstr ""
2649
2650
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
2651
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
2652
msgstr ""
2653
2654
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
2655
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
2656
msgstr ""
2657
2658
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
2659
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
2660
msgstr ""
2661
2662
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
2663
msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
2664
msgstr ""
2665
2666
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
2667
msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
2668
msgstr ""
2669
2670
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
2671
msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
2672
msgstr ""
2673
2674
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
2675
msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
2676
msgstr ""
2677
2678
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(note/p)
2679
msgid ""
2680
"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
2681
"Linux."
2682
msgstr ""
2683
2684
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
2685
msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
2686
msgstr ""
2687
2688
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
2689
msgid "Which target types are supported?"
2690
msgstr ""
2691
2692
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
2693
msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
2694
msgstr ""
2695
2696
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
2697
msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
2698
msgstr ""
2699
2700
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
2701
msgid "ColorChecker 24"
2702
msgstr ""
2703
2704
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
2705
msgid "ColorChecker DC"
2706
msgstr ""
2707
2708
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
2709
msgid "ColorChecker SG"
2710
msgstr ""
2711
2712
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
2713
msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
2714
msgstr ""
2715
2716
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
2717
msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
2718
msgstr ""
2719
2720
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
2721
msgid "QPcard 201"
2722
msgstr ""
2723
2724
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
2725
msgid "IT8.7/2"
2726
msgstr ""
2727
2728
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
2729
msgid ""
2730
"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
2731
"LaserSoft in various online shops."
2732
msgstr ""
2733
2734
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
2735
msgid ""
2736
"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link "
2737
"href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair "
2738
"price."
2739
msgstr ""
2740
2741
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
2742
msgid ""
2743
"Sharing color profiles is nevera good idea as hardware changes over time."
2744
msgstr ""
2745
2746
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:16(page/title)
2747
msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
2748
msgstr ""
2749
2750
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:18(page/p)
2751
msgid ""
2752
"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
2753
"that you calibrated for. My DreamColor LP2480zx has been powered for a few "
2754
"hundred hours, and is going to have a very different color profile to a "
2755
"similar display with the next serial number if it's been lit for a thousand "
2756
"hours."
2757
msgstr ""
2758
2759
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:25(page/p)
2760
msgid ""
2761
"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
2762
"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
2763
"say that thier display is calibrated."
2764
msgstr ""
2765
2766
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:32(note/p)
2767
msgid ""
2768
"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
2769
"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
2770
msgstr ""
2771
2772
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
2773
msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
2774
msgstr ""
2775
2776
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:18(page/title)
2777
msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
2778
msgstr ""
2779
2780
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20(page/p)
2781
msgid ""
2782
"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
2783
"does require some initial outlay."
2784
msgstr ""
2785
2786
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:24(page/p)
2787
msgid ""
2788
"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
2789
"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
2790
"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
2791
msgstr ""
2792
2793
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:30(page/p)
2794
msgid ""
2795
"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
2796
"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
2797
"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
2798
"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
2799
msgstr ""
2800
2801
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:38(page/p)
2802
msgid ""
2803
"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor "
2804
"suplied profiles are often worse than useless."
2805
msgstr ""
2806
2807
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
2808
msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
2809
msgstr ""
2810
2811
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17(page/title)
2812
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
2813
msgstr ""
2814
2815
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19(page/p)
2816
msgid ""
2817
"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the "
2818
"<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
2819
msgstr ""
2820
2821
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:23(page/p)
2822
msgid ""
2823
"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile...</gui> from "
2824
"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
2825
"profile for a device."
2826
msgstr ""
2827
2828
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
2829
msgid ""
2830
"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
2831
msgstr ""
2832
2833
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:16(page/title)
2834
msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
2835
msgstr ""
2836
2837
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/p)
2838
msgid ""
2839
"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
2840
"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
2841
"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
2842
"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
2843
msgstr ""
2844
2845
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:23(page/p)
2846
msgid ""
2847
"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
2848
"characterisation data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
2849
"instruments callled a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
2850
msgstr ""
2851
2852
#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
2853
msgid ""
2854
"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link "
2855
"xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link "
2856
"xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>..."
2857
msgstr ""
2858
2859
#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
2860
msgid "Color management"
2861
msgstr ""
2862
2863
#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
2864
msgid "Color profiles"
2865
msgstr ""
2866
2867
#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
2868
msgid "Calibration"
2869
msgstr ""
2870
2871
#: C/color.page:33(section/title)
2872
#: C/power.page:35(section/title)
2873
msgid "Problems"
2874
msgstr ""
2875
2876
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
2877
msgid ""
2878
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2879
"computer."
2880
msgstr ""
2881
2882
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:16(page/title)
2883
msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
2884
msgstr ""
2885
2886
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:18(page/p)
2887
msgid ""
2888
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2889
"computer. Examples of this might be:"
2890
msgstr ""
2891
2892
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(item/p)
2893
msgid ""
2894
"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
2895
msgstr ""
2896
2897
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
2898
msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
2899
msgstr ""
2900
2901
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:29(page/p)
2902
msgid ""
2903
"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop on of "
2904
"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> "
2905
"<gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-"
2906
"assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even "
2907
"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
2908
msgstr ""
2909
2910
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
2911
msgid ""
2912
"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
2913
"response."
2914
msgstr ""
2915
2916
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:15(page/title)
2917
msgid "What is a color profile?"
2918
msgstr ""
2919
2920
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17(page/p)
2921
msgid ""
2922
"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
2923
"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
2924
msgstr ""
2925
2926
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:21(page/p)
2927
msgid ""
2928
"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
2929
"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
2930
msgstr ""
2931
2932
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:26(page/p)
2933
msgid ""
2934
"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
2935
"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
2936
msgstr ""
2937
2938
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:31(page/p)
2939
msgid ""
2940
"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
2941
"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
2942
"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
2943
"colors are not being lost or modified."
2944
msgstr ""
2945
2946
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2947
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2948
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2949
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2950
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(media)
2951
msgctxt "_"
2952
msgid ""
2953
"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
2954
msgstr ""
2955
2956
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
2957
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
2958
msgstr ""
2959
2960
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:16(page/title)
2961
msgid "What is a color space?"
2962
msgstr ""
2963
2964
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18(page/p)
2965
msgid ""
2966
"A colorspace is a defined range of colors. Well known colorspaces include "
2967
"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
2968
msgstr ""
2969
2970
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:23(page/p)
2971
msgid ""
2972
"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
2973
"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram that shows the human "
2974
"visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision "
2975
"there is many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
2976
"trichromatic colorspace like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
2977
"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
2978
"colors."
2979
msgstr ""
2980
2981
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:35(note/p)
2982
msgid ""
2983
"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram is a huge simplification "
2984
"of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, "
2985
"rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be "
2986
"misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-"
2987
"viewer</code> application."
2988
msgstr ""
2989
2990
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:46(figure/desc)
2991
msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
2992
msgstr ""
2993
2994
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:50(page/p)
2995
msgid ""
2996
"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
2997
"number of colors. It it an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
2998
"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
2999
"standard <em>least-common-demoninator</em> standard and is used in a large "
3000
"number of applications (including the Internet)."
3001
msgstr ""
3002
3003
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:58(page/p)
3004
msgid ""
3005
"AbodeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
3006
"colors than sRGB, and means you adjust colors in a photograph without "
3007
"worrying too much that the brightnest colors are being clipped or the blacks "
3008
"crushed."
3009
msgstr ""
3010
3011
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:64(page/p)
3012
msgid ""
3013
"PhoPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
3014
"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
3015
"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
3016
msgstr ""
3017
3018
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:71(page/p)
3019
msgid ""
3020
"Now, if PhoPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
3021
"answer is to do with <em>quantisation</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
3022
"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
3023
"steps between each value."
3024
msgstr ""
3025
3026
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:77(page/p)
3027
msgid ""
3028
"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
3029
"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
3030
"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
3031
"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
3032
msgstr ""
3033
3034
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:84(page/p)
3035
msgid ""
3036
"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
3037
"smaller quantisation error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
3038
"Most content in existance today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
3039
msgstr ""
3040
3041
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:90(page/p)
3042
msgid ""
3043
"Color managment is a process for converting from one colorspace to another, "
3044
"where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom "
3045
"space such as your monitor or printer profile."
3046
msgstr ""
3047
3048
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3049
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3050
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3051
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3052
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:23(media)
3053
msgctxt "_"
3054
msgid ""
3055
"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
3056
"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
3057
msgstr ""
3058
3059
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
3060
msgid ""
3061
"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
3062
msgstr ""
3063
3064
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:15(page/title)
3065
msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
3066
msgstr ""
3067
3068
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17(page/p)
3069
msgid ""
3070
"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
3071
"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
3072
"together:"
3073
msgstr ""
3074
3075
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media/p)
3076
msgid "Averaged profiles"
3077
msgstr ""
3078
3079
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:27(page/p)
3080
msgid ""
3081
"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
3082
"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
3083
"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
3084
"state and make the profile inaccurate."
3085
msgstr ""
3086
3087
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:35(page/p)
3088
msgid ""
3089
"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
3090
"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
3091
"profile based on your exact characterization state."
3092
msgstr ""
3093
3094
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3095
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3096
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3097
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3098
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(media)
3099
msgctxt "_"
3100
msgid ""
3101
"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
3102
"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
3103
msgstr ""
3104
3105
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3106
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3107
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3108
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3109
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(media)
3110
msgctxt "_"
3111
msgid ""
3112
"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
3113
"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
3114
msgstr ""
3115
3116
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3117
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3118
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3119
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3120
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(media)
3121
msgctxt "_"
3122
msgid ""
3123
"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
3124
"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
3125
msgstr ""
3126
3127
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
3128
msgid ""
3129
"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
3130
msgstr ""
3131
3132
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:15(page/title)
3133
msgid "Why is color management important?"
3134
msgstr ""
3135
3136
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/p)
3137
msgid ""
3138
"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
3139
"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
3140
"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
3141
msgstr ""
3142
3143
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:22(page/p)
3144
msgid ""
3145
"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
3146
"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
3147
msgstr ""
3148
3149
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:28(figure/desc)
3150
msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
3151
msgstr ""
3152
3153
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:32(page/p)
3154
msgid ""
3155
"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
3156
"cold."
3157
msgstr ""
3158
3159
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:38(figure/desc)
3160
msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
3161
msgstr ""
3162
3163
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:42(page/p)
3164
msgid ""
3165
"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
3166
"muddy brown."
3167
msgstr ""
3168
3169
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:48(figure/desc)
3170
msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
3171
msgstr ""
3172
3173
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:52(page/p)
3174
msgid ""
3175
"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
3176
"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
3177
"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
3178
msgstr ""
3179
3180
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:58(page/p)
3181
msgid ""
3182
"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
3183
"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
3184
"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
3185
"as the paper color."
3186
msgstr ""
3187
3188
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:65(page/p)
3189
msgid ""
3190
"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
3191
"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
3192
"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on your display is probably something "
3193
"like 62% on my display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 "
3194
"units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or "
3195
"7 meters."
3196
msgstr ""
3197
3198
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77(page/p)
3199
msgid ""
3200
"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentually the range of "
3201
"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
3202
"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
3203
"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
3204
"\"washed out\"."
3205
msgstr ""
3206
3207
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85(page/p)
3208
msgid ""
3209
"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device response by altering the "
3210
"data we sent to the device but in other cases where that's not possible (you "
3211
"can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going "
3212
"to look like."
3213
msgstr ""
3214
3215
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92(page/p)
3216
msgid ""
3217
"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
3218
"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics you "
3219
"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
3220
"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo, that <em>has</em> to be the "
3221
"exact Red Hat Red."
3222
msgstr ""
3223
3224
#: C/clock.page:9(info/desc)
3225
msgid ""
3226
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set time and date</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
3227
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
3228
"appointments</link>..."
3229
msgstr ""
3230
3231
#: C/clock.page:23(page/title)
3232
msgid "Time & date"
3233
msgstr ""
3234
3235
#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
3236
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
3237
msgstr ""
3238
3239
#: C/clock-calendar.page:20(page/title)
3240
msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
3241
msgstr ""
3242
3243
#: C/clock-calendar.page:23(page/p)
3244
msgid ""
3245
"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the "
3246
"panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
3247
"<app>Evolution</app>."
3248
msgstr ""
3249
3250
#: C/clock-calendar.page:26(page/p)
3251
msgid ""
3252
"If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the top bar and "
3253
"then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As "
3254
"appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click "
3255
"on the clock."
3256
msgstr ""
3257
3258
#: C/clock-calendar.page:30(page/p)
3259
msgid ""
3260
"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
3261
"the first line where today's date is."
3262
msgstr ""
3263
3264
#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(note/p)
3265
msgid ""
3266
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
3267
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
3268
"first account."
3269
msgstr ""
3270
3271
#: C/clock-calendar.page:43(section/title)
3272
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
3273
msgstr ""
3274
3275
#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(section/p)
3276
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
3277
msgstr ""
3278
3279
#: C/clock-calendar.page:47(item/p)
3280
#: C/clock-timezone.page:23(item/p)
3281
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3282
msgstr ""
3283
3284
#: C/clock-calendar.page:48(item/p)
3285
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
3286
msgstr ""
3287
3288
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(item/p)
3289
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
3290
msgstr ""
3291
3292
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7(info/desc)
3293
msgid ""
3294
"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
3295
msgstr ""
3296
3297
#: C/clock-more-info.page:10(credit/name)
3298
#: C/clock-set.page:15(credit/name)
3299
#: C/session-loginsound.page:18(credit/name)
3300
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18(credit/name)
3301
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18(credit/name)
3302
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:17(credit/name)
3303
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13(credit/name)
3304
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
3305
msgstr ""
3306
3307
#: C/clock-more-info.page:17(page/title)
3308
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
3309
msgstr ""
3310
3311
#: C/clock-more-info.page:19(page/p)
3312
msgid ""
3313
"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock "
3314
"to show additional information if you choose."
3315
msgstr ""
3316
3317
#: C/clock-more-info.page:22(page/p)
3318
msgid ""
3319
"Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>. Switch to "
3320
"the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to "
3321
"display."
3322
msgstr ""
3323
3324
#: C/clock-more-info.page:25(note/p)
3325
msgid ""
3326
"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in "
3327
"the menu bar</gui>."
3328
msgstr ""
3329
3330
#: C/clock-more-info.page:27(note/p)
3331
msgid ""
3332
"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the "
3333
"icon in the top right of the panel and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. "
3334
"In the Personal section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
3335
msgstr ""
3336
3337
#: C/clock-more-info.page:32(section/title)
3338
msgid "Change the date format"
3339
msgstr ""
3340
3341
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33(section/p)
3342
msgid ""
3343
"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard "
3344
"for your location."
3345
msgstr ""
3346
3347
#: C/clock-more-info.page:36(item/p)
3348
msgid ""
3349
"Click the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>System "
3350
"Settings</gui>."
3351
msgstr ""
3352
3353
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37(item/p)
3354
msgid "In the System section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
3355
msgstr ""
3356
3357
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38(item/p)
3358
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
3359
msgstr ""
3360
3361
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39(item/p)
3362
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
3363
msgstr ""
3364
3365
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40(item/p)
3366
msgid ""
3367
"You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect."
3368
msgstr ""
3369
3370
#: C/clock-set.page:8(info/desc)
3371
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
3372
msgstr ""
3373
3374
#: C/clock-set.page:22(page/title)
3375
msgid "Change the time and date"
3376
msgstr ""
3377
3378
#: C/clock-set.page:26(item/p)
3379
msgid ""
3380
"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>top "
3381
"panel</gui> and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3382
msgstr ""
3383
3384
#: C/clock-set.page:31(item/p)
3385
msgid ""
3386
"Click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to change the "
3387
"system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the "
3388
"<gui>Location</gui> box."
3389
msgstr ""
3390
3391
#: C/clock-set.page:36(item/p)
3392
msgid ""
3393
"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate "
3394
"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
3395
msgstr ""
3396
3397
#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
3398
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
3399
msgstr ""
3400
3401
#: C/clock-timezone.page:17(page/title)
3402
msgid "Show other timezones"
3403
msgstr ""
3404
3405
#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/p)
3406
msgid ""
3407
"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
3408
"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities "
3409
"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
3410
msgstr ""
3411
3412
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
3413
msgid ""
3414
"Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other "
3415
"locations</gui>."
3416
msgstr ""
3417
3418
#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
3419
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
3420
msgstr ""
3421
3422
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
3423
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
3424
msgstr ""
3425
3426
#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
3427
msgid ""
3428
"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment "
3429
"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
3430
msgstr ""
3431
3432
#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(item/p)
3433
msgid ""
3434
"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in "
3435
"automatically."
3436
msgstr ""
3437
3438
#: C/clock-timezone.page:31(item/p)
3439
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
3440
msgstr ""
3441
3442
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32(item/p)
3443
msgid ""
3444
"You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to "
3445
"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
3446
msgstr ""
3447
3448
#: C/disk.page:14(info/desc)
3449
msgid ""
3450
"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
3451
"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
3452
"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>..."
3453
msgstr ""
3454
3455
#: C/disk.page:24(page/title)
3456
msgid "Disks & storage"
3457
msgstr ""
3458
3459
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:10(credit/name)
3460
#: C/disk-capacity.page:10(credit/name)
3461
#: C/disk-check.page:10(credit/name)
3462
#: C/disk-format.page:10(credit/name)
3463
#: C/disk-partitions.page:10(credit/name)
3464
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:10(credit/name)
3465
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:10(credit/name)
3466
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:10(credit/name)
3467
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:11(credit/name)
3468
#: C/printing-streaks.page:12(credit/name)
3469
msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
3470
msgstr ""
3471
3472
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14(credit/name)
3473
#: C/disk-capacity.page:14(credit/name)
3474
#: C/disk-check.page:14(credit/name)
3475
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17(credit/name)
3476
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15(credit/name)
3477
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:14(credit/name)
3478
#: C/look-background.page:21(credit/name)
3479
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(credit/name)
3480
#: C/look-resolution.page:17(credit/name)
3481
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
3482
msgstr ""
3483
3484
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18(credit/name)
3485
#: C/display-2monitors.page:9(credit/name)
3486
#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
3487
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20(credit/name)
3488
#: C/printing-setup.page:28(credit/name)
3489
msgid "Steven Richards"
3490
msgstr ""
3491
3492
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22(info/desc)
3493
msgid "You can run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
3494
msgstr ""
3495
3496
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:26(page/title)
3497
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
3498
msgstr ""
3499
3500
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28(page/p)
3501
msgid ""
3502
"To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
3503
"intro\">dash</link> and open the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
3504
msgstr ""
3505
3506
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31(page/p)
3507
msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"
3508
msgstr ""
3509
3510
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
3511
msgid ""
3512
"Click on the hard disk in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
3513
"will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
3514
msgstr ""
3515
3516
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:36(item/p)
3517
msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
3518
msgstr ""
3519
3520
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
3521
msgid ""
3522
"Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write "
3523
"Benchmark</gui>."
3524
msgstr ""
3525
3526
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39(item/p)
3527
msgid ""
3528
"The read-only benchmark will only test how fast data can be read off the "
3529
"disk. The read/write benchmark will also test how fast data can be put onto "
3530
"the disk, so it will take longer to complete."
3531
msgstr ""
3532
3533
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(page/p)
3534
msgid ""
3535
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. These "
3536
"results tell you how fast files were read or written, and how long it took. "
3537
"The time is measured in Milliseconds (ms) and data transfer speed is "
3538
"measured in Megabytes per Second (MB/s)."
3539
msgstr ""
3540
3541
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(page/p)
3542
msgid ""
3543
"After the test is finished, the following statistics will be listed below "
3544
"the graph:"
3545
msgstr ""
3546
3547
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51(item/p)
3548
msgid "Minimum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3549
msgstr ""
3550
3551
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:52(item/p)
3552
msgid "Maximum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3553
msgstr ""
3554
3555
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(item/p)
3556
msgid "Average Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3557
msgstr ""
3558
3559
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:54(item/p)
3560
msgid "Last Benchmark in Seconds"
3561
msgstr ""
3562
3563
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55(item/p)
3564
msgid "Minimum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3565
msgstr ""
3566
3567
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56(item/p)
3568
msgid "Maximum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3569
msgstr ""
3570
3571
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:57(item/p)
3572
msgid "Average Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3573
msgstr ""
3574
3575
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:58(item/p)
3576
msgid "Average Access Time in Milliseconds"
3577
msgstr ""
3578
3579
#: C/disk-capacity.page:18(info/desc)
3580
msgid "With <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."
3581
msgstr ""
3582
3583
#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(page/title)
3584
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
3585
msgstr ""
3586
3587
#: C/disk-capacity.page:23(page/p)
3588
msgid ""
3589
"You can check how much disk space is left by using <app>Disk Usage "
3590
"Analyzer</app> and <app>System Monitor</app>."
3591
msgstr ""
3592
3593
#: C/disk-capacity.page:24(section/title)
3594
msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
3595
msgstr ""
3596
3597
#: C/disk-capacity.page:25(section/p)
3598
msgid ""
3599
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
3600
"Analyzer</app>:"
3601
msgstr ""
3602
3603
#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(item/p)
3604
msgid ""
3605
"Open the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3606
msgstr ""
3607
3608
#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(item/p)
3609
msgid ""
3610
"The <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> window will display the <gui>Total file "
3611
"system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
3612
msgstr ""
3613
3614
#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(item/p)
3615
msgid ""
3616
"(You can click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display to "
3617
"<gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>)."
3618
msgstr ""
3619
3620
#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(item/p)
3621
msgid ""
3622
"Click <gui>Scan Home</gui> if you want to check how much disk space is left "
3623
"inside the Home folder or click <gui>Scan filesystem</gui> icon if you want "
3624
"to check how much disk space is left inside the '/' (Root) folder. In both "
3625
"cases, the location of the files and other options like Usage, Size and "
3626
"Contents will be presented. You can change the order of the details and view "
3627
"the files in order of file size."
3628
msgstr ""
3629
3630
#: C/disk-capacity.page:36(item/p)
3631
msgid ""
3632
"Click the <gui>Scan a folder</gui> icon if you want to scan disk space "
3633
"inside specific folder or click <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui> if you want "
3634
"to scan disk space inside remote folder."
3635
msgstr ""
3636
3637
#: C/disk-capacity.page:37(item/p)
3638
msgid ""
3639
"Click <gui>Stop </gui> or <gui>Refresh</gui> anytime you need to cancel or "
3640
"update the scanning."
3641
msgstr ""
3642
3643
#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(note/p)
3644
msgid ""
3645
"<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing "
3646
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the "
3647
"single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."
3648
msgstr ""
3649
3650
#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(section/title)
3651
msgid "Check with System Monitor"
3652
msgstr ""
3653
3654
#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(section/p)
3655
msgid ""
3656
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System "
3657
"Monitor</app>:"
3658
msgstr ""
3659
3660
#: C/disk-capacity.page:49(item/p)
3661
msgid ""
3662
"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3663
msgstr ""
3664
3665
#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(item/p)
3666
msgid ""
3667
"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
3668
"disk space usage in Total, Free, Available and Used."
3669
msgstr ""
3670
3671
#: C/disk-capacity.page:53(section/title)
3672
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
3673
msgstr ""
3674
3675
#: C/disk-capacity.page:54(section/p)
3676
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
3677
msgstr ""
3678
3679
#: C/disk-capacity.page:56(item/p)
3680
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
3681
msgstr ""
3682
3683
#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(item/p)
3684
msgid ""
3685
"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
3686
"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
3687
msgstr ""
3688
3689
#: C/disk-check.page:18(info/desc)
3690
msgid ""
3691
"You can test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
3692
msgstr ""
3693
3694
#: C/disk-check.page:22(page/title)
3695
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
3696
msgstr ""
3697
3698
#: C/disk-check.page:29(section/title)
3699
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
3700
msgstr ""
3701
3702
#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/p)
3703
msgid ""
3704
"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
3705
"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
3706
"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
3707
"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
3708
msgstr ""
3709
3710
#: C/disk-check.page:35(section/p)
3711
msgid ""
3712
"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
3713
"running the <app>Disk Utility</app> application:"
3714
msgstr ""
3715
3716
#: C/disk-check.page:39(steps/title)
3717
msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disk Utility application"
3718
msgstr ""
3719
3720
#: C/disk-check.page:40(item/p)
3721
#: C/disk-format.page:27(item/p)
3722
msgid ""
3723
"Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3724
msgstr ""
3725
3726
#: C/disk-check.page:42(item/p)
3727
msgid ""
3728
"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices </gui> list. "
3729
"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive </gui>."
3730
msgstr ""
3731
3732
#: C/disk-check.page:45(item/p)
3733
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
3734
msgstr ""
3735
3736
#: C/disk-check.page:46(item/p)
3737
msgid ""
3738
"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
3739
"run a self-test."
3740
msgstr ""
3741
3742
#: C/disk-check.page:53(section/title)
3743
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
3744
msgstr ""
3745
3746
#: C/disk-check.page:54(section/p)
3747
msgid ""
3748
"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
3749
"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
3750
"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
3751
msgstr ""
3752
3753
#: C/disk-check.page:58(section/p)
3754
msgid ""
3755
"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
3756
"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
3757
"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
3758
"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
3759
"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
3760
"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
3761
msgstr ""
3762
3763
#: C/disk-check.page:65(section/p)
3764
msgid ""
3765
"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
3766
"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
3767
msgstr ""
3768
3769
#: C/disk-format.page:14(info/desc)
3770
msgid ""
3771
"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
3772
"drive by formatting it."
3773
msgstr ""
3774
3775
#: C/disk-format.page:18(page/title)
3776
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
3777
msgstr ""
3778
3779
#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/p)
3780
msgid ""
3781
"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
3782
"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
3783
"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
3784
"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
3785
msgstr ""
3786
3787
#: C/disk-format.page:26(steps/title)
3788
msgid "Format a removable disk"
3789
msgstr ""
3790
3791
#: C/disk-format.page:28(item/p)
3792
msgid ""
3793
"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
3794
msgstr ""
3795
3796
#: C/disk-format.page:29(note/p)
3797
msgid ""
3798
"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
3799
"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
3800
msgstr ""
3801
3802
#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
3803
msgid ""
3804
"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
3805
"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
3806
msgstr ""
3807
3808
#: C/disk-format.page:31(item/p)
3809
msgid ""
3810
"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
3811
"disk."
3812
msgstr ""
3813
3814
#: C/disk-format.page:32(item/p)
3815
msgid ""
3816
"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
3817
"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, "
3818
"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file "
3819
"system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
3820
msgstr ""
3821
3822
#: C/disk-format.page:33(item/p)
3823
msgid ""
3824
"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
3825
msgstr ""
3826
3827
#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
3828
msgid ""
3829
"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
3830
"should now be blank and ready to use again."
3831
msgstr ""
3832
3833
#: C/disk-format.page:38(note/title)
3834
msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
3835
msgstr ""
3836
3837
#: C/disk-format.page:39(note/p)
3838
msgid ""
3839
"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
3840
"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
3841
"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
3842
"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
3843
"as <app>shred</app>."
3844
msgstr ""
3845
3846
#: C/disk-partitions.page:14(info/desc)
3847
msgid ""
3848
"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
3849
"manage them."
3850
msgstr ""
3851
3852
#: C/disk-partitions.page:19(page/title)
3853
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
3854
msgstr ""
3855
3856
#: C/disk-partitions.page:21(page/p)
3857
msgid ""
3858
"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
3859
"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
3860
"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
3861
"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
3862
"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
3863
"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
3864
"(and possibly write) files on it."
3865
msgstr ""
3866
3867
#: C/disk-partitions.page:23(page/p)
3868
msgid ""
3869
"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
3870
"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
3871
"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
3872
"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
3873
"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
3874
"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
3875
msgstr ""
3876
3877
#: C/disk-partitions.page:26(section/title)
3878
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
3879
msgstr ""
3880
3881
#: C/disk-partitions.page:27(section/p)
3882
msgid ""
3883
"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
3884
"utility."
3885
msgstr ""
3886
3887
#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(item/p)
3888
msgid ""
3889
"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disk "
3890
"Utility</app>."
3891
msgstr ""
3892
3893
#: C/disk-partitions.page:33(item/p)
3894
msgid ""
3895
"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
3896
"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to "
3897
"inspect."
3898
msgstr ""
3899
3900
#: C/disk-partitions.page:36(item/p)
3901
msgid ""
3902
"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
3903
"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
3904
"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
3905
msgstr ""
3906
3907
#: C/disk-partitions.page:37(item/p)
3908
msgid ""
3909
"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
3910
"these utilities."
3911
msgstr ""
3912
3913
#: C/disk-partitions.page:41(section/p)
3914
msgid ""
3915
"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
3916
"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
3917
"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
3918
"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
3919
"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
3920
"or convenience."
3921
msgstr ""
3922
3923
#: C/disk-partitions.page:43(section/p)
3924
msgid ""
3925
"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
3926
"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
3927
"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
3928
"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
3929
"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
3930
msgstr ""
3931
3932
#: C/display-2monitors.page:13(credit/name)
3933
msgid "Connor Imes"
3934
msgstr ""
3935
3936
#: C/display-2monitors.page:17(info/desc)
3937
msgid "Enable a second display device, like another monitor or a projector."
3938
msgstr ""
3939
3940
#: C/display-2monitors.page:21(page/title)
3941
msgid "Enable a second monitor"
3942
msgstr ""
3943
3944
#: C/display-2monitors.page:23(page/p)
3945
msgid ""
3946
"Having a second monitor is great for multitasking or for sharing your "
3947
"desktop on a second display, like a projector. Setting it up is quick and "
3948
"easy to do by following these simple steps."
3949
msgstr ""
3950
3951
#: C/display-2monitors.page:27(note/p)
3952
msgid ""
3953
"Only certain computers are capable of supporting two displays. Make sure you "
3954
"have proper outputs on your video card, and that your card is able to "
3955
"support this feature."
3956
msgstr ""
3957
3958
#: C/display-2monitors.page:33(item/p)
3959
msgid ""
3960
"First ensure that the second monitor is attached to your video card and is "
3961
"turned on."
3962
msgstr ""
3963
3964
#: C/display-2monitors.page:36(item/p)
3965
#: C/files-autorun.page:30(item/p)
3966
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:27(item/p)
3967
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:32(item/p)
3968
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:29(item/p)
3969
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(item/p)
3970
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(item/p)
3971
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
3972
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
3973
#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p)
3974
#: C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
3975
#: C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
3976
msgid ""
3977
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top panel</gui> and select "
3978
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
3979
msgstr ""
3980
3981
#: C/display-2monitors.page:39(item/p)
3982
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, select <gui>Monitors</gui>."
3983
msgstr ""
3984
3985
#: C/display-2monitors.page:42(item/p)
3986
msgid ""
3987
"Click the rectangle that says your monitor's name, such as XYZ Brand 23. To "
3988
"enable it, change the setting at the top of the dialog from <gui>Off</gui> "
3989
"to <gui>On</gui>."
3990
msgstr ""
3991
3992
#: C/display-2monitors.page:46(item/p)
3993
msgid ""
3994
"Select the appropriate resolution that your monitor supports, refresh rate, "
3995
"and rotation (if necessary). If you are unsure which settings to use, then "
3996
"refer to your monitor's manual."
3997
msgstr ""
3998
3999
#: C/display-2monitors.page:50(item/p)
4000
msgid ""
4001
"If the monitor's virtual location does not match its actual location, drag "
4002
"the monitor's rectangle around to the appropriate location."
4003
msgstr ""
4004
4005
#: C/display-2monitors.page:53(item/p)
4006
msgid ""
4007
"To test the new configuration, click the <gui>Apply</gui> button. If it "
4008
"looks correct, click <gui>Close</gui>."
4009
msgstr ""
4010
4011
#: C/display-2monitors.page:58(page/p)
4012
msgid ""
4013
"By default, different images are displayed on each monitor. To enable the "
4014
"same image across both monitors, check the box entitled <gui>Same image in "
4015
"all monitors</gui> and then click <gui>Apply</gui>."
4016
msgstr ""
4017
4018
#: C/display-2monitors.page:60(page/p)
4019
msgid ""
4020
"You also have the option to create a shortcut to the <gui>Monitors</gui> "
4021
"application by enabling <gui>Show monitors in panel</gui>, which will then "
4022
"place itself in the panel."
4023
msgstr ""
4024
4025
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:9(info/desc)
4026
msgid ""
4027
"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
4028
"readable in bright light."
4029
msgstr ""
4030
4031
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:27(page/title)
4032
msgid "Set screen brightness"
4033
msgstr ""
4034
4035
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(page/p)
4036
msgid ""
4037
"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or make the "
4038
"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
4039
"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
4040
"not in use."
4041
msgstr ""
4042
4043
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(steps/title)
4044
msgid "Set the brightness"
4045
msgstr ""
4046
4047
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(item/p)
4048
#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
4049
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:27(item/p)
4050
msgid "Select <gui>Screen</gui>."
4051
msgstr ""
4052
4053
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(item/p)
4054
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
4055
msgstr ""
4056
4057
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:39(item/p)
4058
msgid ""
4059
"Many laptop keyboards have special keys on the keyboard to adjust the "
4060
"brightness. These have a picture of what looks like the Sun and are usually "
4061
"located on the <key>F8</key> and <key>F9</key> keys. Hold down the "
4062
"<key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
4063
msgstr ""
4064
4065
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(page/p)
4066
msgid ""
4067
"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
4068
"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
4069
"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
4070
"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
4071
msgstr ""
4072
4073
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(page/p)
4074
msgid ""
4075
"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
4076
"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
4077
"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn off "
4078
"after</gui> drop-down list."
4079
msgstr ""
4080
4081
#: C/display-lock.page:10(info/desc)
4082
msgid ""
4083
"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
4084
"computer."
4085
msgstr ""
4086
4087
#: C/display-lock.page:20(page/title)
4088
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
4089
msgstr ""
4090
4091
#: C/display-lock.page:22(page/p)
4092
msgid ""
4093
"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
4094
"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
4095
"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
4096
"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
4097
"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
4098
"have the screen lock automatically."
4099
msgstr ""
4100
4101
#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
4102
msgid ""
4103
"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
4104
"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
4105
"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
4106
"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
4107
"with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list above."
4108
msgstr ""
4109
4110
#: C/display-lock.page:43(note/p)
4111
msgid ""
4112
"To lock your screen immediately, click the icon at the very right of the "
4113
"<gui>top bar</gui> and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>, or just press "
4114
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>."
4115
msgstr ""
4116
4117
#: C/fallback-mode.page:9(info/desc)
4118
msgid ""
4119
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
4120
"basic version of Unity will be started."
4121
msgstr ""
4122
4123
#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/title)
4124
msgid "What is Unity 2D?"
4125
msgstr ""
4126
4127
#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(page/p)
4128
msgid ""
4129
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
4130
"basic version of the desktop will be displayed. This is called <em>Unity "
4131
"2D</em>, and it allows you to use Ubuntu on your computer without some of "
4132
"the fancier visual effects."
4133
msgstr ""
4134
4135
#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(page/p)
4136
msgid ""
4137
"One particular difference is that the Alt-Tab window switcher in Unity 2D is "
4138
"much more basic compared to the version in regular Unity. Some of the other "
4139
"differences are so minor that you may not be able to tell which version you "
4140
"are running. Running Unity 2D doesn't affect which applications you can run -"
4141
" it only changes the way that the desktop looks."
4142
msgstr ""
4143
4144
#: C/fallback-mode.page:32(page/p)
4145
msgid ""
4146
"Starting in Unity 2D doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't "
4147
"good enough to run Ubuntu - it might just mean that you don't have the right "
4148
"drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics "
4149
"card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of "
4150
"Unity."
4151
msgstr ""
4152
4153
#: C/files-autorun.page:10(info/desc)
4154
msgid ""
4155
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
4156
"other devices and media."
4157
msgstr ""
4158
4159
#: C/files-autorun.page:22(page/title)
4160
msgid "Open an application when you plug in a device"
4161
msgstr ""
4162
4163
#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/p)
4164
msgid ""
4165
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device. "
4166
"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a "
4167
"digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you "
4168
"plug something in."
4169
msgstr ""
4170
4171
#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
4172
msgid ""
4173
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
4174
msgstr ""
4175
4176
#: C/files-autorun.page:34(item/p)
4177
msgid ""
4178
"Open <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select how "
4179
"media should be handled</gui>."
4180
msgstr ""
4181
4182
#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p)
4183
msgid ""
4184
"Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
4185
msgstr ""
4186
4187
#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
4188
msgid ""
4189
"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
4190
msgstr ""
4191
4192
#: C/files-autorun.page:38(item/p)
4193
msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
4194
msgstr ""
4195
4196
#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p)
4197
msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
4198
msgstr ""
4199
4200
#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
4201
msgid ""
4202
"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
4203
"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
4204
"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
4205
"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
4206
"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
4207
msgstr ""
4208
4209
#: C/files-autorun.page:48(item/p)
4210
msgid ""
4211
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
4212
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
4213
"to see a more detailed list of devices."
4214
msgstr ""
4215
4216
#: C/files-autorun.page:53(note/title)
4217
msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
4218
msgstr ""
4219
4220
#: C/files-autorun.page:54(note/p)
4221
msgid ""
4222
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
4223
"plug in, check <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
4224
"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
4225
msgstr ""
4226
4227
#: C/files-browse.page:8(info/desc)
4228
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
4229
msgstr ""
4230
4231
#: C/files-browse.page:22(page/title)
4232
msgid "Browse files and folders"
4233
msgstr ""
4234
4235
#: C/files-browse.page:24(page/p)
4236
msgid ""
4237
"Use the <app>Files</app> application to browse the files in your home "
4238
"folder, on external devices, on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
4239
"servers</link>, and across your computer's file system."
4240
msgstr ""
4241
4242
#: C/files-browse.page:30(list/title)
4243
msgid "How do I open the file manager?"
4244
msgstr ""
4245
4246
#: C/files-browse.page:32(item/p)
4247
msgid ""
4248
"Search for files and folders in the <gui>dash</gui> the same way you would "
4249
"<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-global-search\">search for "
4250
"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and "
4251
"Folders</gui>."
4252
msgstr ""
4253
4254
#: C/files-browse.page:37(item/p)
4255
msgid ""
4256
"Another way to open the file manager is to select the <app>Home Folder</app> "
4257
"shortcut in the launcher."
4258
msgstr ""
4259
4260
#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
4261
msgid ""
4262
"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
4263
"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
4264
"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
4265
"list view, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its "
4266
"contents in a tree."
4267
msgstr ""
4268
4269
#: C/files-browse.page:48(page/p)
4270
msgid ""
4271
"The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder "
4272
"you're viewing, including the parent folders up to your home directory, the "
4273
"root of a removable device, or the root of your file system. Click a parent "
4274
"folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the "
4275
"path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its "
4276
"properties."
4277
msgstr ""
4278
4279
#: C/files-browse.page:55(page/p)
4280
msgid ""
4281
"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the "
4282
"sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> <gui>Show "
4283
"Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders you use often, and "
4284
"they will appear in the sidebar."
4285
msgstr ""
4286
4287
#: C/files-browse.page:60(page/p)
4288
msgid ""
4289
"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
4290
"useful to show a tree in the sidebar instead. Click "
4291
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
4292
"the tree sidebar. Click the expander next to a folder to show its child "
4293
"folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
4294
msgstr ""
4295
4296
#: C/files-copy.page:7(info/desc)
4297
msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."
4298
msgstr ""
4299
4300
#: C/files-copy.page:11(credit/name)
4301
#: C/files-delete.page:12(credit/name)
4302
#: C/files-open.page:12(credit/name)
4303
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
4304
msgstr ""
4305
4306
#: C/files-copy.page:21(page/title)
4307
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
4308
msgstr ""
4309
4310
#: C/files-copy.page:23(page/p)
4311
msgid ""
4312
"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
4313
"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
4314
"keyboard shortcuts."
4315
msgstr ""
4316
4317
#: C/files-copy.page:26(page/p)
4318
msgid ""
4319
"As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which "
4320
"contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link "
4321
"xref=\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."
4322
msgstr ""
4323
4324
#: C/files-copy.page:31(steps/title)
4325
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
4326
msgstr ""
4327
4328
#: C/files-copy.page:32(item/p)
4329
msgid ""
4330
"<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link> to the folder "
4331
"containing the item you want to copy."
4332
msgstr ""
4333
4334
#: C/files-copy.page:33(item/p)
4335
msgid ""
4336
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
4337
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
4338
"Navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the item in the new "
4339
"window."
4340
msgstr ""
4341
4342
#: C/files-copy.page:34(item/p)
4343
msgid ""
4344
"Click and drag the item from one window to another. By default, dragging an "
4345
"item will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the same device (i.e. if "
4346
"both folders are on the same hard disk on your computer)."
4347
msgstr ""
4348
4349
#: C/files-copy.page:35(item/p)
4350
msgid ""
4351
"Dragging will <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a difference device, "
4352
"such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"
4353
msgstr ""
4354
4355
#: C/files-copy.page:37(item/p)
4356
msgid ""
4357
"To force the file to be copied, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while "
4358
"dragging."
4359
msgstr ""
4360
4361
#: C/files-copy.page:38(item/p)
4362
msgid ""
4363
"To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while "
4364
"dragging."
4365
msgstr ""
4366
4367
#: C/files-copy.page:43(steps/title)
4368
msgid "Copy and paste files"
4369
msgstr ""
4370
4371
#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
4372
msgid "Select the item you want to copy by clicking on it once."
4373
msgstr ""
4374
4375
#: C/files-copy.page:45(item/p)
4376
msgid ""
4377
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4378
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
4379
msgstr ""
4380
4381
#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
4382
msgid ""
4383
"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the item."
4384
msgstr ""
4385
4386
#: C/files-copy.page:47(item/p)
4387
msgid ""
4388
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
4389
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
4390
"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
4391
msgstr ""
4392
4393
#: C/files-copy.page:51(steps/title)
4394
msgid "Cut and paste files (to move them)"
4395
msgstr ""
4396
4397
#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
4398
msgid "Select the item you want to move by clicking on it once."
4399
msgstr ""
4400
4401
#: C/files-copy.page:53(item/p)
4402
msgid ""
4403
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4404
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
4405
msgstr ""
4406
4407
#: C/files-copy.page:54(item/p)
4408
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the item."
4409
msgstr ""
4410
4411
#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
4412
msgid ""
4413
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
4414
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
4415
"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
4416
msgstr ""
4417
4418
#: C/files-copy.page:59(note/title)
4419
msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
4420
msgstr ""
4421
4422
#: C/files-copy.page:60(note/p)
4423
msgid ""
4424
"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
4425
"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
4426
"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4427
"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."
4428
msgstr ""
4429
4430
#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
4431
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
4432
msgstr ""
4433
4434
#: C/files-delete.page:22(page/title)
4435
msgid "Delete files and folders"
4436
msgstr ""
4437
4438
#: C/files-delete.page:24(page/p)
4439
msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
4440
msgstr ""
4441
4442
#: C/files-delete.page:28(page/p)
4443
msgid ""
4444
"When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored "
4445
"until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be <link "
4446
"xref=\"files-recover\">restored to their original location</link> if you "
4447
"decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
4448
msgstr ""
4449
4450
#: C/files-delete.page:36(item/p)
4451
msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."
4452
msgstr ""
4453
4454
#: C/files-delete.page:37(item/p)
4455
msgid ""
4456
"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
4457
"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
4458
msgstr ""
4459
4460
#: C/files-delete.page:41(page/p)
4461
msgid ""
4462
"To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you "
4463
"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
4464
"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can "
4465
"permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash "
4466
"from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete "
4467
"permanently and press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard, or right-click and "
4468
"select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
4469
msgstr ""
4470
4471
#: C/files-delete.page:50(note/p)
4472
msgid ""
4473
"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device</link> "
4474
"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
4475
"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
4476
"into your computer."
4477
msgstr ""
4478
4479
#: C/files-delete.page:56(section/title)
4480
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
4481
msgstr ""
4482
4483
#: C/files-delete.page:57(section/p)
4484
msgid ""
4485
"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
4486
"the trash first."
4487
msgstr ""
4488
4489
#: C/files-delete.page:61(item/p)
4490
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
4491
msgstr ""
4492
4493
#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
4494
msgid ""
4495
"Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
4496
"key on your keyboard."
4497
msgstr ""
4498
4499
#: C/files-delete.page:63(item/p)
4500
msgid ""
4501
"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
4502
"delete the file or folder."
4503
msgstr ""
4504
4505
#: C/files-delete.page:67(section/p)
4506
msgid ""
4507
"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
4508
"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
4509
"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
4510
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
4511
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
4512
"Trash</gui>."
4513
msgstr ""
4514
4515
#: C/files-disc-write.page:9(credit/name)
4516
msgid "Michael Hill"
4517
msgstr ""
4518
4519
#: C/files-disc-write.page:13(info/desc)
4520
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
4521
msgstr ""
4522
4523
#: C/files-disc-write.page:17(page/title)
4524
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
4525
msgstr ""
4526
4527
#: C/files-disc-write.page:19(page/p)
4528
msgid ""
4529
"The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> in the file manager makes it easy to transfer "
4530
"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
4531
"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
4532
msgstr ""
4533
4534
#: C/files-disc-write.page:22(item/p)
4535
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
4536
msgstr ""
4537
4538
#: C/files-disc-write.page:24(item/p)
4539
msgid ""
4540
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select "
4541
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator "
4542
"Folder</gui> window will open."
4543
msgstr ""
4544
4545
#: C/files-disc-write.page:25(item/p)
4546
msgid ""
4547
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under "
4548
"<gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
4549
msgstr ""
4550
4551
#: C/files-disc-write.page:27(item/p)
4552
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
4553
msgstr ""
4554
4555
#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
4556
msgid ""
4557
"Drag or <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy</link> the desired files into the "
4558
"window."
4559
msgstr ""
4560
4561
#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
4562
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
4563
msgstr ""
4564
4565
#: C/files-disc-write.page:31(item/p)
4566
msgid ""
4567
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
4568
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
4569
"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
4570
msgstr ""
4571
4572
#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
4573
msgid ""
4574
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
4575
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
4576
"be fine."
4577
msgstr ""
4578
4579
#: C/files-disc-write.page:35(item/p)
4580
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
4581
msgstr ""
4582
4583
#: C/files-disc-write.page:36(item/p)
4584
msgid ""
4585
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
4586
"additional discs."
4587
msgstr ""
4588
4589
#: C/files-disc-write.page:38(item/p)
4590
msgid ""
4591
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
4592
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
4593
msgstr ""
4594
4595
#: C/files-disc-write.page:41(note/p)
4596
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
4597
msgstr ""
4598
4599
#: C/files-disc-write.page:42(note/p)
4600
msgid ""
4601
"For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"ghelp:brasero\">user "
4602
"guide</link>."
4603
msgstr ""
4604
4605
#: C/files-disc-write.page:45(section/title)
4606
msgid "The disc wasn't burned properly!"
4607
msgstr ""
4608
4609
#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(section/p)
4610
msgid ""
4611
"Sometimes, discs aren't burned correctly and you won't be able to see the "
4612
"files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
4613
msgstr ""
4614
4615
#: C/files-disc-write.page:48(section/p)
4616
msgid ""
4617
"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
4618
"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
4619
"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
4620
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."
4621
msgstr ""
4622
4623
#: C/files-hidden.page:6(info/desc)
4624
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
4625
msgstr ""
4626
4627
#: C/files-hidden.page:16(page/title)
4628
msgid "Hide a file"
4629
msgstr ""
4630
4631
#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/p)
4632
msgid ""
4633
"You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of "
4634
"their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in "
4635
"the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."
4636
msgstr ""
4637
4638
#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
4639
msgid ""
4640
"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at "
4641
"the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file "
4642
"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
4643
msgstr ""
4644
4645
#: C/files-hidden.page:23(note/p)
4646
msgid ""
4647
"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the "
4648
"folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."
4649
msgstr ""
4650
4651
#: C/files-hidden.page:27(section/title)
4652
msgid "Show all hidden files"
4653
msgstr ""
4654
4655
#: C/files-hidden.page:28(section/p)
4656
msgid ""
4657
"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
4658
"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
4659
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be "
4660
"shown along with the files that were not hidden."
4661
msgstr ""
4662
4663
#: C/files-hidden.page:31(section/p)
4664
msgid ""
4665
"Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others "
4666
"might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-"
4667
"tilde\"/>)."
4668
msgstr ""
4669
4670
#: C/files-hidden.page:34(section/p)
4671
msgid ""
4672
"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show "
4673
"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
4674
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
4675
msgstr ""
4676
4677
#: C/files-hidden.page:37(section/p)
4678
msgid ""
4679
"Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn the "
4680
"option for that window off. To show hidden files in all file manager "
4681
"windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
4682
msgstr ""
4683
4684
#: C/files-hidden.page:43(section/title)
4685
msgid "Unhide a file"
4686
msgstr ""
4687
4688
#: C/files-hidden.page:44(section/p)
4689
msgid ""
4690
"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
4691
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
4692
"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its "
4693
"name."
4694
msgstr ""
4695
4696
#: C/files-hidden.page:47(section/p)
4697
msgid ""
4698
"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
4699
"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
4700
msgstr ""
4701
4702
#: C/files-hidden.page:50(section/p)
4703
msgid ""
4704
"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click "
4705
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
4706
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
4707
"again."
4708
msgstr ""
4709
4710
#: C/files-lost.page:8(info/desc)
4711
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
4712
msgstr ""
4713
4714
#: C/files-lost.page:24(page/title)
4715
msgid "Find a lost file"
4716
msgstr ""
4717
4718
#: C/files-lost.page:26(page/p)
4719
msgid ""
4720
"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
4721
"tips."
4722
msgstr ""
4723
4724
#: C/files-lost.page:30(item/p)
4725
msgid ""
4726
"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
4727
"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link "
4728
"xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
4729
msgstr ""
4730
4731
#: C/files-lost.page:34(item/p)
4732
msgid ""
4733
"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
4734
"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
4735
"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
4736
msgstr ""
4737
4738
#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
4739
msgid ""
4740
"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
4741
"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
4742
"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
4743
msgstr ""
4744
4745
#: C/files-lost.page:44(item/p)
4746
msgid ""
4747
"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
4748
"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
4749
"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
4750
"Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
4751
"to learn more."
4752
msgstr ""
4753
4754
#: C/files-open.page:8(info/desc)
4755
msgid ""
4756
"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
4757
"file. You can change the default too."
4758
msgstr ""
4759
4760
#: C/files-open.page:22(page/title)
4761
msgid "Open files with other applications"
4762
msgstr ""
4763
4764
#: C/files-open.page:24(page/p)
4765
msgid ""
4766
"When you double-click a file in the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file "
4767
"manager</link>, it will be opened with the default application for that file "
4768
"type. You can open it in a different application, search online for "
4769
"applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
4770
msgstr ""
4771
4772
#: C/files-open.page:29(page/p)
4773
msgid ""
4774
"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
4775
"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
4776
"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
4777
"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it "
4778
"knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your "
4779
"computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
4780
msgstr ""
4781
4782
#: C/files-open.page:36(page/p)
4783
msgid ""
4784
"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
4785
"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
4786
"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
4787
"known to handle files of that type."
4788
msgstr ""
4789
4790
#: C/files-open.page:42(section/title)
4791
msgid "Change the default application"
4792
msgstr ""
4793
4794
#: C/files-open.page:43(section/p)
4795
msgid ""
4796
"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
4797
"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
4798
"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
4799
"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
4800
msgstr ""
4801
4802
#: C/files-open.page:49(item/p)
4803
msgid ""
4804
"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
4805
"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
4806
"<file>.mp3</file> file."
4807
msgstr ""
4808
4809
#: C/files-open.page:52(item/p)
4810
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
4811
msgstr ""
4812
4813
#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
4814
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
4815
msgstr ""
4816
4817
#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
4818
msgid ""
4819
"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
4820
"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
4821
"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
4822
"other applications</gui>."
4823
msgstr ""
4824
4825
#: C/files-open.page:58(item/p)
4826
msgid ""
4827
"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
4828
"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
4829
"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
4830
"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-"
4831
"clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
4832
msgstr ""
4833
4834
#: C/files-open.page:65(section/p)
4835
msgid ""
4836
"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
4837
"all files with the same type."
4838
msgstr ""
4839
4840
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
4841
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
4842
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
4843
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
4844
#: C/files.page:28(media)
4845
msgctxt "_"
4846
msgid ""
4847
"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='7c905000084a729c8ee23a600a7ad945'"
4848
msgstr ""
4849
4850
#: C/files.page:15(info/title)
4851
msgctxt "link:trail"
4852
msgid "Files"
4853
msgstr ""
4854
4855
#: C/files.page:17(info/desc)
4856
msgid ""
4857
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
4858
"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
4859
"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
4860
msgstr ""
4861
4862
#: C/files.page:26(page/title)
4863
msgid "Files, folders & search"
4864
msgstr ""
4865
4866
#: C/files.page:29(media/p)
4867
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
4868
msgstr ""
4869
4870
#: C/files.page:33(links/title)
4871
msgid "Common tasks"
4872
msgstr ""
4873
4874
#: C/files.page:37(links/title)
4875
#: C/hardware.page:32(links/title)
4876
msgid "More topics"
4877
msgstr ""
4878
4879
#: C/files.page:41(section/title)
4880
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
4881
msgstr ""
4882
4883
#: C/files.page:46(section/title)
4884
msgid "Backing up"
4885
msgstr ""
4886
4887
#: C/files.page:51(section/title)
4888
msgid "Tips and questions"
4889
msgstr ""
4890
4891
#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
4892
msgid ""
4893
"When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get "
4894
"them back from the Trash."
4895
msgstr ""
4896
4897
#: C/files-recover.page:19(page/title)
4898
msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
4899
msgstr ""
4900
4901
#: C/files-recover.page:20(page/p)
4902
msgid ""
4903
"If you deleted a file in the <gui>File Manager</gui> by pressing "
4904
"<key>Delete</key> or clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> option in the "
4905
"right-click menu, the file should be in the Trash. To recover the file:"
4906
msgstr ""
4907
4908
#: C/files-recover.page:23(item/p)
4909
msgid ""
4910
"Open the <gui>launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut "
4911
"which is the shortcut at the bottom of the launcher."
4912
msgstr ""
4913
4914
#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p)
4915
msgid ""
4916
"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select "
4917
"<gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
4918
msgstr ""
4919
4920
#: C/files-recover.page:29(page/p)
4921
msgid ""
4922
"If you deleted the file using "
4923
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>, or from the command "
4924
"line, the file can't be recovered using this method because it has been "
4925
"permanently deleted."
4926
msgstr ""
4927
4928
#: C/files-recover.page:31(page/p)
4929
msgid ""
4930
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
4931
"recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very "
4932
"easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's "
4933
"probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover "
4934
"it."
4935
msgstr ""
4936
4937
#: C/files-removedrive.page:13(info/desc)
4938
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
4939
msgstr ""
4940
4941
#: C/files-removedrive.page:17(page/title)
4942
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
4943
msgstr ""
4944
4945
#: C/files-removedrive.page:19(page/p)
4946
msgid ""
4947
"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
4948
"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
4949
"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which "
4950
"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
4951
"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
4952
"from your computer."
4953
msgstr ""
4954
4955
#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(item/p)
4956
#: C/files-rename.page:23(item/p)
4957
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
4958
msgstr ""
4959
4960
#: C/files-removedrive.page:28(item/p)
4961
msgid ""
4962
"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
4963
"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
4964
msgstr ""
4965
4966
#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(page/p)
4967
msgid ""
4968
"Alternatively, you can right-click the device and select either "
4969
"<gui>Eject</gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be "
4970
"physically ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between "
4971
"<gui>Eject</gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
4972
msgstr ""
4973
4974
#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(page/p)
4975
msgid ""
4976
"If you have any files stored on the device open in any applications, you "
4977
"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
4978
"window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open "
4979
"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
4980
"will automatically be safely removed (so you can unplug or eject it)."
4981
msgstr ""
4982
4983
#: C/files-removedrive.page:44(page/p)
4984
msgid ""
4985
"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
4986
"closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those "
4987
"files open."
4988
msgstr ""
4989
4990
#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(page/p)
4991
msgid ""
4992
"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
4993
"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
4994
"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
4995
"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
4996
"have open with that application."
4997
msgstr ""
4998
4999
#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
5000
msgid "Change file or folder name."
5001
msgstr ""
5002
5003
#: C/files-rename.page:20(page/title)
5004
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
5005
msgstr ""
5006
5007
#: C/files-rename.page:24(item/p)
5008
msgid ""
5009
"Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the "
5010
"file and press <key>F2</key>."
5011
msgstr ""
5012
5013
#: C/files-rename.page:26(item/p)
5014
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
5015
msgstr ""
5016
5017
#: C/files-rename.page:29(page/p)
5018
msgid ""
5019
"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
5020
"basic\">properties</link> window."
5021
msgstr ""
5022
5023
#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
5024
msgid ""
5025
"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
5026
"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
5027
"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
5028
"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
5029
"change the extension as well, select it with your mouse, or press "
5030
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to select the entire file name."
5031
msgstr ""
5032
5033
#: C/files-rename.page:35(section/title)
5034
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
5035
msgstr ""
5036
5037
#: C/files-rename.page:36(section/p)
5038
msgid ""
5039
"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
5040
"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
5041
"restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often "
5042
"formatted with the <em>FAT32</em> file system. On these devices, or if you "
5043
"intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you "
5044
"should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
5045
"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
5046
"<key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
5047
msgstr ""
5048
5049
#: C/files-rename.page:45(note/p)
5050
msgid ""
5051
"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
5052
"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."
5053
msgstr ""
5054
5055
#: C/files-rename.page:51(section/title)
5056
#: C/hardware.page:40(section/title)
5057
#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
5058
msgid "Common problems"
5059
msgstr ""
5060
5061
#: C/files-rename.page:54(item/title)
5062
msgid "The name is already used"
5063
msgstr ""
5064
5065
#: C/files-rename.page:55(item/p)
5066
msgid ""
5067
"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
5068
"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
5069
"are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."
5070
msgstr ""
5071
5072
#: C/files-rename.page:58(item/p)
5073
msgid ""
5074
"File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> "
5075
"and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's "
5076
"not always a good idea."
5077
msgstr ""
5078
5079
#: C/files-rename.page:63(item/title)
5080
msgid "The file name is too long"
5081
msgstr ""
5082
5083
#: C/files-rename.page:64(item/p)
5084
msgid ""
5085
"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
5086
"their names. Use a shorter name."
5087
msgstr ""
5088
5089
#: C/files-rename.page:67(item/title)
5090
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
5091
msgstr ""
5092
5093
#: C/files-rename.page:68(item/p)
5094
msgid ""
5095
"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
5096
"file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a "
5097
"file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
5098
"properties-permissions\"/>."
5099
msgstr ""
5100
5101
#: C/files-search.page:9(info/desc)
5102
msgid ""
5103
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
5104
msgstr ""
5105
5106
#: C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
5107
msgid "Search for files"
5108
msgstr ""
5109
5110
#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
5111
msgid ""
5112
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
5113
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
5114
"special folders in your home folder."
5115
msgstr ""
5116
5117
#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
5118
msgid "Other search applications"
5119
msgstr ""
5120
5121
#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title)
5122
msgid "Search"
5123
msgstr ""
5124
5125
#: C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
5126
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>"
5127
msgstr ""
5128
5129
#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
5130
msgid ""
5131
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
5132
"folder."
5133
msgstr ""
5134
5135
#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
5136
msgid ""
5137
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press "
5138
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
5139
msgstr ""
5140
5141
#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
5142
msgid ""
5143
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
5144
"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
5145
"<input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of case."
5146
msgstr ""
5147
5148
#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
5149
msgid ""
5150
"You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in "
5151
"<gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File "
5152
"Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file "
5153
"type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want to "
5154
"narrow based on location and file type. When you make changes, click "
5155
"<gui>Reload</gui> to search again."
5156
msgstr ""
5157
5158
#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
5159
msgid ""
5160
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
5161
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
5162
msgstr ""
5163
5164
#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
5165
msgid ""
5166
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
5167
"to the folder."
5168
msgstr ""
5169
5170
#: C/files-search.page:60(page/p)
5171
msgid ""
5172
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
5173
"quickly."
5174
msgstr ""
5175
5176
#: C/files-search.page:64(steps/title)
5177
msgid "Save a search"
5178
msgstr ""
5179
5180
#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
5181
msgid "Start a search as above."
5182
msgstr ""
5183
5184
#: C/files-search.page:66(item/p)
5185
msgid ""
5186
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click "
5187
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
5188
msgstr ""
5189
5190
#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
5191
msgid ""
5192
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
5193
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
5194
"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
5195
msgstr ""
5196
5197
#: C/files-select.page:13(info/desc)
5198
msgid ""
5199
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
5200
"which have similar names."
5201
msgstr ""
5202
5203
#: C/files-select.page:17(page/title)
5204
msgid "Select files by pattern"
5205
msgstr ""
5206
5207
#: C/files-select.page:19(page/p)
5208
msgid ""
5209
"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
5210
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
5211
"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
5212
"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
5213
"available:"
5214
msgstr ""
5215
5216
#: C/files-select.page:26(item/p)
5217
msgid ""
5218
"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
5219
"all."
5220
msgstr ""
5221
5222
#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
5223
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
5224
msgstr ""
5225
5226
#: C/files-select.page:31(page/p)
5227
msgid "For example:"
5228
msgstr ""
5229
5230
#: C/files-select.page:34(item/p)
5231
msgid ""
5232
"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
5233
"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
5234
"pattern"
5235
msgstr ""
5236
5237
#: C/files-select.page:37(example/p)
5238
msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
5239
msgstr ""
5240
5241
#: C/files-select.page:39(item/p)
5242
msgid ""
5243
"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
5244
"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
5245
"all with the pattern"
5246
msgstr ""
5247
5248
#: C/files-select.page:42(example/p)
5249
msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
5250
msgstr ""
5251
5252
#: C/files-select.page:44(item/p)
5253
msgid ""
5254
"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
5255
"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
5256
"edited, select the edited photos with"
5257
msgstr ""
5258
5259
#: C/files-select.page:47(example/p)
5260
msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
5261
msgstr ""
5262
5263
#: C/files-share.page:9(info/desc)
5264
msgid ""
5265
"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
5266
msgstr ""
5267
5268
#: C/files-share.page:20(page/title)
5269
msgid "Share and transfer files"
5270
msgstr ""
5271
5272
#: C/files-share.page:28(page/p)
5273
msgid ""
5274
"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
5275
"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
5276
"from the file manager."
5277
msgstr ""
5278
5279
#: C/files-share.page:33(item/p)
5280
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
5281
msgstr ""
5282
5283
#: C/files-share.page:34(item/p)
5284
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
5285
msgstr ""
5286
5287
#: C/files-share.page:35(item/p)
5288
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
5289
msgstr ""
5290
5291
#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p)
5292
msgid ""
5293
"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
5294
"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
5295
"information."
5296
msgstr ""
5297
5298
#: C/files-share.page:42(note/p)
5299
msgid ""
5300
"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
5301
"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
5302
"automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."
5303
msgstr ""
5304
5305
#: C/files-share.page:48(list/title)
5306
msgid "Destinations"
5307
msgstr ""
5308
5309
#: C/files-share.page:49(item/p)
5310
msgid ""
5311
"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
5312
"address."
5313
msgstr ""
5314
5315
#: C/files-share.page:51(item/p)
5316
msgid ""
5317
"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
5318
"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
5319
"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
5320
msgstr ""
5321
5322
#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
5323
msgid ""
5324
"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
5325
"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
5326
msgstr ""
5327
5328
#: C/files-share.page:57(item/p)
5329
msgid ""
5330
"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
5331
"Push)</gui>. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
5332
msgstr ""
5333
5334
#: C/files-share.page:60(item/p)
5335
msgid ""
5336
"To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
5337
"it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
5338
"shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
5339
msgstr ""
5340
5341
#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
5342
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
5343
msgstr ""
5344
5345
#: C/files-sort.page:17(page/title)
5346
msgid "Sort files and folders"
5347
msgstr ""
5348
5349
#: C/files-sort.page:19(page/p)
5350
msgid ""
5351
"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
5352
"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
5353
"list of common ways to sort files."
5354
msgstr ""
5355
5356
#: C/files-sort.page:21(page/p)
5357
msgid ""
5358
"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
5359
"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
5360
msgstr ""
5361
5362
#: C/files-sort.page:24(page/p)
5363
msgid ""
5364
"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
5365
"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
5366
"but use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-"
5367
"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
5368
msgstr ""
5369
5370
#: C/files-sort.page:30(section/title)
5371
msgid "Icon view"
5372
msgstr ""
5373
5374
#: C/files-sort.page:31(section/p)
5375
msgid ""
5376
"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
5377
"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
5378
"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
5379
msgstr ""
5380
5381
#: C/files-sort.page:32(section/p)
5382
msgid ""
5383
"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
5384
"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
5385
"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
5386
msgstr ""
5387
5388
#: C/files-sort.page:33(section/p)
5389
msgid ""
5390
"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
5391
"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
5392
msgstr ""
5393
5394
#: C/files-sort.page:34(section/p)
5395
msgid ""
5396
"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
5397
"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
5398
"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
5399
"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
5400
msgstr ""
5401
5402
#: C/files-sort.page:35(section/p)
5403
msgid ""
5404
"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
5405
"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
5406
"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
5407
msgstr ""
5408
5409
#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
5410
msgid "List view"
5411
msgstr ""
5412
5413
#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
5414
msgid ""
5415
"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
5416
"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
5417
"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
5418
msgstr ""
5419
5420
#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
5421
msgid ""
5422
"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
5423
"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
5424
"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
5425
"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
5426
"of available columns."
5427
msgstr ""
5428
5429
#: C/files-sort.page:45(section/title)
5430
msgid "Compact view"
5431
msgstr ""
5432
5433
#: C/files-sort.page:46(section/p)
5434
msgid ""
5435
"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
5436
"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
5437
"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
5438
msgstr ""
5439
5440
#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/title)
5441
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
5442
msgstr ""
5443
5444
#: C/files-sort.page:53(item/title)
5445
msgid "By Name"
5446
msgstr ""
5447
5448
#: C/files-sort.page:54(item/p)
5449
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
5450
msgstr ""
5451
5452
#: C/files-sort.page:57(item/title)
5453
msgid "By Size"
5454
msgstr ""
5455
5456
#: C/files-sort.page:58(item/p)
5457
msgid ""
5458
"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
5459
"smallest to largest by default."
5460
msgstr ""
5461
5462
#: C/files-sort.page:61(item/title)
5463
msgid "By Type"
5464
msgstr ""
5465
5466
#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/p)
5467
msgid ""
5468
"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
5469
"together, then sorted by name."
5470
msgstr ""
5471
5472
#: C/files-sort.page:65(item/title)
5473
msgid "By Modification Date"
5474
msgstr ""
5475
5476
#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/p)
5477
msgid ""
5478
"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
5479
"to newest by default."
5480
msgstr ""
5481
5482
#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
5483
msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
5484
msgstr ""
5485
5486
#: C/files-templates.page:11(credit/name)
5487
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:12(credit/name)
5488
msgid "Anita Reitere"
5489
msgstr ""
5490
5491
#: C/files-templates.page:17(page/title)
5492
msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
5493
msgstr ""
5494
5495
#: C/files-templates.page:19(page/p)
5496
msgid ""
5497
"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
5498
"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
5499
"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
5500
"could create a template document with your letterhead."
5501
msgstr ""
5502
5503
#: C/files-templates.page:25(steps/title)
5504
msgid "Make a new template"
5505
msgstr ""
5506
5507
#: C/files-templates.page:26(item/p)
5508
msgid ""
5509
"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
5510
"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
5511
msgstr ""
5512
5513
#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
5514
msgid ""
5515
"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
5516
"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder "
5517
"doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
5518
msgstr ""
5519
5520
#: C/files-templates.page:31(steps/title)
5521
msgid "Use a template to create a document"
5522
msgstr ""
5523
5524
#: C/files-templates.page:32(item/p)
5525
msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
5526
msgstr ""
5527
5528
#: C/files-templates.page:33(item/p)
5529
msgid ""
5530
"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
5531
"style=\"menuitem\">Create document</gui>. The names of available templates "
5532
"will be listed in the submenu."
5533
msgstr ""
5534
5535
#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
5536
msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
5537
msgstr ""
5538
5539
#: C/files-templates.page:35(item/p)
5540
msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
5541
msgstr ""
5542
5543
#: C/files-tilde.page:7(info/desc)
5544
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
5545
msgstr ""
5546
5547
#: C/files-tilde.page:17(page/title)
5548
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
5549
msgstr ""
5550
5551
#: C/files-tilde.page:20(note/p)
5552
msgid ""
5553
"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, "
5554
"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
5555
"documents edited in the <app>Gedit</app> text editor, as well as in other "
5556
"applications. It is normally safe to delete them, but there really is no "
5557
"need to."
5558
msgstr ""
5559
5560
#: C/files-tilde.page:22(note/p)
5561
msgid ""
5562
"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
5563
"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> "
5564
"or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them "
5565
"again by repeating one of these steps."
5566
msgstr ""
5567
5568
#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
5569
msgid ""
5570
"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
5571
"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
5572
msgstr ""
5573
5574
#: C/get-involved.page:8(info/desc)
5575
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
5576
msgstr ""
5577
5578
#: C/get-involved.page:18(page/title)
5579
msgid "Participate to improve this guide."
5580
msgstr ""
5581
5582
#: C/get-involved.page:19(page/p)
5583
msgid ""
5584
"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to "
5585
"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
5586
"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
5587
"file a <em>bug report</em>."
5588
msgstr ""
5589
5590
#: C/get-involved.page:22(page/p)
5591
msgid ""
5592
"To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
5593
"<input>ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin the "
5594
"bug collection process."
5595
msgstr ""
5596
5597
#: C/get-involved.page:25(page/p)
5598
msgid ""
5599
"See the <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting "
5600
"instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
5601
msgstr ""
5602
5603
#: C/get-involved.page:28(page/p)
5604
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
5605
msgstr ""
5606
5607
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
5608
msgid ""
5609
"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
5610
"attached to it."
5611
msgstr ""
5612
5613
#: C/hardware-driver.page:19(page/title)
5614
msgid "What is a driver?"
5615
msgstr ""
5616
5617
#: C/hardware-driver.page:21(page/p)
5618
msgid ""
5619
"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
5620
"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
5621
"graphics and audio cards."
5622
msgstr ""
5623
5624
#: C/hardware-driver.page:23(page/p)
5625
msgid ""
5626
"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
5627
"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
5628
"<em>device driver</em>."
5629
msgstr ""
5630
5631
#: C/hardware-driver.page:25(page/p)
5632
msgid ""
5633
"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
5634
"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
5635
"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
5636
"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
5637
"other model."
5638
msgstr ""
5639
5640
#: C/hardware-driver.page:27(page/p)
5641
msgid ""
5642
"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
5643
"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
5644
"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
5645
msgstr ""
5646
5647
#: C/hardware-driver.page:29(page/p)
5648
msgid ""
5649
"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
5650
"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
5651
"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
5652
msgstr ""
5653
5654
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8(info/desc)
5655
msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source."
5656
msgstr ""
5657
5658
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:12(credit/name)
5659
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Teak"
5660
msgstr ""
5661
5662
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:19(page/title)
5663
msgid "What are proprietary drivers?"
5664
msgstr ""
5665
5666
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:21(page/p)
5667
msgid ""
5668
"Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function "
5669
"properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, "
5670
"which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and "
5671
"problems with them can be fixed."
5672
msgstr ""
5673
5674
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:26(page/p)
5675
msgid ""
5676
"Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the "
5677
"hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would "
5678
"make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited "
5679
"functionality or may not work at all."
5680
msgstr ""
5681
5682
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:31(page/p)
5683
msgid ""
5684
"If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install "
5685
"it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new "
5686
"features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics "
5687
"cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects."
5688
msgstr ""
5689
5690
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:36(page/p)
5691
msgid ""
5692
"Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open "
5693
"source drivers fully support the hardware."
5694
msgstr ""
5695
5696
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:40(note/p)
5697
msgid ""
5698
"Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers."
5699
msgstr ""
5700
5701
#: C/hardware.page:14(info/title)
5702
msgctxt "link:trail"
5703
msgid "Hardware"
5704
msgstr ""
5705
5706
#: C/hardware.page:16(info/desc)
5707
msgid ""
5708
"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
5709
"xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power "
5710
"settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
5711
"xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>..."
5712
msgstr ""
5713
5714
#: C/hardware.page:27(page/title)
5715
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
5716
msgstr ""
5717
5718
#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
5719
msgctxt "link:trail"
5720
msgid "Problems"
5721
msgstr ""
5722
5723
#: C/hardware.page:38(info/title)
5724
msgctxt "link"
5725
msgid "Hardware problems"
5726
msgstr ""
5727
5728
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5729
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5730
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5731
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5732
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:67(media)
5733
msgctxt "_"
5734
msgid "external ref='figures/hardware-cardreader.png' md5='__failed__'"
5735
msgstr ""
5736
5737
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:9(info/desc)
5738
msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
5739
msgstr ""
5740
5741
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
5742
msgid "Media card reader problems"
5743
msgstr ""
5744
5745
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
5746
msgid ""
5747
"Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC "
5748
"(MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage "
5749
"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
5750
"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
5751
"not:"
5752
msgstr ""
5753
5754
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:29(item/p)
5755
msgid ""
5756
"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
5757
"are “upside down” when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
5758
"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a "
5759
"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! "
5760
"If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
5761
msgstr ""
5762
5763
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:37(item/p)
5764
msgid ""
5765
"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
5766
"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
5767
"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
5768
"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
5769
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
5770
msgstr ""
5771
5772
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44(item/p)
5773
msgid ""
5774
"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click "
5775
"<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is "
5776
"correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is "
5777
"present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture "
5778
"below)."
5779
msgstr ""
5780
5781
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:50(item/p)
5782
msgid ""
5783
"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
5784
"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
5785
"possible."
5786
msgstr ""
5787
5788
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:55(page/p)
5789
msgid ""
5790
"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
5791
"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
5792
"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
5793
"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
5794
"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
5795
"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
5796
"supported by Linux."
5797
msgstr ""
5798
5799
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:63(figure/desc)
5800
msgid ""
5801
"In the depicted <gui>Computer</gui> window, a correctly-configured card "
5802
"reader is represented by three drives: <gui>CompactFlash</gui>, "
5803
"<gui>SmartMedia</gui>, and <gui>Secure Digital</gui>. Only the SD card is "
5804
"mounted, and is visible in the left column (where it says <em>31 MB "
5805
"F...</em>)."
5806
msgstr ""
5807
5808
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:15(info/desc)
5809
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
5810
msgstr ""
5811
5812
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:21(page/title)
5813
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
5814
msgstr ""
5815
5816
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:23(page/p)
5817
msgid ""
5818
"Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring files. "
5819
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
5820
msgstr ""
5821
5822
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:14(info/desc)
5823
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
5824
msgstr ""
5825
5826
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:20(page/title)
5827
msgid "Screen problems"
5828
msgstr ""
5829
5830
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:22(page/p)
5831
msgid ""
5832
"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
5833
"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
5834
"experiencing?"
5835
msgstr ""
5836
5837
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5838
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5839
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5840
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5841
#: C/index.page:17(media)
5842
msgctxt "_"
5843
msgid ""
5844
"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'"
5845
msgstr ""
5846
5847
#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
5848
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5849
msgstr ""
5850
5851
#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
5852
msgctxt "link"
5853
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5854
msgstr ""
5855
5856
#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
5857
msgctxt "text"
5858
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5859
msgstr ""
5860
5861
#: C/index.page:17(page/title)
5862
msgid ""
5863
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Logo</media> "
5864
"Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5865
msgstr ""
5866
5867
#: C/keyboard.page:10(info/desc)
5868
msgid ""
5869
"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
5870
"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
5871
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
5872
msgstr ""
5873
5874
#: C/keyboard.page:24(page/title)
5875
msgid "Keyboard"
5876
msgstr ""
5877
5878
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:8(info/desc)
5879
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
5880
msgstr ""
5881
5882
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21(page/title)
5883
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
5884
msgstr ""
5885
5886
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23(page/p)
5887
msgid ""
5888
"You could lose the keyboard cursor in a text field, but if the keyboard "
5889
"cursor blinks, it is easier to find it. To make the cursor blink and to "
5890
"adjust the speed of it:"
5891
msgstr ""
5892
5893
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27(item/p)
5894
msgid ""
5895
"Click the icon at the far right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
5896
"Settings</gui>."
5897
msgstr ""
5898
5899
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(item/p)
5900
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(item/p)
5901
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(item/p)
5902
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
5903
msgstr ""
5904
5905
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(item/p)
5906
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
5907
msgstr ""
5908
5909
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(item/p)
5910
msgid ""
5911
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
5912
msgstr ""
5913
5914
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(info/desc)
5915
msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
5916
msgstr ""
5917
5918
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18(page/title)
5919
msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
5920
msgstr ""
5921
5922
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:20(page/p)
5923
msgid ""
5924
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
5925
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
5926
"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
5927
"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
5928
"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
5929
"languages."
5930
msgstr ""
5931
5932
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:28(item/p)
5933
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(item/p)
5934
#: C/session-language.page:34(item/p)
5935
msgid ""
5936
"Click the icon at the very right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
5937
"Settings</gui>."
5938
msgstr ""
5939
5940
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(item/p)
5941
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
5942
msgstr ""
5943
5944
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(item/p)
5945
msgid ""
5946
"Click the <gui>Add</gui> button, select a layout under the <gui>By "
5947
"country</gui> or <gui>By language</gui> tabs, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
5948
msgstr ""
5949
5950
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35(page/p)
5951
msgid ""
5952
"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
5953
"keyboard layout indicator menu in the panel. The menu will display a short "
5954
"string identifying the current layout, such as <gui>USA</gui> or "
5955
"<gui>GBr</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
5956
"and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
5957
msgstr ""
5958
5959
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(page/p)
5960
msgid ""
5961
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
5962
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
5963
"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
5964
"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
5965
"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
5966
msgstr ""
5967
5968
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47(page/p)
5969
msgid ""
5970
"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
5971
"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
5972
"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
5973
"<gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to move layouts up and "
5974
"down in the list."
5975
msgstr ""
5976
5977
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:17(info/desc)
5978
msgid ""
5979
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
5980
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
5981
msgstr ""
5982
5983
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22(page/title)
5984
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
5985
msgstr ""
5986
5987
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24(page/p)
5988
msgid ""
5989
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
5990
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
5991
"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
5992
"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
5993
msgstr ""
5994
5995
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(item/p)
5996
msgid ""
5997
"On the <gui>General</gui> tab, turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is "
5998
"held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the "
5999
"<gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to "
6000
"begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how "
6001
"quickly key presses repeat."
6002
msgstr ""
6003
6004
#: C/look-background.page:9(info/desc)
6005
msgid "How to set an image as your desktop background."
6006
msgstr ""
6007
6008
#: C/look-background.page:17(credit/name)
6009
msgid "April Gonzales"
6010
msgstr ""
6011
6012
#: C/look-background.page:31(page/title)
6013
msgid "Change the desktop background"
6014
msgstr ""
6015
6016
#: C/look-background.page:33(page/p)
6017
msgid ""
6018
"You can change the image used on your desktop background, or set it to a "
6019
"simple color or gradient."
6020
msgstr ""
6021
6022
#: C/look-background.page:37(item/p)
6023
msgid ""
6024
"Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
6025
msgstr ""
6026
6027
#: C/look-background.page:38(item/p)
6028
msgid ""
6029
"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link "
6030
"xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view "
6031
"your entire desktop."
6032
msgstr ""
6033
6034
#: C/look-background.page:43(page/p)
6035
msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
6036
msgstr ""
6037
6038
#: C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
6039
msgid ""
6040
"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
6041
"images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, "
6042
"all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community "
6043
"Wallpaper Contest."
6044
msgstr ""
6045
6046
#: C/look-background.page:50(item/p)
6047
msgid ""
6048
"Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to "
6049
"show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in "
6050
"the bottom right."
6051
msgstr ""
6052
6053
#: C/look-background.page:53(item/p)
6054
msgid ""
6055
"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
6056
"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
6057
msgstr ""
6058
6059
#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
6060
msgid ""
6061
"You can also select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat "
6062
"color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom "
6063
"right corner."
6064
msgstr ""
6065
6066
#: C/look-background.page:61(page/p)
6067
msgid ""
6068
"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the "
6069
"<gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
6070
"<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it "
6071
"and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button."
6072
msgstr ""
6073
6074
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
6075
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
6076
msgstr ""
6077
6078
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(page/title)
6079
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
6080
msgstr ""
6081
6082
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27(page/p)
6083
msgid ""
6084
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
6085
"the right one for your screen."
6086
msgstr ""
6087
6088
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:29(page/p)
6089
msgid ""
6090
"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the panel and go to "
6091
"<gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose "
6092
"<gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set "
6093
"the one that makes the screen look better."
6094
msgstr ""
6095
6096
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39(section/title)
6097
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
6098
msgstr ""
6099
6100
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41(section/p)
6101
msgid ""
6102
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
6103
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
6104
"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
6105
"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
6106
msgstr ""
6107
6108
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:43(section/p)
6109
msgid ""
6110
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
6111
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
6112
"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
6113
"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
6114
"window on both screens at once."
6115
msgstr ""
6116
6117
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/p)
6118
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
6119
msgstr ""
6120
6121
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(item/p)
6122
msgid ""
6123
"Click the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>System "
6124
"Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
6125
msgstr ""
6126
6127
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53(item/p)
6128
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
6129
msgstr ""
6130
6131
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57(item/p)
6132
msgid ""
6133
"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
6134
"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
6135
"display looks right."
6136
msgstr ""
6137
6138
#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
6139
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
6140
msgstr ""
6141
6142
#: C/look-resolution.page:23(page/title)
6143
msgid "Change the size/rotation of the screen"
6144
msgstr ""
6145
6146
#: C/look-resolution.page:25(page/p)
6147
msgid ""
6148
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
6149
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
6150
"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
6151
"<em>rotation</em>."
6152
msgstr ""
6153
6154
#: C/look-resolution.page:27(page/p)
6155
msgid ""
6156
"To change either of these options, click the icon on the very right of the "
6157
"panel and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and "
6158
"open <gui>Displays</gui>."
6159
msgstr ""
6160
6161
#: C/look-resolution.page:30(note/p)
6162
msgid ""
6163
"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
6164
"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
6165
"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
6166
msgstr ""
6167
6168
#: C/look-resolution.page:34(section/title)
6169
msgid "Resolution"
6170
msgstr ""
6171
6172
#: C/look-resolution.page:35(section/p)
6173
msgid ""
6174
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
6175
"direction that can be displayed."
6176
msgstr ""
6177
6178
#: C/look-resolution.page:36(section/p)
6179
msgid ""
6180
"You can choose the one you prefer from the options in the drop-down menu. "
6181
"Notice that if you choose one that is not the right for your screen it may "
6182
"<link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
6183
msgstr ""
6184
6185
#: C/look-resolution.page:38(section/p)
6186
msgid ""
6187
"To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, wait "
6188
"for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous values. "
6189
"Otherwise, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui> in the window that "
6190
"appears."
6191
msgstr ""
6192
6193
#: C/look-resolution.page:42(section/title)
6194
msgid "Rotation"
6195
msgstr ""
6196
6197
#: C/look-resolution.page:43(section/p)
6198
msgid ""
6199
"There are some laptops that can rotate physically their screens in many "
6200
"directions, so it is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You "
6201
"can choose the rotation you want for your screen from the drop-down menu."
6202
msgstr ""
6203
6204
#: C/look-resolution.page:45(section/p)
6205
msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
6206
msgstr ""
6207
6208
#: C/media.page:14(info/desc)
6209
msgid ""
6210
"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
6211
"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
6212
"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
6213
msgstr ""
6214
6215
#: C/media.page:23(page/title)
6216
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
6217
msgstr ""
6218
6219
#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
6220
msgctxt "sort"
6221
msgid "Sound"
6222
msgstr ""
6223
6224
#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
6225
msgctxt "link:trail"
6226
msgid "Sound"
6227
msgstr ""
6228
6229
#: C/media.page:29(info/title)
6230
msgctxt "link:topic"
6231
msgid "Sound"
6232
msgstr ""
6233
6234
#: C/media.page:30(info/desc)
6235
msgid ""
6236
"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
6237
"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
6238
"usemic\">microphones</link>..."
6239
msgstr ""
6240
6241
#: C/media.page:37(section/title)
6242
msgid "Basic sound"
6243
msgstr ""
6244
6245
#: C/media.page:41(info/title)
6246
msgctxt "link"
6247
msgid "Music and players"
6248
msgstr ""
6249
6250
#: C/media.page:42(section/title)
6251
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
6252
msgstr ""
6253
6254
#: C/media.page:46(info/title)
6255
msgctxt "link"
6256
msgid "Photos"
6257
msgstr ""
6258
6259
#: C/media.page:47(section/title)
6260
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
6261
msgstr ""
6262
6263
#: C/media.page:51(info/title)
6264
msgctxt "link"
6265
msgid "Videos"
6266
msgstr ""
6267
6268
#: C/media.page:52(section/title)
6269
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
6270
msgstr ""
6271
6272
#: C/more-help.page:19(info/desc)
6273
msgid ""
6274
"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link "
6275
"xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>..."
6276
msgstr ""
6277
6278
#: C/more-help.page:23(page/title)
6279
msgid "Get more help"
6280
msgstr ""
6281
6282
#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
6283
msgid ""
6284
"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
6285
"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
6286
"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
6287
msgstr ""
6288
6289
#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
6290
msgid "Mouse"
6291
msgstr ""
6292
6293
#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
6294
msgctxt "link"
6295
msgid "Common mouse problems"
6296
msgstr ""
6297
6298
#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
6299
msgctxt "link:trail"
6300
msgid "Common problems"
6301
msgstr ""
6302
6303
#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
6304
msgctxt "link"
6305
msgid "Tips"
6306
msgstr ""
6307
6308
#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
6309
msgctxt "link:trail"
6310
msgid "Tips"
6311
msgstr ""
6312
6313
#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
6314
msgid "Tips"
6315
msgstr ""
6316
6317
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:9(info/desc)
6318
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
6319
msgstr ""
6320
6321
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19(page/title)
6322
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
6323
msgstr ""
6324
6325
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:21(page/p)
6326
msgid ""
6327
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
6328
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
6329
"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
6330
"after your last key stroke."
6331
msgstr ""
6332
6333
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
6334
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p)
6335
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
6336
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p)
6337
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p)
6338
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(item/p)
6339
msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
6340
msgstr ""
6341
6342
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(item/p)
6343
msgid ""
6344
"Switch to the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab and select <gui>Disable touchpad while "
6345
"typing</gui>."
6346
msgstr ""
6347
6348
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:9(info/desc)
6349
msgid ""
6350
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
6351
"double-click."
6352
msgstr ""
6353
6354
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24(page/title)
6355
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
6356
msgstr ""
6357
6358
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:26(page/p)
6359
msgid ""
6360
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
6361
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
6362
"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
6363
"mouse button so quickly, you should increase the timeout."
6364
msgstr ""
6365
6366
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
6367
msgid ""
6368
"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
6369
"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
6370
"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
6371
"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
6372
msgstr ""
6373
6374
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(note/p)
6375
msgid ""
6376
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
6377
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
6378
"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
6379
"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
6380
"if it still has the same problem."
6381
msgstr ""
6382
6383
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:14(info/desc)
6384
msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
6385
msgstr ""
6386
6387
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:19(page/title)
6388
msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
6389
msgstr ""
6390
6391
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:21(page/p)
6392
msgid ""
6393
"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
6394
"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
6395
"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
6396
"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
6397
"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
6398
msgstr ""
6399
6400
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p)
6401
msgid ""
6402
"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
6403
"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
6404
"titlebar to test the current value."
6405
msgstr ""
6406
6407
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:7(info/desc)
6408
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
6409
msgstr ""
6410
6411
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(page/title)
6412
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
6413
msgstr ""
6414
6415
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:23(page/p)
6416
msgid ""
6417
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
6418
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
6419
msgstr ""
6420
6421
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
6422
msgid ""
6423
"On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. This settings "
6424
"will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
6425
msgstr ""
6426
6427
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
6428
msgid ""
6429
"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
6430
"more."
6431
msgstr ""
6432
6433
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24(page/title)
6434
msgid "Middle-click"
6435
msgstr ""
6436
6437
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(page/p)
6438
msgid ""
6439
"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
6440
"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
6441
"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
6442
"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
6443
msgstr ""
6444
6445
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32(page/p)
6446
msgid ""
6447
"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
6448
"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
6449
"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
6450
msgstr ""
6451
6452
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
6453
msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
6454
msgstr ""
6455
6456
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40(item/p)
6457
msgid ""
6458
"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
6459
"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
6460
"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
6461
"the mouse position."
6462
msgstr ""
6463
6464
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(item/p)
6465
msgid ""
6466
"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
6467
"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
6468
"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
6469
msgstr ""
6470
6471
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
6472
msgid ""
6473
"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. "
6474
"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the "
6475
"<gui>launcher</gui> on the left, or in the <gui>dash</gui>."
6476
msgstr ""
6477
6478
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53(item/p)
6479
msgid ""
6480
"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
6481
"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
6482
"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
6483
"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
6484
"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
6485
"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
6486
"<key>Enter</key>."
6487
msgstr ""
6488
6489
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:60(item/p)
6490
msgid ""
6491
"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
6492
"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
6493
"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
6494
"had double-clicked."
6495
msgstr ""
6496
6497
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:66(page/p)
6498
msgid ""
6499
"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
6500
"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
6501
"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
6502
msgstr ""
6503
6504
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:9(info/desc)
6505
msgid ""
6506
"How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move the mouse pointer with "
6507
"a keypad."
6508
msgstr ""
6509
6510
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25(page/title)
6511
msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer without a mouse"
6512
msgstr ""
6513
6514
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:27(page/p)
6515
msgid ""
6516
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
6517
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard."
6518
msgstr ""
6519
6520
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
6521
msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
6522
msgstr ""
6523
6524
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
6525
msgid ""
6526
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
6527
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
6528
msgstr ""
6529
6530
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:47(page/p)
6531
msgid ""
6532
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
6533
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
6534
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
6535
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
6536
"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
6537
msgstr ""
6538
6539
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:55(page/p)
6540
msgid ""
6541
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
6542
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
6543
"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
6544
"or quickly press it twice to double-click. Most keyboards have a special key "
6545
"which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, "
6546
"however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where "
6547
"your mouse pointer is."
6548
msgstr ""
6549
6550
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
6551
msgid ""
6552
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while Mouse Keys is enabled, "
6553
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
6554
"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
6555
msgstr ""
6556
6557
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72(note/p)
6558
msgid ""
6559
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
6560
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
6561
msgstr ""
6562
6563
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
6564
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
6565
msgstr ""
6566
6567
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:19(page/title)
6568
msgid "Mouse pointer not moving"
6569
msgstr ""
6570
6571
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24(section/title)
6572
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
6573
msgstr ""
6574
6575
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:25(section/p)
6576
msgid ""
6577
"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
6578
"computer."
6579
msgstr ""
6580
6581
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
6582
msgid ""
6583
"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
6584
"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
6585
"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
6586
"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
6587
"if it was not plugged in."
6588
msgstr ""
6589
6590
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:39(section/title)
6591
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
6592
msgstr ""
6593
6594
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:42(item/p)
6595
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36(item/p)
6596
msgid ""
6597
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the "
6598
"<app>Terminal</app>."
6599
msgstr ""
6600
6601
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46(item/p)
6602
msgid ""
6603
"In the terminal window, at the prompt (the $), type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | "
6604
"grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
6605
msgstr ""
6606
6607
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:52(item/p)
6608
msgid ""
6609
"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
6610
"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
6611
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
6612
"of it."
6613
msgstr ""
6614
6615
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:57(item/p)
6616
msgid ""
6617
"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
6618
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
6619
"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
6620
"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-"
6621
"in\">plugged</link> in and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working "
6622
"condition</link>."
6623
msgstr ""
6624
6625
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:62(section/p)
6626
msgid ""
6627
"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
6628
"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
6629
"of your mouse."
6630
msgstr ""
6631
6632
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:68(section/p)
6633
msgid ""
6634
"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
6635
"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
6636
"detected properly."
6637
msgstr ""
6638
6639
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84(section/title)
6640
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
6641
msgstr ""
6642
6643
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:85(section/p)
6644
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
6645
msgstr ""
6646
6647
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:89(section/p)
6648
msgid ""
6649
"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
6650
"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
6651
"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
6652
"broken."
6653
msgstr ""
6654
6655
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
6656
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
6657
msgstr ""
6658
6659
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:100(item/p)
6660
msgid ""
6661
"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
6662
"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button."
6663
msgstr ""
6664
6665
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(item/p)
6666
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
6667
msgstr ""
6668
6669
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(item/p)
6670
msgid ""
6671
"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
6672
msgstr ""
6673
6674
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:116(item/p)
6675
msgid ""
6676
"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
6677
"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
6678
msgstr ""
6679
6680
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
6681
msgid ""
6682
"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
6683
"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
6684
"this is the case."
6685
msgstr ""
6686
6687
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:130(section/p)
6688
msgid ""
6689
"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
6690
"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
6691
"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
6692
"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
6693
msgstr ""
6694
6695
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:9(info/desc)
6696
msgid ""
6697
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
6698
msgstr ""
6699
6700
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
6701
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
6702
msgstr ""
6703
6704
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
6705
msgid ""
6706
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
6707
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
6708
"devices."
6709
msgstr ""
6710
6711
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
6712
msgid ""
6713
"Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until "
6714
"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sensitivity is how much your "
6715
"pointer initially moves when you move your mouse."
6716
msgstr ""
6717
6718
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
6719
msgid ""
6720
"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
6721
"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
6722
"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
6723
"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
6724
msgstr ""
6725
6726
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:48(note/p)
6727
msgid ""
6728
"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
6729
"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
6730
"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
6731
"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
6732
msgstr ""
6733
6734
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
6735
msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
6736
msgstr ""
6737
6738
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17(page/title)
6739
msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
6740
msgstr ""
6741
6742
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:19(page/p)
6743
msgid ""
6744
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
6745
"without separate hardware buttons. Access these features in the mouse and "
6746
"touchpad settings."
6747
msgstr ""
6748
6749
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
6750
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
6751
msgstr ""
6752
6753
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(page/p)
6754
msgid ""
6755
"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
6756
"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To "
6757
"double-click, tap twice. If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, you "
6758
"can right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. To drag an item, double-"
6759
"tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you "
6760
"want it, then lift your finger to drop. You still need to use hardware "
6761
"buttons to right-click."
6762
msgstr ""
6763
6764
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(page/p)
6765
msgid ""
6766
"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
6767
"using two fingers."
6768
msgstr ""
6769
6770
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(page/p)
6771
msgid ""
6772
"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
6773
"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
6774
"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
6775
"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
6776
"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
6777
msgstr ""
6778
6779
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48(page/p)
6780
msgid ""
6781
"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
6782
"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
6783
"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
6784
"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
6785
"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
6786
"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
6787
"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
6788
"touchpad."
6789
msgstr ""
6790
6791
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(note/p)
6792
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
6793
msgstr ""
6794
6795
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:7(info/desc)
6796
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
6797
msgstr ""
6798
6799
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17(page/title)
6800
msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
6801
msgstr ""
6802
6803
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/p)
6804
msgid ""
6805
"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
6806
"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
6807
"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
6808
"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
6809
msgstr ""
6810
6811
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22(page/p)
6812
msgid ""
6813
"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
6814
"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
6815
"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
6816
"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
6817
msgstr ""
6818
6819
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14(info/desc)
6820
msgid ""
6821
"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
6822
"\"copy protected\"."
6823
msgstr ""
6824
6825
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:18(page/title)
6826
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
6827
msgstr ""
6828
6829
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:20(page/p)
6830
msgid ""
6831
"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
6832
"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
6833
"computer and then copied it over."
6834
msgstr ""
6835
6836
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:22(page/p)
6837
msgid ""
6838
"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
6839
"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
6840
"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
6841
"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
6842
"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
6843
"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
6844
"that format so that you can play it."
6845
msgstr ""
6846
6847
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:24(page/p)
6848
msgid ""
6849
"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
6850
"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
6851
"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
6852
"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
6853
"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
6854
"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
6855
"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
6856
"supported on Linux."
6857
msgstr ""
6858
6859
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:26(page/p)
6860
msgid ""
6861
"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
6862
"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
6863
msgstr ""
6864
6865
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14(info/desc)
6866
msgid ""
6867
"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
6868
msgstr ""
6869
6870
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:18(page/title)
6871
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
6872
msgstr ""
6873
6874
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:20(page/p)
6875
msgid ""
6876
"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
6877
"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
6878
"application in the <gui>Launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod "
6879
"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it "
6880
"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods "
6881
"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications "
6882
"know how to get to but the file manager does not."
6883
msgstr ""
6884
6885
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:22(page/p)
6886
msgid ""
6887
"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
6888
"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
6889
"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
6890
"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
6891
msgstr ""
6892
6893
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:24(page/p)
6894
msgid ""
6895
"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
6896
"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
6897
"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
6898
"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
6899
"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
6900
"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
6901
"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
6902
"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song."
6903
msgstr ""
6904
6905
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:14(info/desc)
6906
msgid ""
6907
"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
6908
"use them."
6909
msgstr ""
6910
6911
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:18(page/title)
6912
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
6913
msgstr ""
6914
6915
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:20(page/p)
6916
msgid ""
6917
"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
6918
"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
6919
"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
6920
"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
6921
msgstr ""
6922
6923
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:22(page/p)
6924
msgid ""
6925
"To set-up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
6926
"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. When asked for the "
6927
"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
6928
"or similar. The other format does not work as well with Linux."
6929
msgstr ""
6930
6931
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:24(page/p)
6932
msgid ""
6933
"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
6934
"into a Linux computer."
6935
msgstr ""
6936
6937
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15(info/desc)
6938
msgid ""
6939
"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
6940
"an audio player."
6941
msgstr ""
6942
6943
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:19(page/title)
6944
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
6945
msgstr ""
6946
6947
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:21(page/p)
6948
msgid ""
6949
"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
6950
"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
6951
"properly recognized as an audio player."
6952
msgstr ""
6953
6954
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:23(page/p)
6955
msgid ""
6956
"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
6957
"help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should "
6958
"see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to "
6959
"open the folder for the audio player. Now, click "
6960
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty "
6961
"Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press "
6962
"<key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be "
6963
"all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an "
6964
"audio player."
6965
msgstr ""
6966
6967
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:25(page/p)
6968
msgid ""
6969
"Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
6970
"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
6971
"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
6972
"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
6973
msgstr ""
6974
6975
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:28(note/p)
6976
msgid ""
6977
"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
6978
"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
6979
"should say in its manual if it is."
6980
msgstr ""
6981
6982
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:32(note/p)
6983
msgid ""
6984
"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the "
6985
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the "
6986
"file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it "
6987
"is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
6988
"Files</gui></guiseq>."
6989
msgstr ""
6990
6991
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
6992
msgid ""
6993
"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
6994
"trash behavior."
6995
msgstr ""
6996
6997
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28(page/title)
6998
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
6999
msgstr ""
7000
7001
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:29(page/p)
7002
msgid ""
7003
"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
7004
"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
7005
"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click "
7006
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7007
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
7008
msgstr ""
7009
7010
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:36(section/title)
7011
msgid "Behavior"
7012
msgstr ""
7013
7014
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39(title/gui)
7015
msgid "Single click to open items"
7016
msgstr ""
7017
7018
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:40(title/gui)
7019
msgid "Double click to open items"
7020
msgstr ""
7021
7022
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/p)
7023
msgid ""
7024
"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
7025
"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
7026
"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
7027
"while clicking to select one or more files."
7028
msgstr ""
7029
7030
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:47(title/gui)
7031
msgid "Open each folder in its own window"
7032
msgstr ""
7033
7034
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48(item/p)
7035
msgid ""
7036
"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
7037
"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
7038
"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
7039
"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
7040
"own window by default."
7041
msgstr ""
7042
7043
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58(section/title)
7044
msgid "Executable text files"
7045
msgstr ""
7046
7047
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59(section/p)
7048
msgid ""
7049
"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
7050
"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
7051
"permissions#files\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to "
7052
"run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These "
7053
"have extensions .sh, .py, and .pl respectively."
7054
msgstr ""
7055
7056
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
7057
msgid ""
7058
"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
7059
"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
7060
"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a dialog box will appear asking "
7061
"if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
7062
msgstr ""
7063
7064
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(info/title)
7065
msgctxt "link"
7066
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
7067
msgstr ""
7068
7069
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:69(section/title)
7070
msgid "Trash"
7071
msgstr ""
7072
7073
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73(title/gui)
7074
msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files"
7075
msgstr ""
7076
7077
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(item/p)
7078
msgid ""
7079
"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
7080
"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
7081
"files."
7082
msgstr ""
7083
7084
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77(title/gui)
7085
msgid "Include a delete command that bypasses Trash"
7086
msgstr ""
7087
7088
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78(item/p)
7089
msgid ""
7090
"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
7091
"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
7092
"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
7093
msgstr ""
7094
7095
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:80(note/p)
7096
msgid ""
7097
"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
7098
"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
7099
"to recover the deleted item."
7100
msgstr ""
7101
7102
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
7103
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
7104
msgstr ""
7105
7106
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/title)
7107
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
7108
msgstr ""
7109
7110
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18(page/p)
7111
msgid ""
7112
"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
7113
"manager."
7114
msgstr ""
7115
7116
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(steps/title)
7117
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
7118
msgstr ""
7119
7120
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
7121
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
7122
msgid ""
7123
"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
7124
msgstr ""
7125
7126
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
7127
msgid ""
7128
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
7129
"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
7130
msgstr ""
7131
7132
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(item/p)
7133
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
7134
msgstr ""
7135
7136
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
7137
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
7138
msgstr ""
7139
7140
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
7141
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
7142
msgstr ""
7143
7144
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
7145
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
7146
msgstr ""
7147
7148
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(steps/title)
7149
msgid "Rename a bookmark"
7150
msgstr ""
7151
7152
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
7153
msgid ""
7154
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
7155
"rename."
7156
msgstr ""
7157
7158
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(item/p)
7159
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
7160
msgstr ""
7161
7162
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38(note/p)
7163
msgid ""
7164
"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
7165
"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
7166
"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
7167
"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
7168
"than the name of the folder it points to."
7169
msgstr ""
7170
7171
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:7(info/desc)
7172
msgid ""
7173
"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
7174
"WebDAV."
7175
msgstr ""
7176
7177
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:18(page/title)
7178
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
7179
msgstr ""
7180
7181
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:20(page/p)
7182
msgid ""
7183
"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
7184
"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
7185
"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
7186
"files with other people on your local network."
7187
msgstr ""
7188
7189
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:26(page/p)
7190
msgid ""
7191
"To browse files over the network, first <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the "
7192
"file manager</link>"
7193
msgstr ""
7194
7195
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:28(page/p)
7196
msgid ""
7197
"Click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> "
7198
"from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on "
7199
"your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you "
7200
"want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the "
7201
"computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing "
7202
"in its internet/network address."
7203
msgstr ""
7204
7205
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:37(steps/title)
7206
msgid "Connect to a file server"
7207
msgstr ""
7208
7209
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:38(item/p)
7210
msgid ""
7211
"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to "
7212
"Server</gui></guiseq>."
7213
msgstr ""
7214
7215
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:40(item/p)
7216
msgid ""
7217
"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
7218
"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
7219
"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
7220
msgstr ""
7221
7222
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(item/p)
7223
msgid ""
7224
"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
7225
"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
7226
"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
7227
"address</link>."
7228
msgstr ""
7229
7230
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
7231
msgid ""
7232
"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
7233
"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
7234
msgstr ""
7235
7236
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(item/p)
7237
msgid ""
7238
"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
7239
"the future"
7240
msgstr ""
7241
7242
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:56(section/title)
7243
msgid "Different types of servers"
7244
msgstr ""
7245
7246
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:58(section/p)
7247
msgid ""
7248
"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
7249
"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
7250
"name and password."
7251
msgstr ""
7252
7253
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61(section/p)
7254
msgid ""
7255
"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
7256
"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
7257
"delete files."
7258
msgstr ""
7259
7260
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(terms/title)
7261
msgid "Types of servers"
7262
msgstr ""
7263
7264
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68(item/title)
7265
msgid "SSH"
7266
msgstr ""
7267
7268
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(item/p)
7269
msgid ""
7270
"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
7271
"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
7272
"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
7273
"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
7274
msgstr ""
7275
7276
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(item/p)
7277
msgid ""
7278
"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
7279
"so that other users on your network can't see it."
7280
msgstr ""
7281
7282
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(item/title)
7283
msgid "FTP (with login)"
7284
msgstr ""
7285
7286
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
7287
msgid ""
7288
"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
7289
"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
7290
"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
7291
"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
7292
"upload files."
7293
msgstr ""
7294
7295
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(item/title)
7296
msgid "Public FTP"
7297
msgstr ""
7298
7299
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92(item/p)
7300
msgid ""
7301
"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
7302
"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
7303
"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
7304
msgstr ""
7305
7306
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(note/p)
7307
msgid ""
7308
"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
7309
"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
7310
"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
7311
"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
7312
msgstr ""
7313
7314
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103(item/title)
7315
msgid "Windows share"
7316
msgstr ""
7317
7318
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(item/p)
7319
msgid ""
7320
"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
7321
"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
7322
"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
7323
"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
7324
"share from the file manager."
7325
msgstr ""
7326
7327
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(item/title)
7328
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
7329
msgstr ""
7330
7331
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112(item/p)
7332
msgid ""
7333
"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
7334
"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
7335
"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
7336
"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
7337
"can't see your password."
7338
msgstr ""
7339
7340
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
7341
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
7342
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
7343
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
7344
#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media)
7345
msgctxt "_"
7346
msgid ""
7347
"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
7348
"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
7349
msgstr ""
7350
7351
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
7352
msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
7353
msgstr ""
7354
7355
#: C/nautilus-display.page:22(page/title)
7356
msgid "File manager display preferences"
7357
msgstr ""
7358
7359
#: C/nautilus-display.page:24(page/p)
7360
msgid ""
7361
"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
7362
"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
7363
"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
7364
"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
7365
msgstr ""
7366
7367
#: C/nautilus-display.page:30(section/title)
7368
msgid "Icon captions"
7369
msgstr ""
7370
7371
#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(media/p)
7372
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
7373
msgstr ""
7374
7375
#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(section/p)
7376
msgid ""
7377
"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
7378
"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
7379
"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
7380
"modified."
7381
msgstr ""
7382
7383
#: C/nautilus-display.page:39(section/p)
7384
msgid ""
7385
"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
7386
"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
7387
"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
7388
"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
7389
msgstr ""
7390
7391
#: C/nautilus-display.page:43(section/p)
7392
msgid ""
7393
"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
7394
"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
7395
"information."
7396
msgstr ""
7397
7398
#: C/nautilus-display.page:46(note/p)
7399
msgid ""
7400
"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
7401
"caption changes to take effect. Click "
7402
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press "
7403
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
7404
msgstr ""
7405
7406
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/title)
7407
msgid "Date format"
7408
msgstr ""
7409
7410
#: C/nautilus-display.page:53(section/p)
7411
msgid ""
7412
"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
7413
"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
7414
"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
7415
"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
7416
"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
7417
"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
7418
"showing the current date and time in that format."
7419
msgstr ""
7420
7421
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
7422
msgid ""
7423
"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
7424
"applications."
7425
msgstr ""
7426
7427
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(page/title)
7428
msgid "File properties"
7429
msgstr ""
7430
7431
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27(page/p)
7432
msgid ""
7433
"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
7434
"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
7435
"<guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>Enter</gui></guiseq>."
7436
msgstr ""
7437
7438
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31(page/p)
7439
msgid ""
7440
"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
7441
"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
7442
"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
7443
"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
7444
"captions\">icon captions</link>. You can also use this window to <link "
7445
"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> "
7446
"and <link xref=\"files-open\">choose applications to open files</link>."
7447
msgstr ""
7448
7449
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:40(page/p)
7450
msgid ""
7451
"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
7452
"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
7453
"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
7454
"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
7455
"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
7456
"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
7457
msgstr ""
7458
7459
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(section/title)
7460
msgid "Basic properties"
7461
msgstr ""
7462
7463
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:59(title/gui)
7464
#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(title/gui)
7465
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(td/p)
7466
msgid "Name"
7467
msgstr ""
7468
7469
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(item/p)
7470
msgid ""
7471
"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
7472
"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
7473
msgstr ""
7474
7475
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:65(title/gui)
7476
#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
7477
msgid "Type"
7478
msgstr ""
7479
7480
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/p)
7481
msgid ""
7482
"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
7483
"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
7484
"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
7485
"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
7486
"information on this."
7487
msgstr ""
7488
7489
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/p)
7490
msgid ""
7491
"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
7492
"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
7493
msgstr ""
7494
7495
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(item/title)
7496
msgid "Contents"
7497
msgstr ""
7498
7499
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/p)
7500
msgid ""
7501
"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
7502
"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
7503
"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
7504
"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
7505
"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
7506
msgstr ""
7507
7508
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(item/title)
7509
#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(title/gui)
7510
msgid "Size"
7511
msgstr ""
7512
7513
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/p)
7514
msgid ""
7515
"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
7516
"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
7517
"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
7518
"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
7519
msgstr ""
7520
7521
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
7522
msgid ""
7523
"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
7524
"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
7525
"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
7526
msgstr ""
7527
7528
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:87(item/title)
7529
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(title/gui)
7530
msgid "Location"
7531
msgstr ""
7532
7533
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:88(item/p)
7534
msgid ""
7535
"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
7536
"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
7537
"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
7538
"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
7539
"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
7540
msgstr ""
7541
7542
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92(item/title)
7543
msgid "Volume"
7544
msgstr ""
7545
7546
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/p)
7547
msgid ""
7548
"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
7549
"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
7550
"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file "
7551
"server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-"
7552
"partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
7553
"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
7554
msgstr ""
7555
7556
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103(item/title)
7557
msgid "Free Space"
7558
msgstr ""
7559
7560
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104(item/p)
7561
msgid ""
7562
"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
7563
"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
7564
"if the hard disk is full."
7565
msgstr ""
7566
7567
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:111(item/title)
7568
msgid "Accessed"
7569
msgstr ""
7570
7571
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:112(item/p)
7572
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
7573
msgstr ""
7574
7575
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:116(item/title)
7576
msgid "Modified"
7577
msgstr ""
7578
7579
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:117(item/p)
7580
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
7581
msgstr ""
7582
7583
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
7584
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
7585
msgstr ""
7586
7587
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(page/title)
7588
msgid "Set file permissions"
7589
msgstr ""
7590
7591
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27(page/p)
7592
msgid ""
7593
"You can use file permissions control who can view and edit files that you "
7594
"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
7595
"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
7596
msgstr ""
7597
7598
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31(page/p)
7599
msgid ""
7600
"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
7601
"on the types of permissions you can set."
7602
msgstr ""
7603
7604
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(section/title)
7605
msgid "Files"
7606
msgstr ""
7607
7608
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37(section/p)
7609
msgid ""
7610
"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
7611
"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
7612
"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
7613
"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
7614
msgstr ""
7615
7616
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
7617
msgid ""
7618
"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
7619
"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
7620
"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
7621
"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
7622
"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
7623
"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
7624
"to."
7625
msgstr ""
7626
7627
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50(section/p)
7628
msgid ""
7629
"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
7630
"the file's group."
7631
msgstr ""
7632
7633
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:53(section/p)
7634
msgid ""
7635
"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
7636
"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
7637
"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
7638
"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
7639
"information."
7640
msgstr ""
7641
7642
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61(section/title)
7643
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:62(title/gui)
7644
msgid "Folders"
7645
msgstr ""
7646
7647
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/p)
7648
msgid ""
7649
"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
7650
"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
7651
"groups, and other users."
7652
msgstr ""
7653
7654
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:65(section/p)
7655
msgid ""
7656
"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
7657
"set for a file."
7658
msgstr ""
7659
7660
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69(title/gui)
7661
msgid "None"
7662
msgstr ""
7663
7664
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(item/p)
7665
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
7666
msgstr ""
7667
7668
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
7669
msgid "List files only"
7670
msgstr ""
7671
7672
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
7673
msgid ""
7674
"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
7675
"able to open, create, or delete files."
7676
msgstr ""
7677
7678
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
7679
msgid "Access files"
7680
msgstr ""
7681
7682
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
7683
msgid ""
7684
"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
7685
"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
7686
"new files or delete files."
7687
msgstr ""
7688
7689
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(title/gui)
7690
msgid "Create and delete files"
7691
msgstr ""
7692
7693
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(item/p)
7694
msgid ""
7695
"The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, "
7696
"creating, and deleting files."
7697
msgstr ""
7698
7699
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(section/p)
7700
msgid ""
7701
"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
7702
"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
7703
"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
7704
"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
7705
"horizontal line across it)."
7706
msgstr ""
7707
7708
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
7709
msgid ""
7710
"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
7711
"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
7712
"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
7713
"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
7714
"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
7715
"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
7716
msgstr ""
7717
7718
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
7719
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
7720
msgstr ""
7721
7722
#: C/nautilus-list.page:20(page/title)
7723
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
7724
msgstr ""
7725
7726
#: C/nautilus-list.page:22(page/p)
7727
msgid ""
7728
"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
7729
"manager's list view. Click "
7730
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7731
"<gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
7732
msgstr ""
7733
7734
#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(note/p)
7735
msgid ""
7736
"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
7737
"order in which the selected columns will appear."
7738
msgstr ""
7739
7740
#: C/nautilus-list.page:32(item/p)
7741
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
7742
msgstr ""
7743
7744
#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(item/p)
7745
msgid ""
7746
"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
7747
"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
7748
msgstr ""
7749
7750
#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
7751
msgid ""
7752
"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
7753
"audio, and more."
7754
msgstr ""
7755
7756
#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(title/gui)
7757
msgid "Date Modified"
7758
msgstr ""
7759
7760
#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(item/p)
7761
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
7762
msgstr ""
7763
7764
#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
7765
msgid "Date Accessed"
7766
msgstr ""
7767
7768
#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
7769
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
7770
msgstr ""
7771
7772
#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
7773
msgid "Group"
7774
msgstr ""
7775
7776
#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
7777
msgid ""
7778
"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
7779
"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
7780
"might be in groups according to department or project."
7781
msgstr ""
7782
7783
#: C/nautilus-list.page:60(item/p)
7784
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
7785
msgstr ""
7786
7787
#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
7788
msgid "MIME Type"
7789
msgstr ""
7790
7791
#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
7792
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
7793
msgstr ""
7794
7795
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(title/gui)
7796
msgid "Permissions"
7797
msgstr ""
7798
7799
#: C/nautilus-list.page:69(item/p)
7800
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
7801
msgstr ""
7802
7803
#: C/nautilus-list.page:72(item/p)
7804
msgid ""
7805
"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
7806
"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
7807
msgstr ""
7808
7809
#: C/nautilus-list.page:75(item/p)
7810
msgid ""
7811
"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
7812
"who owns the file."
7813
msgstr ""
7814
7815
#: C/nautilus-list.page:78(item/p)
7816
msgid ""
7817
"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
7818
"group that owns the file."
7819
msgstr ""
7820
7821
#: C/nautilus-list.page:81(item/p)
7822
msgid ""
7823
"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
7824
"for all other users on the system."
7825
msgstr ""
7826
7827
#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
7828
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
7829
msgstr ""
7830
7831
#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
7832
msgid "r : Read permission."
7833
msgstr ""
7834
7835
#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
7836
msgid "w : Write permission."
7837
msgstr ""
7838
7839
#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
7840
msgid "x : Execute permission."
7841
msgstr ""
7842
7843
#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
7844
msgid "- : No permission."
7845
msgstr ""
7846
7847
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(title/gui)
7848
msgid "Octal Permissions"
7849
msgstr ""
7850
7851
#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(item/p)
7852
msgid ""
7853
"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
7854
"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
7855
"user class, group class and other users respectively."
7856
msgstr ""
7857
7858
#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
7859
msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
7860
msgstr ""
7861
7862
#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
7863
msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
7864
msgstr ""
7865
7866
#: C/nautilus-list.page:101(item/p)
7867
msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
7868
msgstr ""
7869
7870
#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(title/gui)
7871
msgid "Owner"
7872
msgstr ""
7873
7874
#: C/nautilus-list.page:106(item/p)
7875
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
7876
msgstr ""
7877
7878
#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(title/gui)
7879
msgid "SELinux Context"
7880
msgstr ""
7881
7882
#: C/nautilus-list.page:111(item/p)
7883
msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
7884
msgstr ""
7885
7886
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16(page/title)
7887
msgid "File manager preferences"
7888
msgstr ""
7889
7890
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
7891
msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
7892
msgstr ""
7893
7894
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(page/title)
7895
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
7896
msgstr ""
7897
7898
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:23(page/p)
7899
msgid ""
7900
"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image and video files, and "
7901
"can also preview text files and sound files. Previews can be slow for large "
7902
"files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any "
7903
"file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> "
7904
"<gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
7905
msgstr ""
7906
7907
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29(page/p)
7908
msgid ""
7909
"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
7910
"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
7911
"connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network "
7912
"or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and "
7913
"the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the "
7914
"preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
7915
msgstr ""
7916
7917
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38(title/gui)
7918
msgid "Text Files"
7919
msgstr ""
7920
7921
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(item/p)
7922
msgid ""
7923
"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
7924
"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
7925
"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
7926
"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7927
msgstr ""
7928
7929
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46(title/gui)
7930
msgid "Other Previewable Files"
7931
msgstr ""
7932
7933
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(item/p)
7934
msgid ""
7935
"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
7936
"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
7937
"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
7938
"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
7939
"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
7940
"below a certain file size."
7941
msgstr ""
7942
7943
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:55(title/gui)
7944
msgid "Sound Files"
7945
msgstr ""
7946
7947
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(item/p)
7948
msgid ""
7949
"You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds "
7950
"files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, or "
7951
"turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7952
msgstr ""
7953
7954
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:63(item/p)
7955
msgid ""
7956
"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
7957
"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
7958
"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
7959
"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
7960
"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
7961
"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7962
msgstr ""
7963
7964
#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
7965
msgid ""
7966
"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
7967
msgstr ""
7968
7969
#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/title)
7970
msgid "File manager views preferences"
7971
msgstr ""
7972
7973
#: C/nautilus-views.page:27(page/p)
7974
msgid ""
7975
"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
7976
"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
7977
"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
7978
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7979
"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
7980
msgstr ""
7981
7982
#: C/nautilus-views.page:34(section/title)
7983
msgid "Default view"
7984
msgstr ""
7985
7986
#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(title/gui)
7987
msgid "View new folders using"
7988
msgstr ""
7989
7990
#: C/nautilus-views.page:38(item/p)
7991
msgid ""
7992
"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
7993
"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
7994
"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
7995
"can use these views by default."
7996
msgstr ""
7997
7998
#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(item/p)
7999
msgid ""
8000
"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
8001
"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
8002
msgstr ""
8003
8004
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(title/gui)
8005
msgid "Arrange items"
8006
msgstr ""
8007
8008
#: C/nautilus-views.page:47(item/p)
8009
msgid ""
8010
"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
8011
"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
8012
"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
8013
"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
8014
"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-"
8015
"sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the "
8016
"file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
8017
msgstr ""
8018
8019
#: C/nautilus-views.page:54(item/p)
8020
msgid ""
8021
"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
8022
"the default order used in new folders."
8023
msgstr ""
8024
8025
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(title/gui)
8026
msgid "Sort folders before files"
8027
msgstr ""
8028
8029
#: C/nautilus-views.page:59(item/p)
8030
msgid ""
8031
"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
8032
"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
8033
"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
8034
"according to the sort order, select this option."
8035
msgstr ""
8036
8037
#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(title/gui)
8038
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
8039
msgstr ""
8040
8041
#: C/nautilus-views.page:66(item/p)
8042
msgid ""
8043
"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
8044
"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
8045
"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
8046
"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
8047
"open file manager window, select this option."
8048
msgstr ""
8049
8050
#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(section/title)
8051
msgid "Icon view defaults"
8052
msgstr ""
8053
8054
#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(title/gui)
8055
#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(title/gui)
8056
#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(title/gui)
8057
msgid "Default zoom level"
8058
msgstr ""
8059
8060
#: C/nautilus-views.page:81(item/p)
8061
msgid ""
8062
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
8063
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8064
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8065
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8066
msgstr ""
8067
8068
#: C/nautilus-views.page:85(item/p)
8069
msgid ""
8070
"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
8071
"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
8072
msgstr ""
8073
8074
#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(title/gui)
8075
msgid "Text beside icons"
8076
msgstr ""
8077
8078
#: C/nautilus-views.page:90(item/p)
8079
msgid ""
8080
"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
8081
"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
8082
"to see more information at once."
8083
msgstr ""
8084
8085
#: C/nautilus-views.page:99(section/title)
8086
msgid "Compact view defaults"
8087
msgstr ""
8088
8089
#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(item/p)
8090
msgid ""
8091
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
8092
"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8093
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8094
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8095
msgstr ""
8096
8097
#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(title/gui)
8098
msgid "All columns have the same width"
8099
msgstr ""
8100
8101
#: C/nautilus-views.page:111(item/p)
8102
msgid ""
8103
"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
8104
"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
8105
"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
8106
"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at "
8107
"the end."
8108
msgstr ""
8109
8110
#: C/nautilus-views.page:122(section/title)
8111
msgid "List view defaults"
8112
msgstr ""
8113
8114
#: C/nautilus-views.page:126(item/p)
8115
msgid ""
8116
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
8117
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8118
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8119
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8120
msgstr ""
8121
8122
#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/title)
8123
msgid "Tree view defaults"
8124
msgstr ""
8125
8126
#: C/nautilus-views.page:137(section/p)
8127
msgid ""
8128
"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
8129
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
8130
"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
8131
"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
8132
msgstr ""
8133
8134
#: C/net-adhoc.page:13(info/desc)
8135
msgid ""
8136
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
8137
"network."
8138
msgstr ""
8139
8140
#: C/net-adhoc.page:17(page/title)
8141
msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
8142
msgstr ""
8143
8144
#: C/net-adhoc.page:19(page/p)
8145
msgid ""
8146
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
8147
"network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected to "
8148
"it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between them."
8149
msgstr ""
8150
8151
#: C/net-adhoc.page:21(page/p)
8152
msgid ""
8153
"With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless network, you would connect "
8154
"both computers to a wireless network provided by wireless base station or "
8155
"router. If you don't have a base station, however, an ad-hoc network will "
8156
"still allow you to connect the computers to each other."
8157
msgstr ""
8158
8159
#: C/net-adhoc.page:23(page/p)
8160
msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
8161
msgstr ""
8162
8163
#: C/net-adhoc.page:26(item/p)
8164
msgid ""
8165
"On one of the computers, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
8166
"and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
8167
msgstr ""
8168
8169
#: C/net-adhoc.page:30(item/p)
8170
msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
8171
msgstr ""
8172
8173
#: C/net-adhoc.page:34(item/p)
8174
msgid ""
8175
"In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and then "
8176
"look at the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
8177
msgstr ""
8178
8179
#: C/net-adhoc.page:38(item/p)
8180
msgid ""
8181
"Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other people "
8182
"will be able to see."
8183
msgstr ""
8184
8185
#: C/net-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
8186
msgid ""
8187
"Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> and leave the other settings "
8188
"at their defaults. Click <gui>Save</gui>."
8189
msgstr ""
8190
8191
#: C/net-adhoc.page:46(item/p)
8192
msgid ""
8193
"On the other computer, click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar "
8194
"and look for a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or "
8195
"two to appear in the list."
8196
msgstr ""
8197
8198
#: C/net-adhoc.page:47(item/p)
8199
msgid ""
8200
"Click the name of your new ad-hoc network to connect to it. Once connected, "
8201
"you will be able to access network shares and so on, like you would if both "
8202
"computers were connected to a conventional wireless network."
8203
msgstr ""
8204
8205
#: C/net-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
8206
msgid ""
8207
"These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not running "
8208
"Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on the Linux "
8209
"computer and connect to it using the other computer."
8210
msgstr ""
8211
8212
#: C/net-adhoc.page:53(page/p)
8213
msgid ""
8214
"Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc networking, "
8215
"so you will not be able to use them to create an ad-hoc network."
8216
msgstr ""
8217
8218
#: C/net-adhoc.page:56(section/title)
8219
msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
8220
msgstr ""
8221
8222
#: C/net-adhoc.page:57(section/p)
8223
msgid ""
8224
"Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so it's "
8225
"not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA "
8226
"password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized access."
8227
msgstr ""
8228
8229
#: C/net-adhoc.page:59(section/p)
8230
msgid "To add a password:"
8231
msgstr ""
8232
8233
#: C/net-adhoc.page:63(item/p)
8234
#: C/net-manual.page:25(item/p)
8235
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(item/p)
8236
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:28(item/p)
8237
msgid ""
8238
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and click <gui>Edit "
8239
"Connections</gui>."
8240
msgstr ""
8241
8242
#: C/net-adhoc.page:67(item/p)
8243
msgid ""
8244
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and "
8245
"click <gui>Edit</gui>."
8246
msgstr ""
8247
8248
#: C/net-adhoc.page:71(item/p)
8249
msgid ""
8250
"Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the "
8251
"<gui>Security</gui> from <gui>None</gui>."
8252
msgstr ""
8253
8254
#: C/net-adhoc.page:75(item/p)
8255
msgid ""
8256
"Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other computers "
8257
"connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and you'll have to "
8258
"enter the password on each of them."
8259
msgstr ""
8260
8261
#: C/net-antivirus.page:8(info/desc)
8262
msgid ""
8263
"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
8264
msgstr ""
8265
8266
#: C/net-antivirus.page:23(page/title)
8267
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
8268
msgstr ""
8269
8270
#: C/net-antivirus.page:25(page/p)
8271
msgid ""
8272
"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
8273
"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
8274
"background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find their "
8275
"way onto your computer and cause problems."
8276
msgstr ""
8277
8278
#: C/net-antivirus.page:27(page/p)
8279
msgid ""
8280
"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
8281
"it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
8282
"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
8283
"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
8284
"and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
8285
msgstr ""
8286
8287
#: C/net-antivirus.page:29(page/p)
8288
msgid ""
8289
"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
8290
"worry about them at the moment."
8291
msgstr ""
8292
8293
#: C/net-antivirus.page:31(page/p)
8294
msgid ""
8295
"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
8296
"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
8297
"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software "
8298
"Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
8299
msgstr ""
8300
8301
#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
8302
msgid ""
8303
"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
8304
"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
8305
"java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>..."
8306
msgstr ""
8307
8308
#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name)
8309
#: C/net-chat.page:19(credit/name)
8310
#: C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
8311
#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name)
8312
#: C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
8313
#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name)
8314
#: C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
8315
#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
8316
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(credit/name)
8317
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
8318
msgstr ""
8319
8320
#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
8321
msgid "Web Browsers"
8322
msgstr ""
8323
8324
#: C/net-chat.page:11(info/desc)
8325
msgid ""
8326
"<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using "
8327
"<app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video "
8328
"calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link "
8329
"xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
8330
msgstr ""
8331
8332
#: C/net-chat.page:24(page/title)
8333
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
8334
msgstr ""
8335
8336
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15(info/desc)
8337
msgid ""
8338
"With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and "
8339
"colleagues on a variety of networks"
8340
msgstr ""
8341
8342
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20(page/title)
8343
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
8344
msgstr ""
8345
8346
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22(page/p)
8347
msgid ""
8348
"With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and "
8349
"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many "
8350
"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio "
8351
"or video calls."
8352
msgstr ""
8353
8354
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29(page/p)
8355
msgid ""
8356
"Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant "
8357
"Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link>, the "
8358
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or choose "
8359
"<gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging "
8360
"Menu</link>."
8361
msgstr ""
8362
8363
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37(note/p)
8364
msgid ""
8365
"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy etc) "
8366
"from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me Menu</link>."
8367
msgstr ""
8368
8369
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43(page/p)
8370
msgid ""
8371
"For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"ghelp:empathy\">Empathy "
8372
"manual</link>."
8373
msgstr ""
8374
8375
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14(info/desc)
8376
msgid ""
8377
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on "
8378
"Ubuntu"
8379
msgstr ""
8380
8381
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19(page/title)
8382
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
8383
msgstr ""
8384
8385
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21(page/p)
8386
msgid ""
8387
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over "
8388
"the Internet using your computer."
8389
msgstr ""
8390
8391
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26(page/p)
8392
msgid ""
8393
"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go "
8394
"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
8395
msgstr ""
8396
8397
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31(page/p)
8398
msgid ""
8399
"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source "
8400
"code is proprietary and not available for modification."
8401
msgstr ""
8402
8403
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36(page/p)
8404
msgid ""
8405
"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link "
8406
"href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
8407
msgstr ""
8408
8409
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41(note/p)
8410
msgid ""
8411
"You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the "
8412
"Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
8413
msgstr ""
8414
8415
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55(list/title)
8416
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
8417
msgstr ""
8418
8419
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57(item/p)
8420
msgid ""
8421
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeRecordingHowto\"> How to "
8422
"record Skype conversations </link>"
8423
msgstr ""
8424
8425
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63(item/p)
8426
msgid ""
8427
"<link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/SkypeWebCams\"> A list of webcams which "
8428
"are compatible with Skype </link>"
8429
msgstr ""
8430
8431
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69(item/p)
8432
msgid ""
8433
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeTroubleshooting\"> "
8434
"Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users </link>"
8435
msgstr ""
8436
8437
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13(info/desc)
8438
msgid ""
8439
"Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking "
8440
"sites directly from your desktop"
8441
msgstr ""
8442
8443
#: C/net-chat-social.page:18(page/title)
8444
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
8445
msgstr ""
8446
8447
#: C/net-chat-social.page:20(page/p)
8448
msgid ""
8449
"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your "
8450
"desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Gwibber</app> application to allow you to "
8451
"organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from "
8452
"the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
8453
msgstr ""
8454
8455
#: C/net-chat-social.page:27(page/p)
8456
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
8457
msgstr ""
8458
8459
#: C/net-chat-social.page:32(item/p)
8460
msgid ""
8461
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me menu</link> on the right "
8462
"hand side of the top panel."
8463
msgstr ""
8464
8465
#: C/net-chat-social.page:36(item/p)
8466
msgid "Choose <gui>Broadcast Accounts...</gui>"
8467
msgstr ""
8468
8469
#: C/net-chat-social.page:40(item/p)
8470
msgid ""
8471
"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add</gui>"
8472
msgstr ""
8473
8474
#: C/net-chat-social.page:44(item/p)
8475
msgid ""
8476
"Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, "
8477
"and follow the instructions"
8478
msgstr ""
8479
8480
#: C/net-chat-social.page:51(page/p)
8481
msgid ""
8482
"You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-"
8483
"appmenu-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the top "
8484
"bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that "
8485
"section to open <gui>Gwibber</gui> and to read or post messages to your "
8486
"social network."
8487
msgstr ""
8488
8489
#: C/net-chat-social.page:59(note/p)
8490
msgid ""
8491
"You can download a PDF guide to using <app>Gwibber</app> <link href=\" "
8492
"http://gwibber.com/docs/user-"
8493
"guide/current/master_social_networking_with_gwibber.pdf\"> from the Gwibber "
8494
"website</link>."
8495
msgstr ""
8496
8497
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13(info/desc)
8498
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
8499
msgstr ""
8500
8501
#: C/net-chat-video.page:17(page/title)
8502
msgid "Video calls"
8503
msgstr ""
8504
8505
#: C/net-chat-video.page:19(page/p)
8506
msgid ""
8507
"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional "
8508
"software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN "
8509
"</em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link "
8510
"href=\"ghelp:empathy?audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on "
8511
"making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
8512
msgstr ""
8513
8514
#: C/net-chat-video.page:28(list/title)
8515
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
8516
msgstr ""
8517
8518
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30(item/p)
8519
msgid "<app>Skype</app>"
8520
msgstr ""
8521
8522
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34(item/p)
8523
msgid "<app>Ekiga</app>"
8524
msgstr ""
8525
8526
#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
8527
msgid ""
8528
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
8529
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8530
msgstr ""
8531
8532
#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
8533
msgid "Change the default web browser"
8534
msgstr ""
8535
8536
#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
8537
msgid ""
8538
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
8539
"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
8540
"installed, however, the page may not open up in your preferred web browser. "
8541
"To fix this, change the default web browser:"
8542
msgstr ""
8543
8544
#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p)
8545
#: C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
8546
msgid ""
8547
"Open <gui>System Info</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from "
8548
"the list on the left side of the window."
8549
msgstr ""
8550
8551
#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
8552
msgid ""
8553
"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
8554
"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
8555
msgstr ""
8556
8557
#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
8558
msgid ""
8559
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
8560
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
8561
"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
8562
"browser again."
8563
msgstr ""
8564
8565
#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
8566
msgid ""
8567
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
8568
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8569
msgstr ""
8570
8571
#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
8572
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
8573
msgstr ""
8574
8575
#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
8576
msgid ""
8577
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
8578
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
8579
"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
8580
"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
8581
"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
8582
msgstr ""
8583
8584
#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
8585
msgid ""
8586
"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
8587
"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
8588
msgstr ""
8589
8590
#: C/net-editcon.page:24(info/desc)
8591
msgid "Learn how to change wireless connection options."
8592
msgstr ""
8593
8594
#: C/net-editcon.page:31(page/title)
8595
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
8596
msgstr ""
8597
8598
#: C/net-editcon.page:37(page/p)
8599
msgid ""
8600
"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
8601
"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network "
8602
"menu</gui> in the top panel and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
8603
msgstr ""
8604
8605
#: C/net-editcon.page:42(note/p)
8606
msgid ""
8607
"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
8608
"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
8609
"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
8610
msgstr ""
8611
8612
#: C/net-editcon.page:46(section/title)
8613
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
8614
msgstr ""
8615
8616
#: C/net-editcon.page:49(title/gui)
8617
msgid "Connect automatically"
8618
msgstr ""
8619
8620
#: C/net-editcon.page:50(item/p)
8621
msgid ""
8622
"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
8623
"wireless network whenever it is in range."
8624
msgstr ""
8625
8626
#: C/net-editcon.page:51(item/p)
8627
msgid ""
8628
"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
8629
"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
8630
"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
8631
"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
8632
msgstr ""
8633
8634
#: C/net-editcon.page:55(title/gui)
8635
msgid "Available to all users"
8636
msgstr ""
8637
8638
#: C/net-editcon.page:56(item/p)
8639
msgid ""
8640
"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
8641
"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
8642
"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
8643
"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
8644
"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
8645
"password themselves."
8646
msgstr ""
8647
8648
#: C/net-editcon.page:57(item/p)
8649
msgid ""
8650
"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
8651
"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
8652
"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
8653
msgstr ""
8654
8655
#: C/net-editcon.page:63(section/title)
8656
msgid "Wireless"
8657
msgstr ""
8658
8659
#: C/net-editcon.page:66(title/gui)
8660
msgid "SSID"
8661
msgstr ""
8662
8663
#: C/net-editcon.page:67(item/p)
8664
msgid ""
8665
"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
8666
"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
8667
"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
8668
"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
8669
msgstr ""
8670
8671
#: C/net-editcon.page:71(title/gui)
8672
msgid "Mode"
8673
msgstr ""
8674
8675
#: C/net-editcon.page:72(item/p)
8676
msgid ""
8677
"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an "
8678
"<gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to "
8679
"a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where "
8680
"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one "
8681
"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link "
8682
"xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
8683
msgstr ""
8684
8685
#: C/net-editcon.page:73(item/p)
8686
msgid ""
8687
"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
8688
"<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
8689
"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers "
8690
"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or "
8691
"only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the "
8692
"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be "
8693
"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down "
8694
"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
8695
msgstr ""
8696
8697
#: C/net-editcon.page:77(title/gui)
8698
msgid "BSSID"
8699
msgstr ""
8700
8701
#: C/net-editcon.page:78(item/p)
8702
msgid ""
8703
"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
8704
"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
8705
"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
8706
"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link "
8707
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an "
8708
"SSID but it will have a BSSID."
8709
msgstr ""
8710
8711
#: C/net-editcon.page:82(title/gui)
8712
msgid "Device MAC address"
8713
msgstr ""
8714
8715
#: C/net-editcon.page:83(item/p)
8716
msgid ""
8717
"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
8718
"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
8719
"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
8720
"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
8721
msgstr ""
8722
8723
#: C/net-editcon.page:84(item/p)
8724
msgid ""
8725
"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
8726
msgstr ""
8727
8728
#: C/net-editcon.page:88(title/gui)
8729
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
8730
msgstr ""
8731
8732
#: C/net-editcon.page:89(item/p)
8733
msgid ""
8734
"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
8735
"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
8736
"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
8737
"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
8738
"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
8739
"address rather than its real one."
8740
msgstr ""
8741
8742
#: C/net-editcon.page:93(title/gui)
8743
msgid "MTU"
8744
msgstr ""
8745
8746
#: C/net-editcon.page:94(item/p)
8747
msgid ""
8748
"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
8749
"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
8750
"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
8751
"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
8752
"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
8753
"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
8754
msgstr ""
8755
8756
#: C/net-editcon.page:101(section/title)
8757
msgid "Wireless Security"
8758
msgstr ""
8759
8760
#: C/net-editcon.page:104(title/gui)
8761
msgid "Security"
8762
msgstr ""
8763
8764
#: C/net-editcon.page:105(item/p)
8765
msgid ""
8766
"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
8767
"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
8768
"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
8769
"you're visiting and so on."
8770
msgstr ""
8771
8772
#: C/net-editcon.page:106(item/p)
8773
msgid ""
8774
"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
8775
"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
8776
"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
8777
"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
8778
"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
8779
"encryption."
8780
msgstr ""
8781
8782
#: C/net-editcon.page:112(section/title)
8783
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
8784
msgstr ""
8785
8786
#: C/net-editcon.page:121(section/p)
8787
msgid ""
8788
"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
8789
"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
8790
"different ways of getting/setting that information."
8791
msgstr ""
8792
8793
#: C/net-editcon.page:122(section/p)
8794
msgid "The following methods are available:"
8795
msgstr ""
8796
8797
#: C/net-editcon.page:125(title/gui)
8798
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
8799
msgstr ""
8800
8801
#: C/net-editcon.page:126(item/p)
8802
msgid ""
8803
"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
8804
"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
8805
"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
8806
"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
8807
"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
8808
msgstr ""
8809
8810
#: C/net-editcon.page:130(title/gui)
8811
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
8812
msgstr ""
8813
8814
#: C/net-editcon.page:131(item/p)
8815
msgid ""
8816
"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
8817
"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
8818
"DNS server to use)."
8819
msgstr ""
8820
8821
#: C/net-editcon.page:135(title/gui)
8822
msgid "Manual"
8823
msgstr ""
8824
8825
#: C/net-editcon.page:136(item/p)
8826
msgid ""
8827
"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
8828
"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
8829
msgstr ""
8830
8831
#: C/net-editcon.page:140(title/gui)
8832
msgid "Link-Local Only"
8833
msgstr ""
8834
8835
#: C/net-editcon.page:141(item/p)
8836
msgid ""
8837
"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
8838
"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
8839
"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
8840
"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
8841
"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
8842
"so they communicate with each other."
8843
msgstr ""
8844
8845
#: C/net-editcon.page:145(title/gui)
8846
msgid "Disabled"
8847
msgstr ""
8848
8849
#: C/net-editcon.page:146(item/p)
8850
msgid ""
8851
"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
8852
"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
8853
"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
8854
"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
8855
msgstr ""
8856
8857
#: C/net-editcon.page:153(section/title)
8858
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
8859
msgstr ""
8860
8861
#: C/net-editcon.page:158(section/p)
8862
msgid ""
8863
"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
8864
"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
8865
"at the moment."
8866
msgstr ""
8867
8868
#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
8869
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
8870
msgstr ""
8871
8872
#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name)
8873
#: C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
8874
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Team"
8875
msgstr ""
8876
8877
#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
8878
msgid "Email & email software"
8879
msgstr ""
8880
8881
#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
8882
msgid ""
8883
"Viruses are unlikely to infect your Linux computer but could infect other "
8884
"people you email."
8885
msgstr ""
8886
8887
#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
8888
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
8889
msgstr ""
8890
8891
#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
8892
msgid ""
8893
"Viruses are programs which cause problems if they manage to find their way "
8894
"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
8895
"through email messages."
8896
msgstr ""
8897
8898
#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
8899
msgid ""
8900
"Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are rare, so you are <link "
8901
"xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
8902
"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
8903
"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
8904
"to scan your email for viruses."
8905
msgstr ""
8906
8907
#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
8908
msgid ""
8909
"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
8910
"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
8911
"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
8912
"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
8913
"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
8914
"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
8915
"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
8916
"software of their own anyway."
8917
msgstr ""
8918
8919
#: C/net-findip.page:18(info/desc)
8920
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
8921
msgstr ""
8922
8923
#: C/net-findip.page:22(page/title)
8924
msgid "Find your IP address"
8925
msgstr ""
8926
8927
#: C/net-findip.page:24(page/p)
8928
msgid ""
8929
"Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your "
8930
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
8931
"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
8932
"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
8933
msgstr ""
8934
8935
#: C/net-findip.page:26(page/p)
8936
msgid "Find your internal IP address:"
8937
msgstr ""
8938
8939
#: C/net-findip.page:28(item/p)
8940
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel."
8941
msgstr ""
8942
8943
#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p)
8944
msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
8945
msgstr ""
8946
8947
#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
8948
msgid ""
8949
"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
8950
msgstr ""
8951
8952
#: C/net-findip.page:33(page/p)
8953
msgid ""
8954
"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
8955
msgstr ""
8956
8957
#: C/net-findip.page:35(page/p)
8958
msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"
8959
msgstr ""
8960
8961
#: C/net-findip.page:37(item/p)
8962
msgid ""
8963
"Visit <link "
8964
"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
8965
msgstr ""
8966
8967
#: C/net-findip.page:38(item/p)
8968
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you"
8969
msgstr ""
8970
8971
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
8972
msgid "You can control what programs are accessible by the network."
8973
msgstr ""
8974
8975
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
8976
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
8977
msgstr ""
8978
8979
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(page/title)
8980
msgid "Enabling and blocking firewall access"
8981
msgstr ""
8982
8983
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23(page/p)
8984
msgid ""
8985
"Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> "
8986
"(<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu "
8987
"does not have any open network services (except for basic network "
8988
"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to "
8989
"block incoming attempted malicious connections."
8990
msgstr ""
8991
8992
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
8993
msgid ""
8994
"For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link "
8995
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online "
8996
"documentation</link>."
8997
msgstr ""
8998
8999
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(section/title)
9000
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
9001
msgstr ""
9002
9003
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:29(section/p)
9004
msgid ""
9005
"To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To "
9006
"turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
9007
msgstr ""
9008
9009
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:33(section/title)
9010
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
9011
msgstr ""
9012
9013
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(section/p)
9014
msgid ""
9015
"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can "
9016
"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which "
9017
"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to "
9018
"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules "
9019
"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, "
9020
"enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter "
9021
"<cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
9022
msgstr ""
9023
9024
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(section/p)
9025
msgid ""
9026
"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
9027
"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
9028
"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter "
9029
"<cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter "
9030
"<cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
9031
msgstr ""
9032
9033
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36(section/p)
9034
msgid ""
9035
"To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a "
9036
"terminal."
9037
msgstr ""
9038
9039
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:40(section/title)
9040
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
9041
msgstr ""
9042
9043
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41(section/p)
9044
msgid ""
9045
"You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall "
9046
"without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this "
9047
"link</link>."
9048
msgstr ""
9049
9050
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42(section/p)
9051
msgid ""
9052
"You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall "
9053
"Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be "
9054
"kept open for the firewall to work."
9055
msgstr ""
9056
9057
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:8(info/desc)
9058
msgid ""
9059
"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
9060
"for a program with your firewall."
9061
msgstr ""
9062
9063
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(page/title)
9064
msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
9065
msgstr ""
9066
9067
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/p)
9068
msgid ""
9069
"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications which provide "
9070
"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
9071
"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
9072
"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
9073
"use, so this table isn't complete."
9074
msgstr ""
9075
9076
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(td/p)
9077
msgid "Port"
9078
msgstr ""
9079
9080
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(td/p)
9081
msgid "Description"
9082
msgstr ""
9083
9084
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(td/p)
9085
msgid "5353/udp"
9086
msgstr ""
9087
9088
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(td/p)
9089
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
9090
msgstr ""
9091
9092
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(td/p)
9093
msgid ""
9094
"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
9095
"without you having to specify the details manually."
9096
msgstr ""
9097
9098
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(td/p)
9099
msgid "631/udp"
9100
msgstr ""
9101
9102
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(td/p)
9103
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(td/p)
9104
#: C/printing.page:26(page/title)
9105
msgid "Printing"
9106
msgstr ""
9107
9108
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(td/p)
9109
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
9110
msgstr ""
9111
9112
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(td/p)
9113
msgid "631/tcp"
9114
msgstr ""
9115
9116
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(td/p)
9117
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
9118
msgstr ""
9119
9120
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(td/p)
9121
msgid "5298/tcp"
9122
msgstr ""
9123
9124
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(td/p)
9125
msgid "Presence"
9126
msgstr ""
9127
9128
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(td/p)
9129
msgid ""
9130
"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
9131
"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
9132
msgstr ""
9133
9134
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(td/p)
9135
msgid "5900/tcp"
9136
msgstr ""
9137
9138
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(td/p)
9139
msgid "Remote desktop"
9140
msgstr ""
9141
9142
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(td/p)
9143
msgid ""
9144
"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
9145
"remote assistance."
9146
msgstr ""
9147
9148
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(td/p)
9149
msgid "3689/tcp"
9150
msgstr ""
9151
9152
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(td/p)
9153
msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
9154
msgstr ""
9155
9156
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(td/p)
9157
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
9158
msgstr ""
9159
9160
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:13(info/desc)
9161
msgid ""
9162
"Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network "
9163
"services."
9164
msgstr ""
9165
9166
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17(page/title)
9167
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
9168
msgstr ""
9169
9170
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/p)
9171
msgid ""
9172
"Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to "
9173
"your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change "
9174
"periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer "
9175
"so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
9176
msgstr ""
9177
9178
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
9179
msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
9180
msgstr ""
9181
9182
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(item/p)
9183
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(item/p)
9184
msgid ""
9185
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Edit "
9186
"Connections</gui>."
9187
msgstr ""
9188
9189
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(item/p)
9190
msgid ""
9191
"Select the Auto eth connection on the <gui>Wired</gui>tab or your WiFi "
9192
"network on the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9193
msgstr ""
9194
9195
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
9196
msgid ""
9197
"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
9198
"to <em>Manual</em>."
9199
msgstr ""
9200
9201
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
9202
msgid ""
9203
"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
9204
"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
9205
msgstr ""
9206
9207
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
9208
msgid ""
9209
"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
9210
"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
9211
"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
9212
"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
9213
msgstr ""
9214
9215
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
9216
msgid ""
9217
"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
9218
"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
9219
"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
9220
"servers."
9221
msgstr ""
9222
9223
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
9224
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>."
9225
msgstr ""
9226
9227
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
9228
msgid "Close the network settings window."
9229
msgstr ""
9230
9231
#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
9232
msgid ""
9233
"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9234
"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9235
"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>..."
9236
msgstr ""
9237
9238
#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
9239
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
9240
msgstr ""
9241
9242
#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
9243
msgid ""
9244
"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
9245
"which display videos and interactive web pages."
9246
msgstr ""
9247
9248
#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
9249
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
9250
msgstr ""
9251
9252
#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
9253
msgid ""
9254
"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you "
9255
"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
9256
"websites won't work without Flash."
9257
msgstr ""
9258
9259
#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
9260
msgid ""
9261
"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
9262
"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
9263
"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
9264
msgstr ""
9265
9266
#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
9267
msgid "How to install Flash"
9268
msgstr ""
9269
9270
#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
9271
msgid ""
9272
"Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch "
9273
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
9274
msgstr ""
9275
9276
#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
9277
msgid ""
9278
"Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
9279
msgstr ""
9280
9281
#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
9282
msgid ""
9283
"If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
9284
"Center window."
9285
msgstr ""
9286
9287
#: C/net-install-flash.page:41(item/p)
9288
msgid ""
9289
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
9290
"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it "
9291
"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
9292
msgstr ""
9293
9294
#: C/net-install-flash.page:46(section/title)
9295
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
9296
msgstr ""
9297
9298
#: C/net-install-flash.page:47(section/p)
9299
msgid ""
9300
"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
9301
"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
9302
"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
9303
"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
9304
msgstr ""
9305
9306
#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(section/p)
9307
msgid ""
9308
"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
9309
"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
9310
"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
9311
msgstr ""
9312
9313
#: C/net-install-flash.page:50(item/p)
9314
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-gnash\">Gnash</link>"
9315
msgstr ""
9316
9317
#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
9318
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-lightspark\">LightSpark</link>"
9319
msgstr ""
9320
9321
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13(info/desc)
9322
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
9323
msgstr ""
9324
9325
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17(page/title)
9326
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
9327
msgstr ""
9328
9329
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18(page/p)
9330
msgid ""
9331
"Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin "
9332
"to be installed in order to run."
9333
msgstr ""
9334
9335
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20(page/p)
9336
msgid ""
9337
"<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin "
9338
"package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
9339
msgstr ""
9340
9341
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
9342
msgid ""
9343
"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
9344
"lets you view these pages."
9345
msgstr ""
9346
9347
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
9348
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
9349
msgstr ""
9350
9351
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
9352
msgid ""
9353
"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
9354
"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
9355
"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
9356
msgstr ""
9357
9358
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
9359
msgid ""
9360
"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
9361
"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
9362
"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
9363
"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
9364
msgstr ""
9365
9366
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
9367
msgid ""
9368
"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
9369
"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
9370
"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
9371
msgstr ""
9372
9373
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:32(page/p)
9374
msgid ""
9375
"Please see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight "
9376
"website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
9377
msgstr ""
9378
9379
#: C/net-macaddress.page:17(info/desc)
9380
msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."
9381
msgstr ""
9382
9383
#: C/net-macaddress.page:21(page/title)
9384
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
9385
msgstr ""
9386
9387
#: C/net-macaddress.page:23(page/p)
9388
msgid ""
9389
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique code that is assigned by the "
9390
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
9391
"ethernet card). <em>MAC</em> stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and "
9392
"each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."
9393
msgstr ""
9394
9395
#: C/net-macaddress.page:25(page/p)
9396
msgid ""
9397
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
9398
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
9399
msgstr ""
9400
9401
#: C/net-macaddress.page:27(page/p)
9402
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
9403
msgstr ""
9404
9405
#: C/net-macaddress.page:29(item/p)
9406
msgid "Click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar."
9407
msgstr ""
9408
9409
#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
9410
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
9411
msgstr ""
9412
9413
#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
9414
msgid ""
9415
"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
9416
msgstr ""
9417
9418
#: C/net-macaddress.page:34(note/p)
9419
msgid ""
9420
"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
9421
"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
9422
"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
9423
"network card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the "
9424
"service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC "
9425
"address."
9426
msgstr ""
9427
9428
#: C/net-manual.page:17(page/title)
9429
msgid "Manually set network settings"
9430
msgstr ""
9431
9432
#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/p)
9433
msgid ""
9434
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
9435
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
9436
"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
9437
"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
9438
"router or switch."
9439
msgstr ""
9440
9441
#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
9442
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
9443
msgstr ""
9444
9445
#: C/net-manual.page:29(item/p)
9446
msgid ""
9447
"Find the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, "
9448
"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
9449
msgstr ""
9450
9451
#: C/net-manual.page:33(item/p)
9452
msgid ""
9453
"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
9454
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
9455
msgstr ""
9456
9457
#: C/net-manual.page:37(item/p)
9458
msgid ""
9459
"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
9460
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
9461
msgstr ""
9462
9463
#: C/net-manual.page:41(item/p)
9464
msgid ""
9465
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
9466
"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the columns in the "
9467
"<gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> when you've finished "
9468
"typing each address."
9469
msgstr ""
9470
9471
#: C/net-manual.page:42(item/p)
9472
msgid ""
9473
"All three of these addresses must be \"IP addresses\", which will be four "
9474
"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
9475
msgstr ""
9476
9477
#: C/net-manual.page:46(item/p)
9478
msgid ""
9479
"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by "
9480
"commas."
9481
msgstr ""
9482
9483
#: C/net-manual.page:50(item/p)
9484
msgid ""
9485
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the "
9486
"network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by "
9487
"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
9488
"example."
9489
msgstr ""
9490
9491
#: C/net-mobile.page:13(info/desc)
9492
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
9493
msgstr ""
9494
9495
#: C/net-mobile.page:17(page/title)
9496
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
9497
msgstr ""
9498
9499
#: C/net-mobile.page:19(page/p)
9500
msgid ""
9501
"<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet "
9502
"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or "
9503
"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have "
9504
"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
9505
msgstr ""
9506
9507
#: C/net-mobile.page:26(page/p)
9508
msgid ""
9509
"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you "
9510
"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the "
9511
"device."
9512
msgstr ""
9513
9514
#: C/net-mobile.page:33(item/p)
9515
msgid ""
9516
"The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open "
9517
"automatically when you connect the device."
9518
msgstr ""
9519
9520
#: C/net-mobile.page:39(item/p)
9521
msgid ""
9522
"Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where "
9523
"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of "
9524
"connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
9525
msgstr ""
9526
9527
#: C/net-mobile.page:47(item/p)
9528
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
9529
msgstr ""
9530
9531
#: C/net-mobile.page:52(item/p)
9532
msgid ""
9533
"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network "
9534
"menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and select your new connection."
9535
msgstr ""
9536
9537
#: C/net-mobile.page:58(item/p)
9538
msgid ""
9539
"To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the top panel and click "
9540
"<gui>Disconnect</gui>."
9541
msgstr ""
9542
9543
#: C/net-mobile.page:64(page/p)
9544
msgid ""
9545
"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may "
9546
"still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection "
9547
"manually."
9548
msgstr ""
9549
9550
#: C/net-mobile.page:71(item/p)
9551
msgid ""
9552
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">network menu</link> in the top "
9553
"panel and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
9554
msgstr ""
9555
9556
#: C/net-mobile.page:77(item/p)
9557
msgid "Swith to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
9558
msgstr ""
9559
9560
#: C/net-mobile.page:82(item/p)
9561
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
9562
msgstr ""
9563
9564
#: C/net-mobile.page:87(item/p)
9565
msgid ""
9566
"This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. "
9567
"Enter your details as described above."
9568
msgstr ""
9569
9570
#: C/net-nonm.page:13(info/desc)
9571
msgid ""
9572
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
9573
"applet</input>"
9574
msgstr ""
9575
9576
#: C/net-nonm.page:17(page/title)
9577
msgid "There's no network menu in the top panel"
9578
msgstr ""
9579
9580
#: C/net-nonm.page:19(page/p)
9581
msgid ""
9582
"If the network menu has disappeared from the top panel, your <app>Network "
9583
"Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
9584
msgstr ""
9585
9586
#: C/net-nonm.page:22(item/p)
9587
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
9588
msgstr ""
9589
9590
#: C/net-nonm.page:23(item/p)
9591
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
9592
msgstr ""
9593
9594
#: C/net-nonm.page:24(item/p)
9595
msgid ""
9596
"The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
9597
"password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
9598
msgstr ""
9599
9600
#: C/net-nonm.page:27(page/p)
9601
msgid ""
9602
"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To "
9603
"see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
9604
"intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and "
9605
"press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, "
9606
"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell "
9607
"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, "
9608
"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
9609
msgstr ""
9610
9611
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
9612
msgid "Make your network connection available to all users."
9613
msgstr ""
9614
9615
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
9616
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
9617
msgstr ""
9618
9619
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:21(page/p)
9620
msgid ""
9621
"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
9622
"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
9623
"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
9624
"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
9625
msgstr ""
9626
9627
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/p)
9628
msgid ""
9629
"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
9630
"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
9631
"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
9632
"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
9633
msgstr ""
9634
9635
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(item/p)
9636
msgid ""
9637
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably "
9638
"need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and "
9639
"then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9640
msgstr ""
9641
9642
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:35(item/p)
9643
msgid ""
9644
"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
9645
"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
9646
"do this."
9647
msgstr ""
9648
9649
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:39(item/p)
9650
msgid ""
9651
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
9652
"entering any further details."
9653
msgstr ""
9654
9655
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:13(info/desc)
9656
msgid ""
9657
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
9658
"connection settings."
9659
msgstr ""
9660
9661
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:17(page/title)
9662
msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"
9663
msgstr ""
9664
9665
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:19(page/p)
9666
msgid ""
9667
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
9668
"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
9669
"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
9670
"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
9671
"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
9672
msgstr ""
9673
9674
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:21(page/p)
9675
msgid ""
9676
"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
9677
"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
9678
"connection."
9679
msgstr ""
9680
9681
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:23(page/p)
9682
msgid ""
9683
"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
9684
"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> available to everyone on the "
9685
"computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
9686
"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
9687
"the connection."
9688
msgstr ""
9689
9690
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:26(steps/title)
9691
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
9692
msgstr ""
9693
9694
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:32(item/p)
9695
msgid ""
9696
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
9697
"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9698
msgstr ""
9699
9700
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:36(item/p)
9701
msgid ""
9702
"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
9703
"admin users can do this."
9704
msgstr ""
9705
9706
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:40(item/p)
9707
msgid ""
9708
"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
9709
"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
9710
msgstr ""
9711
9712
#: C/net.page:15(info/desc)
9713
msgid ""
9714
"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9715
"wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, "
9716
"<link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9717
"email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant "
9718
"messaging</link>..."
9719
msgstr ""
9720
9721
#: C/net.page:26(page/title)
9722
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
9723
msgstr ""
9724
9725
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:13(info/desc)
9726
msgid ""
9727
"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
9728
"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
9729
msgstr ""
9730
9731
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:17(page/title)
9732
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
9733
msgstr ""
9734
9735
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:19(page/p)
9736
msgid ""
9737
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
9738
"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
9739
"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
9740
msgstr ""
9741
9742
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:23(item/p)
9743
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
9744
msgstr ""
9745
9746
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:24(item/p)
9747
msgid ""
9748
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
9749
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
9750
"wrong."
9751
msgstr ""
9752
9753
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:28(item/p)
9754
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
9755
msgstr ""
9756
9757
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:29(item/p)
9758
msgid ""
9759
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
9760
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f). If you "
9761
"have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing "
9762
"the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless "
9763
"security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select "
9764
"<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for "
9765
"a WEP-encrypted connection)."
9766
msgstr ""
9767
9768
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:33(item/p)
9769
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
9770
msgstr ""
9771
9772
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:34(item/p)
9773
msgid ""
9774
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
9775
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
9776
"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
9777
msgstr ""
9778
9779
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:38(item/p)
9780
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
9781
msgstr ""
9782
9783
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:39(item/p)
9784
msgid ""
9785
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
9786
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
9787
"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
9788
"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
9789
"use trial and error to go through the different options."
9790
msgstr ""
9791
9792
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:43(item/p)
9793
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
9794
msgstr ""
9795
9796
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:44(item/p)
9797
msgid ""
9798
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
9799
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
9800
"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
9801
"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
9802
"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
9803
"more information."
9804
msgstr ""
9805
9806
#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
9807
msgid ""
9808
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
9809
"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">Finding your wifi "
9810
"network</link>,"
9811
msgstr ""
9812
9813
#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
9814
msgid "Network problems"
9815
msgstr ""
9816
9817
#: C/net-proxy.page:14(info/desc)
9818
msgid ""
9819
"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
9820
"purposes."
9821
msgstr ""
9822
9823
#: C/net-proxy.page:18(page/title)
9824
msgid "What is a proxy?"
9825
msgstr ""
9826
9827
#: C/net-proxy.page:20(page/p)
9828
msgid ""
9829
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at. They are commonly "
9830
"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites "
9831
"you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, "
9832
"or to do security checks on websites."
9833
msgstr ""
9834
9835
#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/p)
9836
msgid ""
9837
"When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through "
9838
"the proxy first before reaching your computer. For example, the proxy may "
9839
"scan the contents of the website and decide whether to display it or whether "
9840
"to show you a different page."
9841
msgstr ""
9842
9843
#: C/net-proxy.page:24(page/p)
9844
msgid ""
9845
"An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
9846
"student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a "
9847
"website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will "
9848
"then log in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look "
9849
"at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not "
9850
"know the password and be unable to browse the web. This stops unauthorized "
9851
"people from using the connection."
9852
msgstr ""
9853
9854
#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
9855
msgid ""
9856
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9857
"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>..."
9858
msgstr ""
9859
9860
#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
9861
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
9862
msgstr ""
9863
9864
#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
9865
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
9866
msgstr ""
9867
9868
#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
9869
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
9870
msgstr ""
9871
9872
#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
9873
msgid ""
9874
"A reason why you may be using Linux is for the robust security that it is "
9875
"known for. One reason Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is "
9876
"due to the number of people that use it. Viruses are targeted at popular "
9877
"operating systems like Windows that have an extremely massive user base. "
9878
"Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature which allows experts "
9879
"to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
9880
msgstr ""
9881
9882
#: C/net-security-tips.page:29(page/p)
9883
msgid ""
9884
"Despite the measures taken to ensure your installation of Linux is secure, "
9885
"there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you are "
9886
"still susceptible to:"
9887
msgstr ""
9888
9889
#: C/net-security-tips.page:33(item/p)
9890
msgid ""
9891
"Phishing Scams (Sites that try to obtain sensitive information through "
9892
"deception)"
9893
msgstr ""
9894
9895
#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
9896
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
9897
msgstr ""
9898
9899
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
9900
msgid ""
9901
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intents "
9902
"(Viruses)</link>"
9903
msgstr ""
9904
9905
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
9906
msgid ""
9907
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unwarranted remote/local network "
9908
"access</link>"
9909
msgstr ""
9910
9911
#: C/net-security-tips.page:39(page/p)
9912
msgid ""
9913
"To stay safe from malicious exploits, keep in mind the following tips:"
9914
msgstr ""
9915
9916
#: C/net-security-tips.page:42(item/p)
9917
msgid ""
9918
"Do not open emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
9919
"not know."
9920
msgstr ""
9921
9922
#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
9923
msgid ""
9924
"If a website's offer is too good to be true or asks for sensitive "
9925
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what you are "
9926
"submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised "
9927
"by identity thieves or other criminals."
9928
msgstr ""
9929
9930
#: C/net-security-tips.page:46(item/p)
9931
msgid ""
9932
"Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially "
9933
"ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. "
9934
"Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at "
9935
"high risk to exploitation."
9936
msgstr ""
9937
9938
#: C/net-security-tips.page:49(item/p)
9939
msgid ""
9940
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having "
9941
"<app>SSH</app> or <app>VNC</app> running can be useful but also leaves your "
9942
"computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link "
9943
"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer "
9944
"from intrusion."
9945
msgstr ""
9946
9947
#: C/net-slow.page:13(info/desc)
9948
msgid ""
9949
"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
9950
"could be the time of day."
9951
msgstr ""
9952
9953
#: C/net-slow.page:17(page/title)
9954
msgid "The internet seems slow"
9955
msgstr ""
9956
9957
#: C/net-slow.page:19(page/p)
9958
msgid ""
9959
"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
9960
"things that could be causing the slow down."
9961
msgstr ""
9962
9963
#: C/net-slow.page:21(page/p)
9964
msgid ""
9965
"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
9966
"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
9967
"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
9968
msgstr ""
9969
9970
#: C/net-slow.page:25(item/p)
9971
msgid "Busy time of day"
9972
msgstr ""
9973
9974
#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
9975
msgid ""
9976
"Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they "
9977
"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
9978
"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
9979
"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
9980
"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
9981
"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
9982
"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
9983
"evenings, for example)."
9984
msgstr ""
9985
9986
#: C/net-slow.page:30(item/p)
9987
msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"
9988
msgstr ""
9989
9990
#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
9991
msgid ""
9992
"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
9993
"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
9994
"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
9995
msgstr ""
9996
9997
#: C/net-slow.page:35(item/p)
9998
msgid "Unreliable connection"
9999
msgstr ""
10000
10001
#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
10002
msgid ""
10003
"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
10004
"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
10005
"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
10006
msgstr ""
10007
10008
#: C/net-slow.page:40(item/p)
10009
msgid "Low wireless connection signal"
10010
msgstr ""
10011
10012
#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
10013
msgid ""
10014
"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
10015
"menu on the top panel to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
10016
"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
10017
msgstr ""
10018
10019
#: C/net-slow.page:45(item/p)
10020
msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"
10021
msgstr ""
10022
10023
#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
10024
msgid ""
10025
"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
10026
"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
10027
"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
10028
"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
10029
"like GPRS."
10030
msgstr ""
10031
10032
#: C/net-slow.page:50(item/p)
10033
msgid "Web browser has a problem"
10034
msgstr ""
10035
10036
#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
10037
msgid ""
10038
"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This "
10039
"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which "
10040
"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
10041
"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
10042
"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
10043
msgstr ""
10044
10045
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:14(info/desc)
10046
msgid "Connect to a private local network over the internet."
10047
msgstr ""
10048
10049
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:18(page/title)
10050
msgid "Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)"
10051
msgstr ""
10052
10053
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20(page/p)
10054
msgid ""
10055
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
10056
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
10057
"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
10058
"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
10059
"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
10060
"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
10061
"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
10062
"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
10063
"without logging in."
10064
msgstr ""
10065
10066
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22(page/p)
10067
msgid ""
10068
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
10069
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
10070
"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
10071
"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software "
10072
"Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which "
10073
"works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click "
10074
"the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu "
10075
"Software Center</app>."
10076
msgstr ""
10077
10078
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:25(note/p)
10079
msgid ""
10080
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
10081
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
10082
"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
10083
"different instructions to get that working."
10084
msgstr ""
10085
10086
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28(page/p)
10087
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
10088
msgstr ""
10089
10090
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32(item/p)
10091
msgid ""
10092
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and, under <gui>VPN "
10093
"Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
10094
msgstr ""
10095
10096
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:36(item/p)
10097
msgid ""
10098
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
10099
msgstr ""
10100
10101
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:40(item/p)
10102
msgid ""
10103
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
10104
"details like your username and password as you go."
10105
msgstr ""
10106
10107
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44(item/p)
10108
msgid ""
10109
"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
10110
"on the top panel, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the "
10111
"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the "
10112
"network icon will change as it tries to connect."
10113
msgstr ""
10114
10115
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:48(item/p)
10116
msgid ""
10117
"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
10118
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
10119
"network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
10120
"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
10121
msgstr ""
10122
10123
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52(item/p)
10124
msgid ""
10125
"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select "
10126
"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
10127
msgstr ""
10128
10129
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13(info/desc)
10130
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
10131
msgstr ""
10132
10133
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17(page/title)
10134
msgid "What is an IP address?"
10135
msgstr ""
10136
10137
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:19(page/p)
10138
msgid ""
10139
"IP address stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
10140
"that is connected to a network (such as the Internet) has one."
10141
msgstr ""
10142
10143
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
10144
msgid ""
10145
"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
10146
"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
10147
"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
10148
"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
10149
msgstr ""
10150
10151
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:23(page/p)
10152
msgid ""
10153
"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
10154
"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
10155
msgstr ""
10156
10157
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25(note/p)
10158
msgid ""
10159
"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
10160
"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer accesses the "
10161
"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
10162
"addresses are more common that static addresses--static IP addresses are "
10163
"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
10164
"administering a server."
10165
msgstr ""
10166
10167
#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
10168
msgid ""
10169
"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
10170
"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">fixed IP addresses</link>..."
10171
msgstr ""
10172
10173
#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
10174
msgid "Wired Networking"
10175
msgstr ""
10176
10177
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
10178
msgid ""
10179
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10180
"network cable."
10181
msgstr ""
10182
10183
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
10184
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
10185
msgstr ""
10186
10187
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
10188
msgid ""
10189
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10190
"network cable. The network icon on the top panel should rotate for a few "
10191
"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
10192
msgstr ""
10193
10194
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
10195
msgid ""
10196
"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
10197
"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
10198
"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should "
10199
"be plugged into a switch, router, wall socket or similar (depending on the "
10200
"network setup you have)."
10201
msgstr ""
10202
10203
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
10204
msgid ""
10205
"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
10206
"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
10207
"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
10208
msgstr ""
10209
10210
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
10211
msgid ""
10212
"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic set-"
10213
"up (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure "
10214
"it manually</link>."
10215
msgstr ""
10216
10217
#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
10218
msgid ""
10219
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10220
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
10221
"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10222
"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>..."
10223
msgstr ""
10224
10225
#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
10226
msgid "Wireless Networking"
10227
msgstr ""
10228
10229
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(info/desc)
10230
msgid "Click the network menu on the top panel and uncheck Enable Wireless."
10231
msgstr ""
10232
10233
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(page/title)
10234
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
10235
msgstr ""
10236
10237
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(page/p)
10238
msgid ""
10239
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
10240
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
10241
"also want to switch off your wireless to save power."
10242
msgstr ""
10243
10244
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(page/p)
10245
msgid ""
10246
"To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and uncheck "
10247
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
10248
"until you switch it back on again."
10249
msgstr ""
10250
10251
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:29(page/p)
10252
msgid ""
10253
"To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
10254
"and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of "
10255
"it."
10256
msgstr ""
10257
10258
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
10259
msgid ""
10260
"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link "
10261
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
10262
msgstr ""
10263
10264
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20(info/desc)
10265
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
10266
msgstr ""
10267
10268
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:24(page/title)
10269
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
10270
msgstr ""
10271
10272
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26(page/p)
10273
msgid ""
10274
"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
10275
"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
10276
"files on the network, and so on."
10277
msgstr ""
10278
10279
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29(item/p)
10280
msgid ""
10281
"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
10282
"is turned on."
10283
msgstr ""
10284
10285
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
10286
msgid ""
10287
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and look for "
10288
"your desired network."
10289
msgstr ""
10290
10291
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
10292
msgid "Select the name of your wireless network."
10293
msgstr ""
10294
10295
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33(item/p)
10296
msgid ""
10297
"If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More "
10298
"Networks</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still "
10299
"don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link "
10300
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
10301
msgstr ""
10302
10303
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(item/p)
10304
msgid ""
10305
"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10306
"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
10307
"<gui>Connect</gui>."
10308
msgstr ""
10309
10310
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(item/p)
10311
msgid ""
10312
"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
10313
"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
10314
"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
10315
msgstr ""
10316
10317
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(item/p)
10318
msgid ""
10319
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
10320
"to the network."
10321
msgstr ""
10322
10323
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(item/p)
10324
msgid ""
10325
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
10326
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
10327
"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
10328
"reliable."
10329
msgstr ""
10330
10331
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44(page/p)
10332
msgid ""
10333
"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
10334
"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
10335
"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
10336
"things that could have caused this to happen - you could have entered the "
10337
"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
10338
"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
10339
"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
10340
msgstr ""
10341
10342
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46(page/p)
10343
msgid ""
10344
"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
10345
"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
10346
"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
10347
"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
10348
"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
10349
"speeds."
10350
msgstr ""
10351
10352
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48(note/p)
10353
msgid ""
10354
"Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
10355
"sometimes be problems."
10356
msgstr ""
10357
10358
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49(note/p)
10359
msgid ""
10360
"If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of the "
10361
"other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See Also\" "
10362
"links at the bottom of this page."
10363
msgstr ""
10364
10365
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:18(info/desc)
10366
msgid ""
10367
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
10368
"properly."
10369
msgstr ""
10370
10371
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:22(page/title)
10372
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
10373
msgstr ""
10374
10375
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/p)
10376
msgid ""
10377
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
10378
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
10379
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
10380
"top bar will rotate if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
10381
"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
10382
msgstr ""
10383
10384
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:27(section/title)
10385
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
10386
msgstr ""
10387
10388
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/p)
10389
msgid ""
10390
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
10391
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
10392
"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
10393
"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
10394
"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
10395
msgstr ""
10396
10397
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
10398
msgid ""
10399
"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
10400
"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
10401
msgstr ""
10402
10403
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:36(section/title)
10404
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
10405
msgstr ""
10406
10407
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/p)
10408
msgid ""
10409
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
10410
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected. "
10411
"This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in "
10412
"connecting to the network—it managed to establish a connection, but was "
10413
"unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
10414
msgstr ""
10415
10416
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
10417
msgid ""
10418
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
10419
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
10420
"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
10421
msgstr ""
10422
10423
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:45(section/title)
10424
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
10425
msgstr ""
10426
10427
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/p)
10428
msgid ""
10429
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
10430
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
10431
"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
10432
"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
10433
"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
10434
"very regularly, you may want to consider using different hardware."
10435
msgstr ""
10436
10437
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52(section/title)
10438
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
10439
msgstr ""
10440
10441
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/p)
10442
msgid ""
10443
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
10444
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
10445
"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
10446
"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
10447
msgstr ""
10448
10449
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:15(info/desc)
10450
msgid ""
10451
"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
10452
"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
10453
msgstr ""
10454
10455
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:19(page/title)
10456
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
10457
msgstr ""
10458
10459
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:21(page/p)
10460
msgid ""
10461
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
10462
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
10463
"icon on the top bar."
10464
msgstr ""
10465
10466
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:25(item/p)
10467
msgid ""
10468
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
10469
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
10470
"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
10471
msgstr ""
10472
10473
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29(item/p)
10474
msgid ""
10475
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
10476
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
10477
"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
10478
"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
10479
msgstr ""
10480
10481
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:33(item/p)
10482
msgid ""
10483
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
10484
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
10485
msgstr ""
10486
10487
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:37(item/p)
10488
msgid ""
10489
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
10490
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
10491
"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
10492
msgstr ""
10493
10494
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:41(item/p)
10495
msgid ""
10496
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10497
"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
10498
msgstr ""
10499
10500
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(info/desc)
10501
msgid ""
10502
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Connect "
10503
"to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
10504
msgstr ""
10505
10506
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(page/title)
10507
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
10508
msgstr ""
10509
10510
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(page/p)
10511
msgid ""
10512
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
10513
"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
10514
"click the network menu in the top panel (nor will they appear in the list of "
10515
"wireless networks on any other computer)."
10516
msgstr ""
10517
10518
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27(page/p)
10519
msgid ""
10520
"To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
10521
"on the top panel and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. "
10522
"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
10523
"wireless security and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10524
msgstr ""
10525
10526
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29(page/p)
10527
msgid ""
10528
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station/router to "
10529
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
10530
"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
10531
"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
10532
msgstr ""
10533
10534
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(page/p)
10535
msgid ""
10536
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings; look "
10537
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
10538
msgstr ""
10539
10540
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(note/p)
10541
msgid ""
10542
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
10543
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
10544
"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
10545
"detectable."
10546
msgstr ""
10547
10548
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:13(credit/name)
10549
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:6(credit/name)
10550
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:11(credit/name)
10551
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11(credit/name)
10552
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:12(credit/name)
10553
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
10554
msgstr ""
10555
10556
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:21(info/desc)
10557
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
10558
msgstr ""
10559
10560
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/title)
10561
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
10562
msgstr ""
10563
10564
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
10565
msgid ""
10566
"This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with "
10567
"accessing a wireless network."
10568
msgstr ""
10569
10570
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(note/p)
10571
msgid ""
10572
"Due to the technical nature of troubleshooting network problems, this guide "
10573
"contains some commands that will need to be entered into a "
10574
"<app>terminal</app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do "
10575
"not be afraid! The guide will direct you at each step."
10576
msgstr ""
10577
10578
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(page/p)
10579
msgid ""
10580
"We will proceed through the following tasks to connect your computer to the "
10581
"internet:"
10582
msgstr ""
10583
10584
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(item/p)
10585
msgid ""
10586
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check\">Perform an initial "
10587
"check</link>"
10588
msgstr ""
10589
10590
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37(item/p)
10591
msgid ""
10592
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info\">Gather information "
10593
"about your hardware</link>"
10594
msgstr ""
10595
10596
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(item/p)
10597
msgid ""
10598
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check\">Check your "
10599
"hardware</link>"
10600
msgstr ""
10601
10602
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:43(item/p)
10603
msgid ""
10604
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Check your device "
10605
"drivers</link>"
10606
msgstr ""
10607
10608
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:52(page/p)
10609
msgid ""
10610
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link in the upper-right portion "
10611
"of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
10612
"through each step in the guide."
10613
msgstr ""
10614
10615
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:12(info/desc)
10616
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19(info/desc)
10617
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19(info/desc)
10618
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20(info/desc)
10619
msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."
10620
msgstr ""
10621
10622
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:16(page/title)
10623
msgid "Check your device drivers"
10624
msgstr ""
10625
10626
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:19(section/title)
10627
msgid "Check for automatically loaded drivers"
10628
msgstr ""
10629
10630
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(section/p)
10631
msgid ""
10632
"Your device may already be supported with a preinstalled driver. To check if "
10633
"a driver was automatically loaded, run <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>. Look "
10634
"in the line that begins with <gui>configuration:</gui> for the word "
10635
"<em>driver</em>. If this exists, a driver has already been installed and "
10636
"loaded."
10637
msgstr ""
10638
10639
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:27(section/p)
10640
msgid ""
10641
"If you are not running the most recent kernel, update your system first. "
10642
"Drivers, especially wireless, are constantly being added and modified. You "
10643
"can do this by clicking on the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">session "
10644
"menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the System section, "
10645
"click <gui>Update Manager</gui>."
10646
msgstr ""
10647
10648
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(section/title)
10649
msgid "Find additional Linux drivers"
10650
msgstr ""
10651
10652
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(section/p)
10653
msgid ""
10654
"You can check for additional Linux drivers in the following locations:"
10655
msgstr ""
10656
10657
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:40(item/p)
10658
msgid ""
10659
"Check for a driver by clicking the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
10660
"intro\">session menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the "
10661
"Hardware section, click <gui>Additional Drivers</gui>. Wait a moment for "
10662
"Ubuntu to update its database."
10663
msgstr ""
10664
10665
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45(item/p)
10666
msgid ""
10667
"Many of the drivers found in <app>Additional Drivers</app> are proprietary "
10668
"and the source code isn't freely available. Therefore, Linux community "
10669
"developers are unable to fix any security or functionality problems in the "
10670
"driver. These drivers also cannot be installed automatically as part of "
10671
"Ubuntu. If you are willing to accept this limitation, activate the driver."
10672
msgstr ""
10673
10674
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54(item/p)
10675
msgid "Search your card manufacturer's website for a Linux driver."
10676
msgstr ""
10677
10678
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:60(section/title)
10679
msgid "Use Ndiswrapper for cards without a Linux driver"
10680
msgstr ""
10681
10682
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:61(section/p)
10683
msgid ""
10684
"If you find your card does not have a Linux driver you could try "
10685
"<app>ndiswrapper</app>."
10686
msgstr ""
10687
10688
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66(item/p)
10689
msgid ""
10690
"Check the <link "
10691
"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/\">device "
10692
"database</link> to see if your card is supported by ndiswrapper."
10693
msgstr ""
10694
10695
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72(item/p)
10696
msgid ""
10697
"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link "
10698
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this "
10699
"page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
10700
msgstr ""
10701
10702
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:82(section/title)
10703
msgid "Check Driver"
10704
msgstr ""
10705
10706
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:83(section/p)
10707
msgid ""
10708
"If you ran <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and saw a driver bound to the device "
10709
"then let's test to make sure it's communicating with the kernel. You can "
10710
"also go back to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-"
10711
"check\">Initial Check page</link> to check for any signs of connectivity."
10712
msgstr ""
10713
10714
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:90(item/p)
10715
msgid ""
10716
"Run <cmd>sudo lsmod</cmd> to see if the driver is loaded. Look for the "
10717
"driver name that was listed in the \"configuration\" line output of lshw."
10718
msgstr ""
10719
10720
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:96(item/p)
10721
msgid ""
10722
"If you did not see the driver module in the list then use <cmd>sudo "
10723
"modprobe</cmd> to load it."
10724
msgstr ""
10725
10726
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:103(item/p)
10727
msgid ""
10728
"Run <cmd>sudo iwconfig</cmd>. If you see output like in the example in the "
10729
"command section then the driver is at least identifying the device as a "
10730
"wireless device to the kernel."
10731
msgstr ""
10732
10733
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:108(item/p)
10734
msgid ""
10735
"Run the command <cmd>sudo iwlist scan</cmd> to scan for a wireless access "
10736
"point. If an access point is identified, the card is probably working "
10737
"properly as it can complete a wireless interface task."
10738
msgstr ""
10739
10740
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:117(note/p)
10741
msgid ""
10742
"To find more information about all the commands used in this guide, click "
10743
"<link "
10744
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessTroubleShootingGuid"
10745
"e/Commands\">here</link>."
10746
msgstr ""
10747
10748
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/title)
10749
msgid "Check your hardware"
10750
msgstr ""
10751
10752
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
10753
msgid "Let's see if your computer recognizes your wireless adapter."
10754
msgstr ""
10755
10756
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:27(item/p)
10757
msgid ""
10758
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>."
10759
msgstr ""
10760
10761
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28(item/p)
10762
msgid ""
10763
"If you get no response, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program "
10764
"on your computer; you can install it by typing <code>sudo apt-get install "
10765
"lshw</code> in a terminal."
10766
msgstr ""
10767
10768
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
10769
msgid ""
10770
"Read the output from the command, and check for the <em>Wireless "
10771
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter is detected, the output "
10772
"should look similar to this:"
10773
msgstr ""
10774
10775
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31(example/code)
10776
#, no-wrap
10777
msgid ""
10778
"*-network\n"
10779
" description: Wireless interface\n"
10780
" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
10781
" vendor: Intel Corporation\n"
10782
" physical id: 0\n"
10783
" bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
10784
" logical name: wlan0\n"
10785
" version: 02\n"
10786
" serial: 00:1b:77:11:5a:a7\n"
10787
" width: 32 bits\n"
10788
" clock: 33MHz\n"
10789
" capabilities: pm msi pciexpress bus_master cap_list ethernet physical "
10790
"wireless\n"
10791
" configuration: broadcast=yes driver=iwl3945 driverversion=2.6.38.2-"
10792
"9.fc15.i686\n"
10793
" firmware=15.32.2.9 ip=192.168.1.42 latency=0 link=yes multicast=yes\n"
10794
" wireless=IEEE 802.11abg\n"
10795
" resources: irq:46 memory:edf00000-edf00fff"
10796
msgstr ""
10797
10798
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(page/p)
10799
msgid ""
10800
"If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the <link xref=\"net-"
10801
"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers page</link>."
10802
msgstr ""
10803
10804
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(page/p)
10805
msgid ""
10806
"If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to locate "
10807
"the hardware information."
10808
msgstr ""
10809
10810
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54(section/title)
10811
msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"
10812
msgstr ""
10813
10814
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:55(section/p)
10815
msgid ""
10816
"Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, you "
10817
"need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your "
10818
"adapter."
10819
msgstr ""
10820
10821
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:56(section/p)
10822
msgid ""
10823
"The steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to "
10824
"the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use "
10825
"with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
10826
msgstr ""
10827
10828
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:57(note/p)
10829
msgid ""
10830
"Internal PCI adapters are most common, and are found on laptops made within "
10831
"the past few years. PCMCIA adapters are external, card-style adapters, and "
10832
"are more common on older laptops."
10833
msgstr ""
10834
10835
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/title)
10836
msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"
10837
msgstr ""
10838
10839
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(section/p)
10840
msgid ""
10841
"To check if your computer can recognize your PCI wireless adapter, enter "
10842
"<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
10843
"list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."
10844
msgstr ""
10845
10846
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(section/p)
10847
msgid ""
10848
"Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name and "
10849
"model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a PCI "
10850
"device listing may look like:"
10851
msgstr ""
10852
10853
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(example/p)
10854
msgid ""
10855
"<code>Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] "
10856
"Network Connection</code>"
10857
msgstr ""
10858
10859
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(section/p)
10860
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(section/p)
10861
msgid ""
10862
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
10863
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
10864
"Drivers</link> page. If the above command does not show any output related "
10865
"to your wireless adapter, see the instructions at the bottom of this page."
10866
msgstr ""
10867
10868
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:68(section/title)
10869
msgid "Checking for a USB device"
10870
msgstr ""
10871
10872
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:69(section/p)
10873
msgid ""
10874
"To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter "
10875
"<cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
10876
"list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."
10877
msgstr ""
10878
10879
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:70(section/p)
10880
msgid ""
10881
"Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model "
10882
"number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the "
10883
"<cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"
10884
msgstr ""
10885
10886
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(example/p)
10887
msgid ""
10888
"<code>Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
10889
"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card</code>"
10890
msgstr ""
10891
10892
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(section/title)
10893
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
10894
msgstr ""
10895
10896
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(section/p)
10897
msgid ""
10898
"To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the "
10899
"following steps:"
10900
msgstr ""
10901
10902
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
10903
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
10904
msgstr ""
10905
10906
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
10907
msgid "Log in when/if prompted."
10908
msgstr ""
10909
10910
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
10911
msgid ""
10912
"When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following "
10913
"command:"
10914
msgstr ""
10915
10916
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(item/p)
10917
msgid "<cmd>sudo tail -f /var/log/messages</cmd>"
10918
msgstr ""
10919
10920
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84(item/p)
10921
msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."
10922
msgstr ""
10923
10924
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:85(item/p)
10925
msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."
10926
msgstr ""
10927
10928
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
10929
msgid ""
10930
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
10931
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
10932
"Drivers</link> page."
10933
msgstr ""
10934
10935
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(note/p)
10936
msgid ""
10937
"If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may mean "
10938
"that your device is not working, or that your device is not supported by "
10939
"your operating system."
10940
msgstr ""
10941
10942
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:91(note/p)
10943
msgid ""
10944
"To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to your "
10945
"operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), or post a "
10946
"message to an appropriate mailing list."
10947
msgstr ""
10948
10949
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/title)
10950
msgid "Gather information about your hardware"
10951
msgstr ""
10952
10953
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
10954
msgid ""
10955
"To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items and "
10956
"some information. Although you might not have all of these items, collect "
10957
"what you can:"
10958
msgstr ""
10959
10960
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27(item/p)
10961
msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"
10962
msgstr ""
10963
10964
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(item/p)
10965
msgid ""
10966
"The packaging and contents for your device (particularly the user guide for "
10967
"your router)"
10968
msgstr ""
10969
10970
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
10971
msgid "A driver disc - even if it only contains Windows drivers"
10972
msgstr ""
10973
10974
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30(item/p)
10975
msgid ""
10976
"If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for "
10977
"downloading software and drivers"
10978
msgstr ""
10979
10980
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33(page/p)
10981
msgid ""
10982
"It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, just "
10983
"collect what you can:"
10984
msgstr ""
10985
10986
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
10987
msgid ""
10988
"The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and router"
10989
msgstr ""
10990
10991
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(item/p)
10992
msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"
10993
msgstr ""
10994
10995
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:37(item/p)
10996
msgid ""
10997
"Any version numbers that may be printed on your devices or their packaging. "
10998
"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
10999
msgstr ""
11000
11001
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
11002
msgid ""
11003
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself or the "
11004
"components it uses. Wireless implementation chips are often operated by "
11005
"firmware, a type of software written specifically for that chip."
11006
msgstr ""
11007
11008
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40(page/p)
11009
msgid ""
11010
"Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in the "
11011
"upper-right portion of this page to continue."
11012
msgstr ""
11013
11014
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(page/title)
11015
msgid "Perform an initial check"
11016
msgstr ""
11017
11018
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:26(page/p)
11019
msgid ""
11020
"Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity information."
11021
msgstr ""
11022
11023
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(item/p)
11024
msgid ""
11025
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
11026
"connection."
11027
msgstr ""
11028
11029
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
11030
msgid ""
11031
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a wireless-USB adapter, or "
11032
"a PCMCIA card), make sure that it is inserted into the proper slot on your "
11033
"computer."
11034
msgstr ""
11035
11036
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(item/p)
11037
msgid ""
11038
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that your "
11039
"wireless adapter switch is turned on."
11040
msgstr ""
11041
11042
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(item/p)
11043
msgid ""
11044
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and make sure that the "
11045
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
11046
msgstr ""
11047
11048
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
11049
msgid ""
11050
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), and "
11051
"enter the following command:"
11052
msgstr ""
11053
11054
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33(item/p)
11055
msgid "<cmd>nm-tool</cmd>"
11056
msgstr ""
11057
11058
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:36(page/p)
11059
msgid ""
11060
"The <app>nm-tool</app> program will display information about your network "
11061
"hardware and connection status. If output from the wireless connection "
11062
"section contains the text, <code>State: Connected</code>, it means that your "
11063
"wireless adapter is working and it is connected to your wireless router."
11064
msgstr ""
11065
11066
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(page/p)
11067
msgid ""
11068
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
11069
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
11070
"Service Provider (ISP) may be experiencing some technical problems. Review "
11071
"your router and ISP setup guides, or contact your ISP for support."
11072
msgstr ""
11073
11074
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39(page/p)
11075
msgid ""
11076
"If the output from the <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> command did not indicate that you "
11077
"were connected to the network, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
11078
"troubleshooting-hardware-info\">next portion</link> of the troubleshooting "
11079
"guide."
11080
msgstr ""
11081
11082
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
11083
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
11084
msgstr ""
11085
11086
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
11087
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
11088
msgstr ""
11089
11090
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
11091
msgid ""
11092
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
11093
"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
11094
"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
11095
"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
11096
"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
11097
"the second version of the WPA standard."
11098
msgstr ""
11099
11100
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
11101
msgid ""
11102
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
11103
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
11104
"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
11105
"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
11106
"wireless network."
11107
msgstr ""
11108
11109
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(info/desc)
11110
msgid ""
11111
"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
11112
msgstr ""
11113
11114
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(page/title)
11115
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
11116
msgstr ""
11117
11118
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(page/p)
11119
msgid ""
11120
"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
11121
"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
11122
"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
11123
"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
11124
"following:"
11125
msgstr ""
11126
11127
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(item/p)
11128
msgid ""
11129
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
11130
"<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
11131
msgstr ""
11132
11133
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(item/p)
11134
msgid ""
11135
"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
11136
"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
11137
msgstr ""
11138
11139
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(page/p)
11140
msgid ""
11141
"If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select "
11142
"it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the "
11143
"network menu on the top panel - just as you would connect to any other "
11144
"wireless network."
11145
msgstr ""
11146
11147
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10(info/desc)
11148
msgid ""
11149
"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
11150
msgstr ""
11151
11152
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21(page/title)
11153
msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
11154
msgstr ""
11155
11156
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28(page/p)
11157
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
11158
msgstr ""
11159
11160
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(quote/p)
11161
msgid ""
11162
"<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
11163
"that it may be old or broken.</em>"
11164
msgstr ""
11165
11166
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33(page/p)
11167
msgid ""
11168
"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
11169
"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
11170
"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
11171
msgstr ""
11172
11173
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35(page/p)
11174
msgid ""
11175
"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
11176
"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
11177
"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
11178
"shown when this happens."
11179
msgstr ""
11180
11181
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37(page/p)
11182
msgid ""
11183
"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
11184
"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
11185
"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
11186
msgstr ""
11187
11188
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:9(info/desc)
11189
msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."
11190
msgstr ""
11191
11192
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:24(page/title)
11193
msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
11194
msgstr ""
11195
11196
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:26(page/p)
11197
msgid ""
11198
"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the <em>time "
11199
"remaining</em> it reports is different to how long the battery "
11200
"<em>actually</em> lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery "
11201
"life can only be estimated. The estimates should get better over time, "
11202
"though."
11203
msgstr ""
11204
11205
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/p)
11206
msgid ""
11207
"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
11208
"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
11209
"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
11210
"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
11211
"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
11212
"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
11213
msgstr ""
11214
11215
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
11216
msgid ""
11217
"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
11218
"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
11219
"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
11220
msgstr ""
11221
11222
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:32(page/p)
11223
msgid ""
11224
"As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge "
11225
"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
11226
"will never be completely accurate, though."
11227
msgstr ""
11228
11229
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(note/p)
11230
msgid ""
11231
"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
11232
"days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
11233
"make a sensible estimate."
11234
msgstr ""
11235
11236
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(note/p)
11237
msgid ""
11238
"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
11239
"it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the "
11240
"data it needs."
11241
msgstr ""
11242
11243
#: C/power-batterylife.page:9(info/desc)
11244
msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
11245
msgstr ""
11246
11247
#: C/power-batterylife.page:24(page/title)
11248
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
11249
msgstr ""
11250
11251
#: C/power-batterylife.page:26(page/p)
11252
msgid ""
11253
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
11254
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
11255
"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
11256
"on battery power."
11257
msgstr ""
11258
11259
#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(section/title)
11260
msgid "General tips"
11261
msgstr ""
11262
11263
#: C/power-batterylife.page:33(item/p)
11264
msgid ""
11265
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shut-down\">Suspend your computer</link> when you "
11266
"are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, "
11267
"and it can be woken up very quickly."
11268
msgstr ""
11269
11270
#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(item/p)
11271
msgid ""
11272
"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
11273
"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
11274
"faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."
11275
msgstr ""
11276
11277
#: C/power-batterylife.page:39(item/p)
11278
msgid ""
11279
"Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There "
11280
"are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link "
11281
"xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it "
11282
"to sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the "
11283
"display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link "
11284
"xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you "
11285
"haven't used it for a certain period of time."
11286
msgstr ""
11287
11288
#: C/power-batterylife.page:42(item/p)
11289
msgid ""
11290
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
11291
"using them."
11292
msgstr ""
11293
11294
#: C/power-batterylife.page:48(section/title)
11295
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
11296
msgstr ""
11297
11298
#: C/power-batterylife.page:52(item/p)
11299
msgid ""
11300
"<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; "
11301
"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
11302
"consumption."
11303
msgstr ""
11304
11305
#: C/power-batterylife.page:53(item/p)
11306
msgid ""
11307
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
11308
"can use to reduce the brightness."
11309
msgstr ""
11310
11311
#: C/power-batterylife.page:56(item/p)
11312
msgid ""
11313
"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
11314
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
11315
"which takes quite a bit of power."
11316
msgstr ""
11317
11318
#: C/power-batterylife.page:57(item/p)
11319
msgid ""
11320
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
11321
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
11322
"turn it on again when you need it."
11323
msgstr ""
11324
11325
#: C/power-batterylife.page:63(section/title)
11326
msgid "More advanced tips"
11327
msgstr ""
11328
11329
#: C/power-batterylife.page:67(item/p)
11330
msgid ""
11331
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
11332
"more power when they have more work to do."
11333
msgstr ""
11334
11335
#: C/power-batterylife.page:68(item/p)
11336
msgid ""
11337
"Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively "
11338
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
11339
"internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact "
11340
"your power consumption."
11341
msgstr ""
11342
11343
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:9(info/desc)
11344
msgid "Tips such as \"Don't let the battery charge get too low\""
11345
msgstr ""
11346
11347
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:24(page/title)
11348
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
11349
msgstr ""
11350
11351
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:26(page/p)
11352
msgid ""
11353
"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
11354
"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
11355
"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
11356
msgstr ""
11357
11358
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(item/p)
11359
msgid ""
11360
"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
11361
"the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged "
11362
"is more efficient."
11363
msgstr ""
11364
11365
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:33(item/p)
11366
msgid ""
11367
"Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let "
11368
"the battery get any warmer than it has to."
11369
msgstr ""
11370
11371
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
11372
msgid ""
11373
"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
11374
"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
11375
"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
11376
msgstr ""
11377
11378
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:41(note/p)
11379
msgid ""
11380
"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
11381
"are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."
11382
msgstr ""
11383
11384
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
11385
msgid ""
11386
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
11387
msgstr ""
11388
11389
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
11390
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
11391
msgstr ""
11392
11393
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
11394
msgid ""
11395
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
11396
"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
11397
"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
11398
"should last longer."
11399
msgstr ""
11400
11401
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:23(page/p)
11402
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
11403
msgstr ""
11404
11405
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:7(info/desc)
11406
msgid ""
11407
"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
11408
"cause of this problem."
11409
msgstr ""
11410
11411
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:21(page/title)
11412
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
11413
msgstr ""
11414
11415
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:23(page/p)
11416
msgid ""
11417
"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
11418
"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
11419
"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
11420
"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
11421
"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
11422
"them in Linux is difficult."
11423
msgstr ""
11424
11425
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25(page/p)
11426
msgid ""
11427
"Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
11428
"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
11429
"xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. "
11430
"If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
11431
"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
11432
msgstr ""
11433
11434
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:27(page/p)
11435
msgid ""
11436
"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
11437
"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
11438
"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
11439
"different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more "
11440
"information."
11441
msgstr ""
11442
11443
#: C/power-brighter.page:11(info/desc)
11444
msgid ""
11445
"Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
11446
"change the brightness."
11447
msgstr ""
11448
11449
#: C/power-brighter.page:21(page/title)
11450
msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
11451
msgstr ""
11452
11453
#: C/power-brighter.page:23(page/p)
11454
msgid ""
11455
"If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness "
11456
"controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are "
11457
"often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, "
11458
"you must hold-down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of "
11459
"the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might "
11460
"press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness "
11461
"and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."
11462
msgstr ""
11463
11464
#: C/power-brighter.page:25(page/p)
11465
msgid ""
11466
"You can also change the brightness by clicking the icon at the very right of "
11467
"the <gui>top panel</gui>, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then "
11468
"opening the <gui>Screen</gui> preferences."
11469
msgstr ""
11470
11471
#: C/power-brighter.page:27(page/p)
11472
msgid ""
11473
"If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
11474
"monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very "
11475
"much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
11476
"brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen "
11477
"menus."
11478
msgstr ""
11479
11480
#: C/power-brighter.page:29(page/p)
11481
msgid ""
11482
"If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
11483
"bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or "
11484
"<em>gamma</em> settings of the screen instead. Not all screens allow you to "
11485
"change both of these settings, however."
11486
msgstr ""
11487
11488
#: C/power-closelid.page:9(info/desc)
11489
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
11490
msgstr ""
11491
11492
#: C/power-closelid.page:19(page/title)
11493
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
11494
msgstr ""
11495
11496
#: C/power-closelid.page:21(page/p)
11497
msgid ""
11498
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <em>suspend</em> "
11499
"in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned "
11500
"off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If "
11501
"it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still "
11502
"doesn't work, press the power button."
11503
msgstr ""
11504
11505
#: C/power-closelid.page:23(page/p)
11506
msgid ""
11507
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
11508
"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux "
11509
"drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to "
11510
"wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link "
11511
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can "
11512
"prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
11513
msgstr ""
11514
11515
#: C/power-closelid.page:26(section/title)
11516
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
11517
msgstr ""
11518
11519
#: C/power-closelid.page:27(section/p)
11520
msgid ""
11521
"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
11522
"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
11523
"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
11524
msgstr ""
11525
11526
#: C/power-closelid.page:29(note/p)
11527
msgid ""
11528
"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
11529
"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
11530
"confined place like a backpack."
11531
msgstr ""
11532
11533
#: C/power-closelid.page:35(item/p)
11534
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
11535
msgstr ""
11536
11537
#: C/power-closelid.page:38(item/p)
11538
msgid ""
11539
"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
11540
"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
11541
msgstr ""
11542
11543
#: C/power-closelid.page:39(item/screen)
11544
#, no-wrap
11545
msgid ""
11546
"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-"
11547
"action blank"
11548
msgstr ""
11549
11550
#: C/power-closelid.page:42(item/p)
11551
msgid ""
11552
"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
11553
"press <key>Enter</key>:"
11554
msgstr ""
11555
11556
#: C/power-closelid.page:43(item/screen)
11557
#, no-wrap
11558
msgid ""
11559
"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action "
11560
"blank"
11561
msgstr ""
11562
11563
#: C/power-closelid.page:46(section/p)
11564
msgid ""
11565
"There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,\" "
11566
"which causes the computer to do nothing."
11567
msgstr ""
11568
11569
#: C/power-constantfan.page:8(info/desc)
11570
msgid ""
11571
"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
11572
"hot."
11573
msgstr ""
11574
11575
#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
11576
msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
11577
msgstr ""
11578
11579
#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
11580
msgid ""
11581
"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
11582
"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
11583
"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
11584
"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
11585
"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
11586
msgstr ""
11587
11588
#: C/power-constantfan.page:23(page/p)
11589
msgid ""
11590
"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
11591
"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
11592
"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
11593
"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
11594
"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
11595
"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
11596
"your computer."
11597
msgstr ""
11598
11599
#: C/power-constantfan.page:25(page/p)
11600
msgid ""
11601
"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
11602
"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
11603
"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
11604
"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
11605
"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
11606
"laptop which may help."
11607
msgstr ""
11608
11609
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:8(info/desc)
11610
msgid ""
11611
"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
11612
"can be damaging."
11613
msgstr ""
11614
11615
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:18(page/title)
11616
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
11617
msgstr ""
11618
11619
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/p)
11620
msgid ""
11621
"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
11622
"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
11623
"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
11624
"which can potentially cause damage."
11625
msgstr ""
11626
11627
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
11628
msgid ""
11629
"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
11630
"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
11631
"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
11632
"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
11633
"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
11634
"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
11635
"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
11636
"cooling."
11637
msgstr ""
11638
11639
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:24(page/p)
11640
msgid ""
11641
"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
11642
"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
11643
"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
11644
"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
11645
"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
11646
"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
11647
"air fast enough."
11648
msgstr ""
11649
11650
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:26(page/p)
11651
msgid ""
11652
"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
11653
"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
11654
"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
11655
"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
11656
"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
11657
"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
11658
msgstr ""
11659
11660
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28(page/p)
11661
msgid ""
11662
"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in "
11663
"order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting "
11664
"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
11665
"probably need to get it repaired."
11666
msgstr ""
11667
11668
#: C/power-lowpower.page:7(info/desc)
11669
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
11670
msgstr ""
11671
11672
#: C/power-lowpower.page:17(page/title)
11673
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
11674
msgstr ""
11675
11676
#: C/power-lowpower.page:19(page/p)
11677
msgid ""
11678
"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
11679
"automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents "
11680
"and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the "
11681
"battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If "
11682
"the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down "
11683
"properly either."
11684
msgstr ""
11685
11686
#: C/power-lowpower.page:21(page/p)
11687
msgid ""
11688
"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
11689
"the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and selecting "
11690
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>. Look at the <gui>When power is critically "
11691
"low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut "
11692
"down; if you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will "
11693
"not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
11694
msgstr ""
11695
11696
#: C/power-lowpower.page:23(page/p)
11697
msgid ""
11698
"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
11699
"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
11700
"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
11701
"didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
11702
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
11703
msgstr ""
11704
11705
#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
11706
msgid ""
11707
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to "
11708
"sleep and don't wake up again properly."
11709
msgstr ""
11710
11711
#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(page/title)
11712
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
11713
msgstr ""
11714
11715
#: C/power-nowireless.page:23(page/p)
11716
msgid ""
11717
"If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you "
11718
"may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake "
11719
"it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-"
11720
"driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. "
11721
"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
11722
"computer wakes up."
11723
msgstr ""
11724
11725
#: C/power-nowireless.page:25(page/p)
11726
msgid ""
11727
"If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. "
11728
"If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on "
11729
"again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be "
11730
"used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio "
11731
"beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and "
11732
"unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-"
11733
"checking it."
11734
msgstr ""
11735
11736
#: C/power-nowireless.page:27(page/p)
11737
msgid ""
11738
"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless "
11739
"working again."
11740
msgstr ""
11741
11742
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
11743
msgid ""
11744
"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
11745
"travel adapter."
11746
msgstr ""
11747
11748
#: C/power-othercountry.page:22(page/title)
11749
msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"
11750
msgstr ""
11751
11752
#: C/power-othercountry.page:24(page/p)
11753
msgid ""
11754
"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
11755
"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
11756
"should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an "
11757
"appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
11758
msgstr ""
11759
11760
#: C/power-othercountry.page:26(page/p)
11761
msgid ""
11762
"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
11763
"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
11764
"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
11765
"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
11766
msgstr ""
11767
11768
#: C/power-othercountry.page:28(page/p)
11769
msgid ""
11770
"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
11771
"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
11772
"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
11773
"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
11774
"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
11775
"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
11776
"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
11777
msgstr ""
11778
11779
#: C/power-othercountry.page:31(note/p)
11780
msgid ""
11781
"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
11782
"everything off first if you can."
11783
msgstr ""
11784
11785
#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
11786
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
11787
msgstr ""
11788
11789
#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
11790
msgid ""
11791
"<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
11792
"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
11793
"dimming</link>..."
11794
msgstr ""
11795
11796
#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
11797
msgid "Power & battery"
11798
msgstr ""
11799
11800
#: C/power.page:27(section/title)
11801
msgid "Battery settings"
11802
msgstr ""
11803
11804
#: C/power.page:32(info/title)
11805
msgctxt "link"
11806
msgid "Power problems"
11807
msgstr ""
11808
11809
#: C/power.page:33(info/desc)
11810
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
11811
msgstr ""
11812
11813
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:9(info/desc)
11814
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."
11815
msgstr ""
11816
11817
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20(page/title)
11818
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"
11819
msgstr ""
11820
11821
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27(page/p)
11822
msgid ""
11823
"If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to "
11824
"wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you "
11825
"expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly "
11826
"by your hardware."
11827
msgstr ""
11828
11829
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:30(section/title)
11830
msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"
11831
msgstr ""
11832
11833
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:31(section/p)
11834
msgid ""
11835
"If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or "
11836
"click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your "
11837
"password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold "
11838
"it in; just press it once)."
11839
msgstr ""
11840
11841
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(section/p)
11842
msgid ""
11843
"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
11844
"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
11845
msgstr ""
11846
11847
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/p)
11848
msgid ""
11849
"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for 5-"
11850
"10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be "
11851
"able to turn on the computer again, though."
11852
msgstr ""
11853
11854
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
11855
msgid ""
11856
"If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend "
11857
"feature may not work with your hardware."
11858
msgstr ""
11859
11860
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/title)
11861
msgid ""
11862
"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
11863
msgstr ""
11864
11865
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39(section/p)
11866
msgid ""
11867
"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
11868
"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
11869
"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
11870
"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
11871
"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
11872
"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
11873
"instead of hibernating."
11874
msgstr ""
11875
11876
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(section/p)
11877
msgid ""
11878
"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
11879
"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
11880
"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
11881
"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, "
11882
"it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
11883
msgstr ""
11884
11885
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:45(section/title)
11886
msgid ""
11887
"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
11888
"computer"
11889
msgstr ""
11890
11891
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(section/p)
11892
msgid ""
11893
"If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up "
11894
"again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other "
11895
"device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver "
11896
"doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
11897
"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
11898
msgstr ""
11899
11900
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(section/p)
11901
msgid ""
11902
"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
11903
"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
11904
"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
11905
"works."
11906
msgstr ""
11907
11908
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(section/p)
11909
msgid ""
11910
"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may "
11911
"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
11912
msgstr ""
11913
11914
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:8(info/desc)
11915
msgid ""
11916
"Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely "
11917
"switches off the power."
11918
msgstr ""
11919
11920
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:19(page/title)
11921
msgid "What happens when I suspend or hibernate the computer?"
11922
msgstr ""
11923
11924
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:30(page/p)
11925
msgid ""
11926
"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
11927
"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
11928
"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
11929
"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
11930
"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try "
11931
"pressing the power button."
11932
msgstr ""
11933
11934
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:32(page/p)
11935
msgid ""
11936
"When you <em>hibernate</em> the computer, all of your applications and "
11937
"documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer "
11938
"completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting "
11939
"down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch "
11940
"on the computer again."
11941
msgstr ""
11942
11943
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:34(page/p)
11944
msgid ""
11945
"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
11946
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
11947
"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your "
11948
"computer to see if it does work."
11949
msgstr ""
11950
11951
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:37(note/title)
11952
msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"
11953
msgstr ""
11954
11955
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:38(note/p)
11956
msgid ""
11957
"You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the "
11958
"computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and "
11959
"documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
11960
msgstr ""
11961
11962
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:7(info/desc)
11963
msgid ""
11964
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for the "
11965
"option to change this."
11966
msgstr ""
11967
11968
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:17(page/title)
11969
msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
11970
msgstr ""
11971
11972
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:19(page/p)
11973
msgid ""
11974
"When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up "
11975
"asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, send "
11976
"it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options happens "
11977
"automatically when you press the power button, rather than showing this "
11978
"window."
11979
msgstr ""
11980
11981
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:22(item/p)
11982
msgid ""
11983
"Click the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
11984
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>."
11985
msgstr ""
11986
11987
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:24(item/p)
11988
msgid ""
11989
"Change the option labeled <gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For "
11990
"example, if you choose <gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep "
11991
"when you press the power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
11992
msgstr ""
11993
11994
#: C/power-whydim.page:9(info/desc)
11995
msgid ""
11996
"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
11997
"computer is idle in order to save power."
11998
msgstr ""
11999
12000
#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
12001
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
12002
msgstr ""
12003
12004
#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
12005
msgid ""
12006
"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
12007
"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
12008
"computer again, the screen will brighten."
12009
msgstr ""
12010
12011
#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
12012
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
12013
msgstr ""
12014
12015
#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
12016
msgid ""
12017
"Open <gui>Screen</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
12018
msgstr ""
12019
12020
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:9(info/desc)
12021
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
12022
msgstr ""
12023
12024
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
12025
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
12026
msgstr ""
12027
12028
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
12029
msgid ""
12030
"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
12031
"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
12032
msgstr ""
12033
12034
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:31(section/title)
12035
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
12036
msgstr ""
12037
12038
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/p)
12039
msgid ""
12040
"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
12041
"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
12042
"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
12043
"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
12044
"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."
12045
msgstr ""
12046
12047
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:36(section/title)
12048
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
12049
msgstr ""
12050
12051
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(section/p)
12052
msgid ""
12053
"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
12054
"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
12055
"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the "
12056
"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
12057
msgstr ""
12058
12059
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:41(section/title)
12060
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
12061
msgstr ""
12062
12063
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/p)
12064
msgid ""
12065
"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
12066
"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
12067
"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
12068
"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
12069
"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
12070
"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
12071
"for repairs."
12072
msgstr ""
12073
12074
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:46(section/title)
12075
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
12076
msgstr ""
12077
12078
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(section/p)
12079
msgid ""
12080
"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
12081
msgstr ""
12082
12083
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(section/p)
12084
msgid ""
12085
"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
12086
"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
12087
"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
12088
msgstr ""
12089
12090
#: C/prefs.page:8(info/title)
12091
msgctxt "link:trail"
12092
msgid "Settings"
12093
msgstr ""
12094
12095
#: C/prefs.page:15(info/desc)
12096
msgid ""
12097
"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
12098
"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
12099
"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
12100
"accounts</link>..."
12101
msgstr ""
12102
12103
#: C/prefs.page:25(page/title)
12104
msgid "User & system settings"
12105
msgstr ""
12106
12107
#: C/prefs-language.page:14(info/desc)
12108
msgid ""
12109
"<link xref=\"session-language\">Change language</link>, <link "
12110
"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
12111
msgstr ""
12112
12113
#: C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
12114
msgid "Language & region"
12115
msgstr ""
12116
12117
#: C/prefs-display.page:14(info/desc)
12118
msgid ""
12119
"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
12120
"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-"
12121
"dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."
12122
msgstr ""
12123
12124
#: C/prefs-display.page:23(page/title)
12125
msgid "Display & screen"
12126
msgstr ""
12127
12128
#: C/printing.page:14(info/desc)
12129
msgid ""
12130
"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
12131
"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
12132
"and multi-page</link>..."
12133
msgstr ""
12134
12135
#: C/printing.page:35(info/title)
12136
msgctxt "link:trail"
12137
msgid "Setup"
12138
msgstr ""
12139
12140
#: C/printing.page:37(section/title)
12141
msgid "Set up a printer"
12142
msgstr ""
12143
12144
#: C/printing.page:42(info/title)
12145
msgctxt "link:trail"
12146
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
12147
msgstr ""
12148
12149
#: C/printing.page:44(section/title)
12150
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
12151
msgstr ""
12152
12153
#: C/printing.page:50(info/desc)
12154
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
12155
msgstr ""
12156
12157
#: C/printing.page:52(section/title)
12158
msgid "Printer problems"
12159
msgstr ""
12160
12161
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
12162
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
12163
msgstr ""
12164
12165
#: C/printing-2sided.page:22(page/title)
12166
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
12167
msgstr ""
12168
12169
#: C/printing-2sided.page:24(page/p)
12170
msgid "You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
12171
msgstr ""
12172
12173
#: C/printing-2sided.page:30(item/p)
12174
#: C/printing-order.page:35(item/p)
12175
#: C/printing-order.page:52(item/p)
12176
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
12177
msgstr ""
12178
12179
#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
12180
msgid ""
12181
"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
12182
"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
12183
"sided printing is not available for your printer."
12184
msgstr ""
12185
12186
#: C/printing-2sided.page:38(item/p)
12187
msgid ""
12188
"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
12189
"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
12190
msgstr ""
12191
12192
#: C/printing-2sided.page:43(item/p)
12193
msgid ""
12194
"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
12195
"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
12196
msgstr ""
12197
12198
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
12199
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
12200
msgstr ""
12201
12202
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:22(page/title)
12203
msgid "Cancel a print job"
12204
msgstr ""
12205
12206
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24(page/p)
12207
msgid ""
12208
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
12209
"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon in "
12210
"the <gui>menu bar</gui>. In the <gui>Print Status</gui> window, select the "
12211
"print job you want to cancel and click the red <gui>Cancel</gui> button."
12212
msgstr ""
12213
12214
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:27(page/p)
12215
msgid ""
12216
"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
12217
"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
12218
msgstr ""
12219
12220
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
12221
msgid ""
12222
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
12223
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
12224
"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
12225
"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
12226
"and then on again."
12227
msgstr ""
12228
12229
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(note/p)
12230
msgid ""
12231
"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
12232
"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
12233
"probably just leave it where it is."
12234
msgstr ""
12235
12236
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
12237
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
12238
msgstr ""
12239
12240
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:24(page/title)
12241
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
12242
msgstr ""
12243
12244
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:26(page/p)
12245
msgid ""
12246
"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
12247
"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
12248
"document."
12249
msgstr ""
12250
12251
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30(item/p)
12252
#: C/printing-select.page:23(item/p)
12253
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
12254
msgstr ""
12255
12256
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31(item/p)
12257
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
12258
msgstr ""
12259
12260
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
12261
msgid ""
12262
"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
12263
"drop-down list."
12264
msgstr ""
12265
12266
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
12267
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
12268
msgstr ""
12269
12270
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(page/p)
12271
msgid ""
12272
"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
12273
"orientation:"
12274
msgstr ""
12275
12276
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:41(p/gui)
12277
msgid "Portrait"
12278
msgstr ""
12279
12280
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42(p/gui)
12281
msgid "Landscape"
12282
msgstr ""
12283
12284
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
12285
msgid "Reverse portrait"
12286
msgstr ""
12287
12288
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
12289
msgid "Reverse landscape"
12290
msgstr ""
12291
12292
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
12293
msgid ""
12294
"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
12295
"the correct paper size."
12296
msgstr ""
12297
12298
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:22(page/title)
12299
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
12300
msgstr ""
12301
12302
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/p)
12303
msgid ""
12304
"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
12305
"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
12306
"example."
12307
msgstr ""
12308
12309
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29(section/title)
12310
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
12311
msgstr ""
12312
12313
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/p)
12314
msgid ""
12315
"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
12316
"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
12317
"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
12318
"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>paper type</gui> as "
12319
"\"envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the "
12320
"<gui>paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of "
12321
"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
12322
msgstr ""
12323
12324
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:39(section/p)
12325
msgid ""
12326
"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
12327
"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
12328
"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
12329
"which way is the right way up."
12330
msgstr ""
12331
12332
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:45(note/p)
12333
msgid ""
12334
"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
12335
"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
12336
"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelop in."
12337
msgstr ""
12338
12339
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
12340
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
12341
msgstr ""
12342
12343
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:18(page/title)
12344
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
12345
msgstr ""
12346
12347
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20(page/p)
12348
msgid ""
12349
"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
12350
"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
12351
"installed on your computer."
12352
msgstr ""
12353
12354
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:24(page/p)
12355
msgid ""
12356
"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
12357
"information."
12358
msgstr ""
12359
12360
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:27(page/p)
12361
msgid ""
12362
"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
12363
"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
12364
"proprietary drivers with similar features."
12365
msgstr ""
12366
12367
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:31(page/p)
12368
msgid ""
12369
"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
12370
"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
12371
"printers. See if your printer is on the <link "
12372
"href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported "
12373
"models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other "
12374
"printers is <app>mktink</app>."
12375
msgstr ""
12376
12377
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:38(page/p)
12378
msgid ""
12379
"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
12380
"designed to report their ink levels."
12381
msgstr ""
12382
12383
#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
12384
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
12385
msgstr ""
12386
12387
#: C/printing-order.page:22(page/title)
12388
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
12389
msgstr ""
12390
12391
#: C/printing-order.page:25(section/title)
12392
msgid "Reverse"
12393
msgstr ""
12394
12395
#: C/printing-order.page:28(section/p)
12396
msgid ""
12397
"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
12398
"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
12399
"reverse this printing order."
12400
msgstr ""
12401
12402
#: C/printing-order.page:31(section/p)
12403
msgid "To reverse the order:"
12404
msgstr ""
12405
12406
#: C/printing-order.page:36(item/p)
12407
msgid ""
12408
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
12409
"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
12410
msgstr ""
12411
12412
#: C/printing-order.page:41(section/title)
12413
msgid "Collate"
12414
msgstr ""
12415
12416
#: C/printing-order.page:44(section/p)
12417
msgid ""
12418
"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
12419
"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
12420
"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
12421
"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
12422
"instead."
12423
msgstr ""
12424
12425
#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
12426
msgid "To Collate:"
12427
msgstr ""
12428
12429
#: C/printing-order.page:53(item/p)
12430
msgid ""
12431
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
12432
"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
12433
msgstr ""
12434
12435
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
12436
msgid ""
12437
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
12438
"you have."
12439
msgstr ""
12440
12441
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:18(page/title)
12442
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
12443
msgstr ""
12444
12445
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/p)
12446
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
12447
msgstr ""
12448
12449
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
12450
msgid ""
12451
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
12452
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
12453
"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
12454
"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
12455
msgstr ""
12456
12457
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
12458
msgid ""
12459
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
12460
"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
12461
"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
12462
"print job again."
12463
msgstr ""
12464
12465
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
12466
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
12467
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
12468
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
12469
#: C/printing-select.page:32(media)
12470
msgctxt "_"
12471
msgid ""
12472
"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
12473
"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
12474
msgstr ""
12475
12476
#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
12477
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
12478
msgstr ""
12479
12480
#: C/printing-select.page:17(page/title)
12481
msgid "Print only certain pages"
12482
msgstr ""
12483
12484
#: C/printing-select.page:19(page/p)
12485
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
12486
msgstr ""
12487
12488
#: C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
12489
msgid ""
12490
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
12491
"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
12492
msgstr ""
12493
12494
#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
12495
msgid ""
12496
"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
12497
"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
12498
msgstr ""
12499
12500
#: C/printing-select.page:29(note/p)
12501
msgid ""
12502
"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
12503
"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
12504
msgstr ""
12505
12506
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
12507
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
12508
msgstr ""
12509
12510
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26(page/title)
12511
msgid "Set the default printer"
12512
msgstr ""
12513
12514
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(page/p)
12515
msgid ""
12516
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
12517
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
12518
msgstr ""
12519
12520
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31(item/p)
12521
msgid ""
12522
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12523
"right of the top panel and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12524
msgstr ""
12525
12526
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(item/p)
12527
msgid ""
12528
"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available "
12529
"printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
12530
msgstr ""
12531
12532
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(page/p)
12533
msgid ""
12534
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
12535
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
12536
msgstr ""
12537
12538
#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
12539
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
12540
msgstr ""
12541
12542
#: C/printing-setup.page:34(page/title)
12543
msgid "Set up a local printer"
12544
msgstr ""
12545
12546
#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/p)
12547
msgid ""
12548
"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
12549
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
12550
"your computer."
12551
msgstr ""
12552
12553
#: C/printing-setup.page:44(item/p)
12554
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
12555
msgstr ""
12556
12557
#: C/printing-setup.page:47(item/p)
12558
msgid ""
12559
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
12560
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
12561
"asked to authenticate to install them."
12562
msgstr ""
12563
12564
#: C/printing-setup.page:50(item/p)
12565
msgid ""
12566
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
12567
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or Configure to make "
12568
"additional changes in the printer setup."
12569
msgstr ""
12570
12571
#: C/printing-setup.page:54(page/p)
12572
msgid ""
12573
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
12574
"settings."
12575
msgstr ""
12576
12577
#: C/printing-setup.page:58(item/p)
12578
msgid ""
12579
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12580
"right of the top panel and and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12581
msgstr ""
12582
12583
#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
12584
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
12585
msgstr ""
12586
12587
#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p)
12588
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
12589
msgstr ""
12590
12591
#: C/printing-setup.page:63(item/p)
12592
msgid ""
12593
"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. "
12594
"When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
12595
msgstr ""
12596
12597
#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
12598
msgid ""
12599
"You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
12600
msgstr ""
12601
12602
#: C/printing-setup.page:69(note/p)
12603
msgid ""
12604
"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked "
12605
"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the "
12606
"make and model screens."
12607
msgstr ""
12608
12609
#: C/printing-setup.page:74(page/p)
12610
msgid ""
12611
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
12612
"default-printer\"> change your default printer</link>."
12613
msgstr ""
12614
12615
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
12616
msgid ""
12617
"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
12618
"or clean the print head."
12619
msgstr ""
12620
12621
#: C/printing-streaks.page:19(page/title)
12622
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
12623
msgstr ""
12624
12625
#: C/printing-streaks.page:27(page/p)
12626
msgid ""
12627
"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
12628
"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
12629
"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
12630
msgstr ""
12631
12632
#: C/printing-streaks.page:31(item/p)
12633
msgid "Fading text or images"
12634
msgstr ""
12635
12636
#: C/printing-streaks.page:32(item/p)
12637
msgid ""
12638
"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
12639
"a new cartridge if necessary."
12640
msgstr ""
12641
12642
#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
12643
msgid "Streaks and lines"
12644
msgstr ""
12645
12646
#: C/printing-streaks.page:37(item/p)
12647
msgid ""
12648
"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially-"
12649
"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's instruction manual)."
12650
msgstr ""
12651
12652
#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
12653
msgid "Wrong colors"
12654
msgstr ""
12655
12656
#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
12657
msgid ""
12658
"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your "
12659
"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
12660
msgstr ""
12661
12662
#: C/printing-streaks.page:46(item/p)
12663
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
12664
msgstr ""
12665
12666
#: C/printing-streaks.page:47(item/p)
12667
msgid ""
12668
"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
12669
"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
12670
"details on how to do this."
12671
msgstr ""
12672
12673
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7(info/desc)
12674
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
12675
msgstr ""
12676
12677
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:17(page/title)
12678
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
12679
msgstr ""
12680
12681
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:19(page/p)
12682
msgid ""
12683
"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
12684
msgstr ""
12685
12686
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:23(item/p)
12687
msgid ""
12688
"For many programs, you can click <gui>Help</gui> and select <gui>Report a "
12689
"Problem</gui>"
12690
msgstr ""
12691
12692
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:24(item/p)
12693
msgid ""
12694
"For other programs, you can press "
12695
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug "
12696
"nameofprogram</input>"
12697
msgstr ""
12698
12699
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26(item/p)
12700
msgid ""
12701
"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, "
12702
"just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
12703
msgstr ""
12704
12705
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:30(item/p)
12706
msgid ""
12707
"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information "
12708
"about the bug. Click <gui>Content of the report</gui> to review the "
12709
"collected information if you wish. Click <gui>Send Report</gui> to continue."
12710
msgstr ""
12711
12712
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:35(item/p)
12713
msgid ""
12714
"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu "
12715
"uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do "
12716
"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a "
12717
"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking "
12718
"<gui>Create a new account</gui>."
12719
msgstr ""
12720
12721
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:42(item/p)
12722
msgid ""
12723
"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the "
12724
"summary field."
12725
msgstr ""
12726
12727
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:45(item/p)
12728
msgid ""
12729
"After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in "
12730
"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has "
12731
"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can "
12732
"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with "
12733
"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need "
12734
"to report a new bug</gui>."
12735
msgstr ""
12736
12737
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:51(item/p)
12738
msgid ""
12739
"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's "
12740
"important that you specify three things:"
12741
msgstr ""
12742
12743
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54(item/p)
12744
msgid "What you expected to happen"
12745
msgstr ""
12746
12747
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55(item/p)
12748
msgid "What actually happened"
12749
msgstr ""
12750
12751
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56(item/p)
12752
msgid ""
12753
"If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where "
12754
"step 1 is \"start the program\""
12755
msgstr ""
12756
12757
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59(item/p)
12758
msgid ""
12759
"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
12760
"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
12761
msgstr ""
12762
12763
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63(note/p)
12764
msgid ""
12765
"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that "
12766
"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official "
12767
"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug "
12768
"reporting tool."
12769
msgstr ""
12770
12771
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67(page/p)
12772
msgid ""
12773
"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the "
12774
"extensive <link "
12775
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online "
12776
"documentation</link>."
12777
msgstr ""
12778
12779
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
12780
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
12781
msgstr ""
12782
12783
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(page/title)
12784
msgid "Screenshots"
12785
msgstr ""
12786
12787
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(page/p)
12788
msgid ""
12789
"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is "
12790
"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
12791
"example; screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them "
12792
"and share them on the web."
12793
msgstr ""
12794
12795
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:24(section/title)
12796
msgid "Take a screenshot"
12797
msgstr ""
12798
12799
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(section/p)
12800
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
12801
msgstr ""
12802
12803
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28(item/p)
12804
msgid ""
12805
"Go to the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Take Screenshot</app> tool."
12806
msgstr ""
12807
12808
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(item/p)
12809
msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."
12810
msgstr ""
12811
12812
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(item/p)
12813
msgid ""
12814
"You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
12815
"desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
12816
"current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a "
12817
"box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
12818
msgstr ""
12819
12820
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36(item/p)
12821
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
12822
msgstr ""
12823
12824
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(item/p)
12825
msgid ""
12826
"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into "
12827
"a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
12828
msgstr ""
12829
12830
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
12831
msgid ""
12832
"The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save "
12833
"the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
12834
msgstr ""
12835
12836
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:49(note/p)
12837
msgid ""
12838
"You can also drag and drop the image of the screenshot into another "
12839
"application, to paste it there, or to the <app>files</app> to save it there "
12840
"in a folder."
12841
msgstr ""
12842
12843
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:56(section/title)
12844
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(page/title)
12845
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
12846
msgstr ""
12847
12848
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(section/p)
12849
msgid "You can also use the following keyboard shortcuts:"
12850
msgstr ""
12851
12852
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:60(td/p)
12853
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162(td/p)
12854
msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
12855
msgstr ""
12856
12857
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(td/p)
12858
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the entire screen."
12859
msgstr ""
12860
12861
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:64(td/p)
12862
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166(td/p)
12863
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
12864
msgstr ""
12865
12866
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:65(td/p)
12867
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the active window."
12868
msgstr ""
12869
12870
#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
12871
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
12872
msgstr ""
12873
12874
#: C/session-language.page:22(page/title)
12875
msgid "Change language"
12876
msgstr ""
12877
12878
#: C/session-language.page:30(page/p)
12879
msgid ""
12880
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
12881
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
12882
msgstr ""
12883
12884
#: C/session-language.page:35(item/p)
12885
msgid "Click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
12886
msgstr ""
12887
12888
#: C/session-language.page:36(item/p)
12889
msgid ""
12890
"Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Drag the "
12891
"language to the top of the list."
12892
msgstr ""
12893
12894
#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
12895
msgid ""
12896
"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
12897
"the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log "
12898
"out."
12899
msgstr ""
12900
12901
#: C/session-language.page:43(note/p)
12902
msgid ""
12903
"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
12904
"support your language at all."
12905
msgstr ""
12906
12907
#: C/session-language.page:47(page/p)
12908
msgid ""
12909
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
12910
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
12911
"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
12912
"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
12913
"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
12914
"update the folder names."
12915
msgstr ""
12916
12917
#: C/session-language.page:54(page/p)
12918
msgid ""
12919
"You find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in <link "
12920
"href=\"ghelp:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
12921
msgstr ""
12922
12923
#: C/session-loginsound.page:8(info/desc)
12924
msgid "Disable the sound that plays when you log in."
12925
msgstr ""
12926
12927
#: C/session-loginsound.page:25(page/title)
12928
msgid "Disable the login sound"
12929
msgstr ""
12930
12931
#: C/session-loginsound.page:26(page/p)
12932
msgid ""
12933
"When you log in to your computer, a short login sound is played. The exotic-"
12934
"sounding theme was inspired by the African origins of the word "
12935
"<em>Ubuntu</em>. You can easily disable it for yourself or for all users of "
12936
"your computer."
12937
msgstr ""
12938
12939
#: C/session-loginsound.page:31(steps/title)
12940
msgid "Disable the login sound for yourself"
12941
msgstr ""
12942
12943
#: C/session-loginsound.page:32(item/p)
12944
#: C/session-loginsound.page:39(item/p)
12945
msgid ""
12946
"Click the icon at the far top right of the screen and select <gui>System "
12947
"Settings</gui>."
12948
msgstr ""
12949
12950
#: C/session-loginsound.page:33(item/p)
12951
msgid "In the Personal section, select <gui>Startup Applications</gui>."
12952
msgstr ""
12953
12954
#: C/session-loginsound.page:34(item/p)
12955
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>GNOME Login Sound</gui> option."
12956
msgstr ""
12957
12958
#: C/session-loginsound.page:38(steps/title)
12959
msgid "Disable the login sound for all users"
12960
msgstr ""
12961
12962
#: C/session-loginsound.page:40(item/p)
12963
msgid "In the System section, select <gui>Login Screen</gui>."
12964
msgstr ""
12965
12966
#: C/session-loginsound.page:41(item/p)
12967
msgid ""
12968
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password into the popup "
12969
"authentication window."
12970
msgstr ""
12971
12972
#: C/session-loginsound.page:42(item/p)
12973
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>Play login sound</gui> option."
12974
msgstr ""
12975
12976
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:9(info/desc)
12977
msgid ""
12978
"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen</gui> "
12979
"settings."
12980
msgstr ""
12981
12982
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:19(page/title)
12983
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
12984
msgstr ""
12985
12986
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21(page/p)
12987
msgid ""
12988
"If you leave for computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
12989
"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
12990
"is done for security reasons (so no-one can mess with your work if you leave "
12991
"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
12992
"too quickly."
12993
msgstr ""
12994
12995
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:23(page/p)
12996
msgid "To wait for a longer period before automatically locking the screen:"
12997
msgstr ""
12998
12999
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(item/p)
13000
msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
13001
msgstr ""
13002
13003
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(note/p)
13004
msgid ""
13005
"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
13006
"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
13007
msgstr ""
13008
13009
#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
13010
msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
13011
msgstr ""
13012
13013
#: C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
13014
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:8(credit/name)
13015
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
13016
msgstr ""
13017
13018
#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
13019
msgid "Sharing"
13020
msgstr ""
13021
13022
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:12(info/desc)
13023
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
13024
msgstr ""
13025
13026
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:16(page/title)
13027
msgid "Share your desktop"
13028
msgstr ""
13029
13030
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/p)
13031
msgid ""
13032
"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
13033
"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
13034
"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
13035
msgstr ""
13036
13037
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:22(item/p)
13038
msgid "Open the <app>Desktop Sharing</app> preferences dialog."
13039
msgstr ""
13040
13041
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25(item/p)
13042
msgid ""
13043
"To let others view or interact with your desktop, enable the <gui>Allow "
13044
"other users to view your desktop</gui> option. This means that other people "
13045
"will be able to attempt to connect to your computer."
13046
msgstr ""
13047
13048
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:28(item/p)
13049
msgid ""
13050
"To let others view or interact with your desktop, enable the <gui>Allow "
13051
"other users to control your desktop</gui> option. This may allow the other "
13052
"person to be able to move your mouse, run applications and browse files on "
13053
"your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently "
13054
"using."
13055
msgstr ""
13056
13057
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:33(section/title)
13058
msgid "Security security"
13059
msgstr ""
13060
13061
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(section/p)
13062
msgid ""
13063
"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
13064
"option means before changing it."
13065
msgstr ""
13066
13067
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:38(item/title)
13068
msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
13069
msgstr ""
13070
13071
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:39(item/p)
13072
msgid ""
13073
"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
13074
"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
13075
"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
13076
"someone to connect to your computer."
13077
msgstr ""
13078
13079
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:41(note/p)
13080
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
13081
msgstr ""
13082
13083
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(item/title)
13084
msgid "Enable password"
13085
msgstr ""
13086
13087
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:46(item/p)
13088
msgid ""
13089
"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
13090
"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password:</gui>. If you do not "
13091
"use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
13092
msgstr ""
13093
13094
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48(note/p)
13095
msgid ""
13096
"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
13097
"secure password."
13098
msgstr ""
13099
13100
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/title)
13101
msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
13102
msgstr ""
13103
13104
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:53(item/p)
13105
msgid ""
13106
"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
13107
"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
13108
"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
13109
"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
13110
"your router manually."
13111
msgstr ""
13112
13113
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(note/p)
13114
msgid "This option is disabled by default."
13115
msgstr ""
13116
13117
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(section/title)
13118
msgid "Show notification area icon"
13119
msgstr ""
13120
13121
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:63(section/p)
13122
msgid ""
13123
"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
13124
"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
13125
"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
13126
msgstr ""
13127
13128
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65(note/p)
13129
msgid ""
13130
"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
13131
"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
13132
msgstr ""
13133
13134
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
13135
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the launcher."
13136
msgstr ""
13137
13138
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(page/title)
13139
msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the launcher"
13140
msgstr ""
13141
13142
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(page/p)
13143
msgid ""
13144
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-"
13145
"terminology\">launcher</link> for easy access:"
13146
msgstr ""
13147
13148
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(item/p)
13149
msgid ""
13150
"Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"shell-"
13151
"terminology\">dash</link> onto the launcher."
13152
msgstr ""
13153
13154
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:30(item/p)
13155
msgid ""
13156
"Alternatively, when an application is running, select the <gui>Keep in "
13157
"launcher</gui> item in the application's <gui>Quick List</gui>."
13158
msgstr ""
13159
13160
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34(page/p)
13161
msgid ""
13162
"The launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the "
13163
"launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
13164
msgstr ""
13165
13166
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(page/p)
13167
msgid ""
13168
"To remove an application icon from the launcher, right click on the "
13169
"application icon and de-select <gui>Keep in Launcher</gui>."
13170
msgstr ""
13171
13172
#: C/shell-exit.page:10(info/desc)
13173
msgid ""
13174
"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
13175
"so on."
13176
msgstr ""
13177
13178
#: C/shell-exit.page:22(page/title)
13179
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
13180
msgstr ""
13181
13182
#: C/shell-exit.page:30(page/p)
13183
msgid ""
13184
"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
13185
"(to save power), or leave it powered on and just log out."
13186
msgstr ""
13187
13188
#: C/shell-exit.page:34(section/title)
13189
msgid "Log out or switch users"
13190
msgstr ""
13191
13192
#: C/shell-exit.page:35(section/p)
13193
msgid ""
13194
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
13195
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you just switch users, all of "
13196
"your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you "
13197
"left it when you log back in."
13198
msgstr ""
13199
13200
#: C/shell-exit.page:39(section/p)
13201
msgid ""
13202
"To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
13203
"intro\">session menu</link> at the very right of the top panel and select "
13204
"the appropriate option."
13205
msgstr ""
13206
13207
#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/title)
13208
msgid "Lock the screen"
13209
msgstr ""
13210
13211
#: C/shell-exit.page:48(section/p)
13212
msgid ""
13213
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
13214
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files and running "
13215
"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
13216
"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
13217
"amount of time."
13218
msgstr ""
13219
13220
#: C/shell-exit.page:54(section/p)
13221
msgid ""
13222
"To lock your screen, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel and "
13223
"select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
13224
msgstr ""
13225
13226
#: C/shell-exit.page:57(section/p)
13227
msgid ""
13228
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
13229
"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
13230
"to your desktop when they are finished."
13231
msgstr ""
13232
13233
#: C/shell-exit.page:66(section/title)
13234
msgid "Suspend, shut down, or restart."
13235
msgstr ""
13236
13237
#: C/shell-exit.page:68(section/p)
13238
msgid ""
13239
"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. This saves "
13240
"your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of your computer's "
13241
"functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
13242
msgstr ""
13243
13244
#: C/shell-exit.page:72(section/p)
13245
msgid ""
13246
"To suspend your computer, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel "
13247
"and select <gui>Suspend</gui>. Or, if you have a laptop, simply close the "
13248
"lid. Your computer will automatically suspend when the lid is closed."
13249
msgstr ""
13250
13251
#: C/shell-exit.page:76(section/p)
13252
msgid ""
13253
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
13254
"the <gui>session menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui>."
13255
msgstr ""
13256
13257
#: C/shell-exit.page:80(note/p)
13258
msgid ""
13259
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
13260
"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
13261
"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
13262
msgstr ""
13263
13264
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:9(info/desc)
13265
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
13266
msgstr ""
13267
13268
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:12(credit/name)
13269
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
13270
msgstr ""
13271
13272
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:18(page/title)
13273
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
13274
msgstr ""
13275
13276
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:21(section/title)
13277
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
13278
msgstr ""
13279
13280
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:23(section/p)
13281
msgid ""
13282
"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow "
13283
"your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a "
13284
"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to "
13285
"someone else. The feature is available to any regular user when logged in."
13286
msgstr ""
13287
13288
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:28(section/p)
13289
msgid ""
13290
"To launch a guest session, click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and "
13291
"select <gui>Guest Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for your own "
13292
"session and start the guest session. A guest cannot view the home folders of "
13293
"other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be "
13294
"removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh "
13295
"environment, unaffected by what previous guests did."
13296
msgstr ""
13297
13298
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:37(section/title)
13299
msgid "Customization"
13300
msgstr ""
13301
13302
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:39(section/p)
13303
msgid ""
13304
"The tutorial <link "
13305
"href=\"http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1566078\">Customize Guest "
13306
"Session</link> shows some ways to customize the appearance and behavior."
13307
msgstr ""
13308
13309
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
13310
msgid "Getting around the desktop using the keyboard."
13311
msgstr ""
13312
13313
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(table/title)
13314
msgid "Using the Dash and the Launcher"
13315
msgstr ""
13316
13317
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:29(td/p)
13318
msgid "Tap <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
13319
msgstr ""
13320
13321
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(td/p)
13322
msgid "Open the <gui>Dash</gui>. Tap again to close."
13323
msgstr ""
13324
13325
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
13326
msgid ""
13327
"The Dash opens with focus on the search box to find applications and files. "
13328
"Using the arrow keys will navigate the results; use <key>Enter</key> to "
13329
"launch."
13330
msgstr ""
13331
13332
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(td/p)
13333
msgid "Hold <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
13334
msgstr ""
13335
13336
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
13337
msgid "Reveal the <gui>launcher</gui>."
13338
msgstr ""
13339
13340
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
13341
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>1</key></keyseq>"
13342
msgstr ""
13343
13344
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(td/p)
13345
msgid ""
13346
"Start the first launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. If "
13347
"<key>Shift</key> is also pressed, will open a new window."
13348
msgstr ""
13349
13350
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
13351
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>2</key></keyseq>"
13352
msgstr ""
13353
13354
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
13355
msgid ""
13356
"Start the second launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. "
13357
"This pattern continues until <keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
13358
"which opens the tenth item."
13359
msgstr ""
13360
13361
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
13362
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
13363
msgstr ""
13364
13365
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
13366
msgid ""
13367
"Open the launcher. Use arrow keys to navigate and <key>Enter</key> to start "
13368
"or switch to an application."
13369
msgstr ""
13370
13371
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
13372
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
13373
msgstr ""
13374
13375
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
13376
msgid ""
13377
"Open the Dash in a special mode to run commands that you type in. Press "
13378
"<key>Enter</key> to run the current command. You can also use the arrow keys "
13379
"to choose a different command and press <key>Enter</key> to run it."
13380
msgstr ""
13381
13382
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63(td/p)
13383
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13384
msgstr ""
13385
13386
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64(td/p)
13387
msgid "Open the <gui>Applications lens</gui>."
13388
msgstr ""
13389
13390
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
13391
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
13392
msgstr ""
13393
13394
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68(td/p)
13395
msgid "Open the <gui>Files and folders lens</gui>."
13396
msgstr ""
13397
13398
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(td/p)
13399
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
13400
msgstr ""
13401
13402
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72(td/p)
13403
msgid "Open the <gui>Trash</gui>."
13404
msgstr ""
13405
13406
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(td/p)
13407
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
13408
msgstr ""
13409
13410
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(td/p)
13411
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app>."
13412
msgstr ""
13413
13414
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
13415
msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
13416
msgstr ""
13417
13418
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
13419
msgid ""
13420
"Reveal the <gui>Application Menu</gui>. "
13421
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F</key></keyseq> opens the <gui>File</gui> menu."
13422
msgstr ""
13423
13424
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
13425
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
13426
msgstr ""
13427
13428
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
13429
msgid ""
13430
"Open the menu. Use the arrow keys to navigate. You can also access the <link "
13431
"xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">indicator menus</link>."
13432
msgstr ""
13433
13434
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(table/title)
13435
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
13436
msgstr ""
13437
13438
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(td/p)
13439
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
13440
msgstr ""
13441
13442
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(td/p)
13443
msgid "Close the current window."
13444
msgstr ""
13445
13446
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(td/p)
13447
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
13448
msgstr ""
13449
13450
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
13451
msgid ""
13452
"Maximize the current window. If the window is already maximized, unmaximize "
13453
"it."
13454
msgstr ""
13455
13456
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(td/p)
13457
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
13458
msgstr ""
13459
13460
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
13461
msgid ""
13462
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
13463
"windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
13464
msgstr ""
13465
13466
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
13467
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
13468
msgstr ""
13469
13470
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
13471
msgid ""
13472
"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your "
13473
"windows."
13474
msgstr ""
13475
13476
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110(td/p)
13477
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
13478
msgstr ""
13479
13480
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111(td/p)
13481
msgid ""
13482
"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-"
13483
"workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
13484
msgstr ""
13485
13486
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(td/p)
13487
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
13488
msgstr ""
13489
13490
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
13491
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from all workspaces."
13492
msgstr ""
13493
13494
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(td/p)
13495
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
13496
msgstr ""
13497
13498
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119(td/p)
13499
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
13500
msgstr ""
13501
13502
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122(td/p)
13503
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
13504
msgstr ""
13505
13506
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123(td/p)
13507
msgid ""
13508
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
13509
msgstr ""
13510
13511
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(td/p)
13512
msgid ""
13513
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Arrow "
13514
"keys</key></keyseq>"
13515
msgstr ""
13516
13517
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127(td/p)
13518
msgid ""
13519
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
13520
"different workspace.</link>"
13521
msgstr ""
13522
13523
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(td/p)
13524
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
13525
msgstr ""
13526
13527
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131(td/p)
13528
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
13529
msgstr ""
13530
13531
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136(table/title)
13532
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
13533
msgstr ""
13534
13535
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(td/p)
13536
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13537
msgstr ""
13538
13539
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139(td/p)
13540
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
13541
msgstr ""
13542
13543
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142(td/p)
13544
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
13545
msgstr ""
13546
13547
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143(td/p)
13548
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
13549
msgstr ""
13550
13551
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146(td/p)
13552
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
13553
msgstr ""
13554
13555
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147(td/p)
13556
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
13557
msgstr ""
13558
13559
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(td/p)
13560
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
13561
msgstr ""
13562
13563
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151(td/p)
13564
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
13565
msgstr ""
13566
13567
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154(td/p)
13568
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
13569
msgstr ""
13570
13571
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(td/p)
13572
msgid "Undo the last action."
13573
msgstr ""
13574
13575
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:160(table/title)
13576
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
13577
msgstr ""
13578
13579
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163(td/p)
13580
msgid "Take a screenshot."
13581
msgstr ""
13582
13583
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167(td/p)
13584
msgid "Take a screenshot of the active window."
13585
msgstr ""
13586
13587
#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
13588
msgctxt "link:trail"
13589
msgid "Overview"
13590
msgstr ""
13591
13592
#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
13593
msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
13594
msgstr ""
13595
13596
#: C/shell-overview.page:21(page/title)
13597
msgid "Overview of the desktop"
13598
msgstr ""
13599
13600
#: C/shell-overview.page:26(section/title)
13601
msgid "The Desktop"
13602
msgstr ""
13603
13604
#: C/shell-overview.page:30(section/title)
13605
msgid "Applications and windows"
13606
msgstr ""
13607
13608
#: C/shell-overview.page:34(section/title)
13609
msgid "Files and folders"
13610
msgstr ""
13611
13612
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:9(info/desc)
13613
msgid "Double click on the top title bar."
13614
msgstr ""
13615
13616
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:21(page/title)
13617
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"
13618
msgstr ""
13619
13620
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(item/p)
13621
msgid "To maximize a window, double-click on the title bar of the window."
13622
msgstr ""
13623
13624
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:28(item/p)
13625
msgid ""
13626
"Another way to maximize a window is to click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of "
13627
"an application, and drag it to the top of the screen. When the <gui>mouse "
13628
"pointer</gui> touches the very top of the screen, the entire screen becomes "
13629
"highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the screen."
13630
msgstr ""
13631
13632
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:34(item/p)
13633
msgid ""
13634
"To restore the window to its original size, click on the <gui>title "
13635
"bar</gui> of the application, and drag it down from the <gui>top bar</gui>. "
13636
"After the window separates from the <gui>top bar</gui> it will restore "
13637
"itself to an unmaximized state."
13638
msgstr ""
13639
13640
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
13641
msgid ""
13642
"Pressing the <key>Alt</key> while clicking anywhere in a window will allow "
13643
"you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to "
13644
"click in the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
13645
msgstr ""
13646
13647
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44(note/p)
13648
msgid ""
13649
"You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press "
13650
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, "
13651
"and then press <key>x</key>."
13652
msgstr ""
13653
13654
#: C/shell-windows.page:10(info/desc)
13655
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
13656
msgstr ""
13657
13658
#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
13659
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
13660
msgstr ""
13661
13662
#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
13663
msgid ""
13664
"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running "
13665
"applications. Using both the <gui>dash</gui> and the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
13666
"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
13667
msgstr ""
13668
13669
#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
13670
msgid ""
13671
"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
13672
"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
13673
"how to use these features."
13674
msgstr ""
13675
13676
#: C/shell-windows.page:48(section/title)
13677
msgid "Working with windows"
13678
msgstr ""
13679
13680
#: C/shell-windows.page:52(section/title)
13681
msgid "Working with workspaces"
13682
msgstr ""
13683
13684
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
13685
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
13686
msgstr ""
13687
13688
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20(page/title)
13689
msgid "Window operations and modes"
13690
msgstr ""
13691
13692
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:27(page/p)
13693
msgid ""
13694
"Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
13695
msgstr ""
13696
13697
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(section/title)
13698
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
13699
msgstr ""
13700
13701
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39(item/title)
13702
msgid "Minimize"
13703
msgstr ""
13704
13705
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:40(item/p)
13706
msgid "To minimize a window, you can:"
13707
msgstr ""
13708
13709
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
13710
msgid ""
13711
"Press the button that looks like a \"minus\" sign in the application's "
13712
"<gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole "
13713
"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, "
13714
"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
13715
msgstr ""
13716
13717
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:49(note/p)
13718
msgid ""
13719
"When you minizize an application, the application window 'disappears' into "
13720
"the <gui>launcher</gui>. The application can be retrieved by opening the "
13721
"<gui>launcher</gui> and clicking on that application's icon, or by pressing "
13722
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>tab</key></keyseq> to cycle through your open "
13723
"applications."
13724
msgstr ""
13725
13726
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(item/title)
13727
msgid "Close"
13728
msgstr ""
13729
13730
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:61(item/p)
13731
msgid "To close the window:"
13732
msgstr ""
13733
13734
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:64(item/p)
13735
msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
13736
msgstr ""
13737
13738
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:69(item/p)
13739
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
13740
msgstr ""
13741
13742
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74(item/p)
13743
msgid ""
13744
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
13745
"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
13746
msgstr ""
13747
13748
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:84(section/title)
13749
msgid "Resize a window"
13750
msgstr ""
13751
13752
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(note/p)
13753
msgid ""
13754
"To resize a window, your window first needs to be <em>unmaximized</em>."
13755
msgstr ""
13756
13757
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(section/p)
13758
msgid ""
13759
"The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical "
13760
"direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the "
13761
"window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a 'corner-"
13762
"pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
13763
msgstr ""
13764
13765
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(section/p)
13766
msgid ""
13767
"You can also resize only in the horizontal direction by moving the mouse "
13768
"pointer to the left side of the window until it changes into a 'side-"
13769
"pointer'. When it becomes a 'side-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the "
13770
"window in the horizontal direction."
13771
msgstr ""
13772
13773
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:99(section/p)
13774
msgid ""
13775
"To resize in the vertical direction, move the mouse pointer to the top or "
13776
"bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-"
13777
"pointer' respectively. When it does, click+hold+drag to resize the window in "
13778
"the vertical direction."
13779
msgstr ""
13780
13781
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105(section/title)
13782
msgid "Ways to arrange windows in your workspace"
13783
msgstr ""
13784
13785
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106(section/p)
13786
msgid ""
13787
"You can automatically arrange two windows side by side. <key>Alt</key> + "
13788
"click and drag one window towards the left until the cursor touches the left "
13789
"side of the screen. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. "
13790
"Unclick, and your window should automatically take up exactly half your "
13791
"screen. Do the same thing for another window, dragging it to the right side."
13792
msgstr ""
13793
13794
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:10(info/desc)
13795
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13796
msgstr ""
13797
13798
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:24(page/title)
13799
msgid "Switch between windows"
13800
msgstr ""
13801
13802
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(section/title)
13803
msgid "From the launcher"
13804
msgstr ""
13805
13806
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(item/p)
13807
msgid ""
13808
"Show the <gui>launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of "
13809
"your screen."
13810
msgstr ""
13811
13812
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37(item/p)
13813
msgid ""
13814
"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. "
13815
"Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
13816
msgstr ""
13817
13818
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:41(item/p)
13819
msgid ""
13820
"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple "
13821
"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show "
13822
"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to."
13823
msgstr ""
13824
13825
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50(section/title)
13826
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31(section/title)
13827
msgid "From the keyboard"
13828
msgstr ""
13829
13830
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54(item/p)
13831
msgid ""
13832
"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
13833
"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows a list of the windows you have "
13834
"open, with a preview."
13835
msgstr ""
13836
13837
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
13838
msgid ""
13839
"You can continue pressing <key>Tab</key> as many times as you need to reach "
13840
"the window you want."
13841
msgstr ""
13842
13843
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62(item/p)
13844
msgid ""
13845
"To switch to the previous window, hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press "
13846
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> instead."
13847
msgstr ""
13848
13849
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66(item/p)
13850
msgid ""
13851
"It is also possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse "
13852
"and clicking."
13853
msgstr ""
13854
13855
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:73(item/p)
13856
msgid ""
13857
"Press <keyseq><key>Windows</key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open "
13858
"windows zoomed out."
13859
msgstr ""
13860
13861
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77(item/p)
13862
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to."
13863
msgstr ""
13864
13865
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
13866
msgid ""
13867
"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
13868
msgstr ""
13869
13870
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:23(page/title)
13871
msgid "Move windows to a different workspace"
13872
msgstr ""
13873
13874
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/p)
13875
msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
13876
msgstr ""
13877
13878
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:29(item/p)
13879
msgid ""
13880
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13881
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
13882
msgstr ""
13883
13884
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(item/p)
13885
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
13886
msgstr ""
13887
13888
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37(page/p)
13889
msgid ""
13890
"A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the keyboard:"
13891
msgstr ""
13892
13893
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40(item/p)
13894
msgid ""
13895
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13896
"→</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the right of the "
13897
"current workspace."
13898
msgstr ""
13899
13900
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44(item/p)
13901
msgid ""
13902
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13903
"←</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the left of the "
13904
"current workspace."
13905
msgstr ""
13906
13907
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48(item/p)
13908
msgid ""
13909
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13910
"↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace below the current "
13911
"workspace."
13912
msgstr ""
13913
13914
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(item/p)
13915
msgid ""
13916
"Press "
13917
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
13918
"to move the window to the workspace above the current workspace."
13919
msgstr ""
13920
13921
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
13922
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
13923
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
13924
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
13925
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:24(media)
13926
msgctxt "_"
13927
msgid ""
13928
"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' "
13929
"md5='80b2149a6fc92b28fd45c902c827aa1f'"
13930
msgstr ""
13931
13932
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
13933
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
13934
msgstr ""
13935
13936
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:21(page/title)
13937
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
13938
msgstr ""
13939
13940
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media/p)
13941
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
13942
msgstr ""
13943
13944
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:28(page/p)
13945
msgid ""
13946
"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual "
13947
"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to "
13948
"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
13949
msgstr ""
13950
13951
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
13952
msgid ""
13953
"You could use workspaces to organize your work. For example, you could have "
13954
"all your communication windows, such as email and your chat apps on one "
13955
"workspace and the work you are doing on a different workspace Your music "
13956
"manager could be on a third workspace."
13957
msgstr ""
13958
13959
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:32(page/p)
13960
msgid ""
13961
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13962
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows "
13963
"4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of "
13964
"workspaces easily:"
13965
msgstr ""
13966
13967
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35(steps/title)
13968
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
13969
msgstr ""
13970
13971
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:37(item/p)
13972
msgid ""
13973
"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final "
13974
"number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
13975
msgstr ""
13976
13977
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(item/p)
13978
msgid ""
13979
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
13980
"1/general/screen0/options/vsize 2</code>"
13981
msgstr ""
13982
13983
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39(item/p)
13984
msgid ""
13985
"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the "
13986
"final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
13987
msgstr ""
13988
13989
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40(item/p)
13990
msgid ""
13991
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
13992
"1/general/screen0/options/hsize 2</code>"
13993
msgstr ""
13994
13995
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
13996
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
13997
msgstr ""
13998
13999
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23(page/title)
14000
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
14001
msgstr ""
14002
14003
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26(section/title)
14004
msgid "From the workspace switcher"
14005
msgstr ""
14006
14007
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27(section/p)
14008
msgid ""
14009
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14010
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any "
14011
"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button "
14012
"again to return to your previous workspace."
14013
msgstr ""
14014
14015
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:34(item/p)
14016
msgid ""
14017
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
14018
"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
14019
msgstr ""
14020
14021
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(item/p)
14022
msgid ""
14023
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
14024
"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
14025
msgstr ""
14026
14027
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:42(item/p)
14028
msgid ""
14029
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
14030
"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
14031
msgstr ""
14032
14033
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
14034
msgid ""
14035
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
14036
"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
14037
msgstr ""
14038
14039
#: C/sound-alert.page:13(info/desc)
14040
msgid ""
14041
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
14042
"alert sounds."
14043
msgstr ""
14044
14045
#: C/sound-alert.page:18(page/title)
14046
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
14047
msgstr ""
14048
14049
#: C/sound-alert.page:20(page/p)
14050
msgid ""
14051
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
14052
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
14053
"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
14054
msgstr ""
14055
14056
#: C/sound-alert.page:26(item/p)
14057
#: C/sound-nosound.page:44(item/p)
14058
msgid ""
14059
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
14060
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14061
msgstr ""
14062
14063
#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p)
14064
msgid ""
14065
"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
14066
"play when you click on it so you can hear what it sounds like."
14067
msgstr ""
14068
14069
#: C/sound-alert.page:31(page/p)
14070
msgid ""
14071
"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
14072
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, and "
14073
"other audio playback."
14074
msgstr ""
14075
14076
#: C/sound-alert.page:35(page/p)
14077
msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui>."
14078
msgstr ""
14079
14080
#: C/sound-broken.page:9(info/desc)
14081
msgid ""
14082
"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
14083
msgstr ""
14084
14085
#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
14086
msgid "Sound problems"
14087
msgstr ""
14088
14089
#: C/sound-broken.page:22(page/p)
14090
msgid ""
14091
"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
14092
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
14093
msgstr ""
14094
14095
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
14096
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
14097
msgstr ""
14098
14099
#: C/sound-crackle.page:19(page/title)
14100
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
14101
msgstr ""
14102
14103
#: C/sound-crackle.page:21(page/p)
14104
msgid ""
14105
"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
14106
"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
14107
"with the drivers for the sound card."
14108
msgstr ""
14109
14110
#: C/sound-crackle.page:25(item/p)
14111
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
14112
msgstr ""
14113
14114
#: C/sound-crackle.page:26(item/p)
14115
msgid ""
14116
"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
14117
"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
14118
msgstr ""
14119
14120
#: C/sound-crackle.page:30(item/p)
14121
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
14122
msgstr ""
14123
14124
#: C/sound-crackle.page:31(item/p)
14125
msgid ""
14126
"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
14127
"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
14128
"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
14129
"need to replace the cable or headphones."
14130
msgstr ""
14131
14132
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
14133
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
14134
msgstr ""
14135
14136
#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(item/p)
14137
msgid ""
14138
"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
14139
"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
14140
"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
14141
"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
14142
msgstr ""
14143
14144
#: C/sound-crackle.page:37(item/p)
14145
msgid ""
14146
"You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more "
14147
"information about your sound card."
14148
msgstr ""
14149
14150
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
14151
msgid ""
14152
"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
14153
"sound card is detected."
14154
msgstr ""
14155
14156
#: C/sound-nosound.page:19(page/title)
14157
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
14158
msgstr ""
14159
14160
#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/p)
14161
msgid ""
14162
"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
14163
"play some music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
14164
"problem."
14165
msgstr ""
14166
14167
#: C/sound-nosound.page:24(section/title)
14168
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
14169
msgstr ""
14170
14171
#: C/sound-nosound.page:25(section/p)
14172
msgid ""
14173
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the top panel (it looks like a speaker) "
14174
"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
14175
msgstr ""
14176
14177
#: C/sound-nosound.page:26(section/p)
14178
msgid ""
14179
"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
14180
"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
14181
msgstr ""
14182
14183
#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/p)
14184
msgid ""
14185
"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
14186
"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
14187
"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
14188
"that. Also, click the sound menu on the top panel and choose <gui>Sound "
14189
"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
14190
"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted on "
14191
"there."
14192
msgstr ""
14193
14194
#: C/sound-nosound.page:31(section/title)
14195
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
14196
msgstr ""
14197
14198
#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
14199
msgid ""
14200
"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
14201
"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
14202
"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
14203
"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
14204
msgstr ""
14205
14206
#: C/sound-nosound.page:34(section/p)
14207
msgid ""
14208
"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
14209
"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
14210
"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
14211
"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
14212
"see if that works."
14213
msgstr ""
14214
14215
#: C/sound-nosound.page:36(section/p)
14216
msgid ""
14217
"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
14218
"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
14219
msgstr ""
14220
14221
#: C/sound-nosound.page:40(section/title)
14222
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
14223
msgstr ""
14224
14225
#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/p)
14226
msgid ""
14227
"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
14228
"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
14229
"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
14230
"choose the right one."
14231
msgstr ""
14232
14233
#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(item/p)
14234
msgid ""
14235
"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> "
14236
"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
14237
"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
14238
msgstr ""
14239
14240
#: C/sound-nosound.page:50(item/p)
14241
msgid ""
14242
"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
14243
"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
14244
"and try each profile."
14245
msgstr ""
14246
14247
#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(item/p)
14248
msgid ""
14249
"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
14250
"devices that are listed."
14251
msgstr ""
14252
14253
#: C/sound-nosound.page:56(item/p)
14254
msgid ""
14255
"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab "
14256
"too."
14257
msgstr ""
14258
14259
#: C/sound-nosound.page:62(section/title)
14260
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
14261
msgstr ""
14262
14263
#: C/sound-nosound.page:63(section/p)
14264
msgid ""
14265
"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
14266
"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
14267
"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
14268
"are not installed."
14269
msgstr ""
14270
14271
#: C/sound-nosound.page:66(item/p)
14272
msgid ""
14273
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal."
14274
msgstr ""
14275
14276
#: C/sound-nosound.page:69(item/p)
14277
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
14278
msgstr ""
14279
14280
#: C/sound-nosound.page:72(item/p)
14281
msgid ""
14282
"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
14283
"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
14284
msgstr ""
14285
14286
#: C/sound-nosound.page:76(section/p)
14287
msgid ""
14288
"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
14289
"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
14290
msgstr ""
14291
14292
#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(section/p)
14293
msgid ""
14294
"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
14295
"in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run "
14296
"<cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
14297
"enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio "
14298
"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
14299
"card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with "
14300
"more detailed information."
14301
msgstr ""
14302
14303
#: C/sound-nosound.page:80(section/p)
14304
msgid ""
14305
"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the "
14306
"Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">file a "
14307
"bug</link>."
14308
msgstr ""
14309
14310
#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(section/p)
14311
msgid ""
14312
"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
14313
"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
14314
"computer and external USB sound cards."
14315
msgstr ""
14316
14317
#: C/sound-usemic.page:13(info/desc)
14318
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
14319
msgstr ""
14320
14321
#: C/sound-usemic.page:17(page/title)
14322
msgid "Use a different microphone"
14323
msgstr ""
14324
14325
#: C/sound-usemic.page:19(page/p)
14326
msgid ""
14327
"You can use an external microphone for audio conferencing, making voice "
14328
"recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer "
14329
"has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate "
14330
"microphone could provide better audio quality."
14331
msgstr ""
14332
14333
#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
14334
msgid ""
14335
"If your microphone has a circular TS (<em>tip, sleeve</em>) plug, plug it "
14336
"into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two "
14337
"sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a "
14338
"microphone next to the socket. Microphones plugged into a TS socket will "
14339
"usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting "
14340
"a default input device."
14341
msgstr ""
14342
14343
#: C/sound-usemic.page:31(page/p)
14344
msgid ""
14345
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
14346
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
14347
"which microphone to use by default."
14348
msgstr ""
14349
14350
#: C/sound-usemic.page:36(steps/title)
14351
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:45(steps/title)
14352
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
14353
msgstr ""
14354
14355
#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(item/p)
14356
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(item/p)
14357
msgid ""
14358
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
14359
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14360
msgstr ""
14361
14362
#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(item/p)
14363
msgid ""
14364
"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
14365
"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
14366
msgstr ""
14367
14368
#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(page/p)
14369
msgid ""
14370
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
14371
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
14372
"\"input\"."
14373
msgstr ""
14374
14375
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:14(info/desc)
14376
msgid ""
14377
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
14378
msgstr ""
14379
14380
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:18(page/title)
14381
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
14382
msgstr ""
14383
14384
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:20(page/p)
14385
msgid ""
14386
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
14387
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
14388
"plug or with USB."
14389
msgstr ""
14390
14391
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:24(page/p)
14392
msgid ""
14393
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
14394
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
14395
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
14396
"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
14397
"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
14398
"default device."
14399
msgstr ""
14400
14401
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30(page/p)
14402
msgid ""
14403
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
14404
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
14405
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
14406
"settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> then "
14407
"click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select your "
14408
"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. In the "
14409
"pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its "
14410
"position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
14411
msgstr ""
14412
14413
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:39(page/p)
14414
msgid ""
14415
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
14416
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
14417
"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
14418
msgstr ""
14419
14420
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p)
14421
msgid ""
14422
"On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
14423
msgstr ""
14424
14425
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(page/p)
14426
msgid ""
14427
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
14428
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
14429
msgstr ""
14430
14431
#: C/sound-volume.page:13(info/desc)
14432
msgid ""
14433
"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
14434
"application."
14435
msgstr ""
14436
14437
#: C/sound-volume.page:18(page/title)
14438
msgid "Change the sound volume"
14439
msgstr ""
14440
14441
#: C/sound-volume.page:20(page/p)
14442
msgid ""
14443
"To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top "
14444
"panel</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
14445
"turn off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
14446
msgstr ""
14447
14448
#: C/sound-volume.page:22(page/p)
14449
msgid ""
14450
"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
14451
"like stylized speakers with \"waves\" coming out of them, and are often near "
14452
"the \"F\" keys (e.g. <key>F7</key>)."
14453
msgstr ""
14454
14455
#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/p)
14456
msgid ""
14457
"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
14458
"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
14459
"volume control too."
14460
msgstr ""
14461
14462
#: C/sound-volume.page:27(section/title)
14463
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
14464
msgstr ""
14465
14466
#: C/sound-volume.page:28(section/p)
14467
msgid ""
14468
"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
14469
"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
14470
"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
14471
"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
14472
msgstr ""
14473
14474
#: C/sound-volume.page:29(section/p)
14475
msgid ""
14476
"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
14477
"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
14478
"click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
14479
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change "
14480
"the volume of the application there."
14481
msgstr ""
14482
14483
#: C/sound-volume.page:30(section/p)
14484
msgid ""
14485
"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
14486
"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
14487
"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
14488
"volume."
14489
msgstr ""
14490
14491
#: C/tips.page:13(info/desc)
14492
msgid ""
14493
"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
14494
"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
14495
msgstr ""
14496
14497
#: C/tips.page:17(page/title)
14498
msgid "Tips & tricks"
14499
msgstr ""
14500
14501
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
14502
msgid ""
14503
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
14504
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
14505
msgstr ""
14506
14507
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
14508
msgid "Enter special characters"
14509
msgstr ""
14510
14511
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
14512
msgid ""
14513
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
14514
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
14515
"different ways you can enter special characters."
14516
msgstr ""
14517
14518
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
14519
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
14520
msgstr ""
14521
14522
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
14523
msgid "Character map"
14524
msgstr ""
14525
14526
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
14527
msgid ""
14528
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
14529
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
14530
"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
14531
msgstr ""
14532
14533
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
14534
msgid ""
14535
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. For more "
14536
"information on the character map, see the <link "
14537
"href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
14538
msgstr ""
14539
14540
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
14541
msgid "Compose key"
14542
msgstr ""
14543
14544
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
14545
msgid ""
14546
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
14547
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
14548
"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
14549
"<key>e</key>."
14550
msgstr ""
14551
14552
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
14553
msgid ""
14554
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
14555
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
14556
msgstr ""
14557
14558
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
14559
msgid "Define a compose key"
14560
msgstr ""
14561
14562
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
14563
msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
14564
msgstr ""
14565
14566
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(item/p)
14567
msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
14568
msgstr ""
14569
14570
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62(item/p)
14571
msgid ""
14572
"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
14573
"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
14574
"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
14575
"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
14576
"work for their original purpose."
14577
msgstr ""
14578
14579
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69(section/p)
14580
msgid ""
14581
"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
14582
msgstr ""
14583
14584
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72(item/p)
14585
msgid ""
14586
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
14587
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
14588
msgstr ""
14589
14590
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74(item/p)
14591
msgid ""
14592
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
14593
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
14594
msgstr ""
14595
14596
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77(item/p)
14597
msgid ""
14598
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
14599
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
14600
msgstr ""
14601
14602
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:79(item/p)
14603
msgid ""
14604
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
14605
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
14606
msgstr ""
14607
14608
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82(section/p)
14609
msgid ""
14610
"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
14611
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\""
14612
">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
14613
msgstr ""
14614
14615
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/title)
14616
msgid "Code points"
14617
msgstr ""
14618
14619
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89(section/p)
14620
msgid ""
14621
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
14622
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
14623
"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
14624
"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
14625
"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
14626
"after <gui>U+</gui>."
14627
msgstr ""
14628
14629
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95(section/p)
14630
msgid ""
14631
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
14632
"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
14633
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
14634
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
14635
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
14636
"them quickly."
14637
msgstr ""
14638
14639
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/title)
14640
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
14641
msgstr ""
14642
14643
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:105(section/p)
14644
msgid ""
14645
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
14646
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
14647
"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
14648
"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
14649
msgstr ""
14650
14651
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14652
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14653
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14654
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14655
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(media)
14656
msgctxt "_"
14657
msgid ""
14658
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14659
"messages.svg' md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'"
14660
msgstr ""
14661
14662
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14663
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14664
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14665
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14666
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(media)
14667
msgctxt "_"
14668
msgid ""
14669
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg' "
14670
"md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'"
14671
msgstr ""
14672
14673
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14674
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14675
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14676
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14677
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(media)
14678
msgctxt "_"
14679
msgid ""
14680
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14681
"offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'"
14682
msgstr ""
14683
14684
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14685
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14686
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14687
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14688
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(media)
14689
msgctxt "_"
14690
msgid ""
14691
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
14692
"panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'"
14693
msgstr ""
14694
14695
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14696
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14697
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14698
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14699
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(media)
14700
msgctxt "_"
14701
msgid ""
14702
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
14703
"panel.svg' md5='73b5dcfbdeb7a0de65083c570afed1f9'"
14704
msgstr ""
14705
14706
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14707
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14708
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14709
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14710
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(media)
14711
msgctxt "_"
14712
msgid ""
14713
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
14714
"panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'"
14715
msgstr ""
14716
14717
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:13(page/title)
14718
msgid "Manage apps & settings with Indicator Menus"
14719
msgstr ""
14720
14721
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:19(page/p)
14722
msgid ""
14723
"Ubuntu has many different <em>indicator menus</em> on the right side of the "
14724
"panel. The indicator menus are a place where you can check and modify the "
14725
"state of your computer and applications. Some indicator menus you will see "
14726
"are:"
14727
msgstr ""
14728
14729
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(item/p)
14730
msgid ""
14731
"<em>Messaging menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14732
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14733
"messages.svg\">Message icon</media>"
14734
msgstr ""
14735
14736
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:27(item/p)
14737
msgid ""
14738
"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications "
14739
"including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
14740
msgstr ""
14741
14742
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(item/p)
14743
msgid ""
14744
"<em>Battery menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14745
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg\">Battery "
14746
"icon</media>"
14747
msgstr ""
14748
14749
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:32(item/p)
14750
msgid ""
14751
"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden is not "
14752
"shown if a battery is not detected."
14753
msgstr ""
14754
14755
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(item/p)
14756
msgid ""
14757
"<em>Bluetooth menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14758
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
14759
"active.svg\">Bluetooth icon</media>"
14760
msgstr ""
14761
14762
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:38(item/p)
14763
msgid ""
14764
"Send or receive files by <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. This "
14765
"menu is not shown if a supported Bluetooth device is not detected."
14766
msgstr ""
14767
14768
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(item/p)
14769
msgid ""
14770
"<em>Network menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14771
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14772
"offline.svg\">Offline network icon</media>"
14773
msgstr ""
14774
14775
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:43(item/p)
14776
msgid ""
14777
"Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
14778
"wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, "
14779
"and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
14780
msgstr ""
14781
14782
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(item/p)
14783
msgid ""
14784
"<em>Sound menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14785
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
14786
"panel.svg\">Volume icon</media>"
14787
msgstr ""
14788
14789
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:48(item/p)
14790
msgid ""
14791
"Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link "
14792
"xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like "
14793
"<app>Banshee</app>."
14794
msgstr ""
14795
14796
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:52(item/p)
14797
msgid "<em>Clock</em>"
14798
msgstr ""
14799
14800
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:53(item/p)
14801
msgid "Access the current time and date."
14802
msgstr ""
14803
14804
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(item/p)
14805
msgid ""
14806
"<em>User menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14807
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
14808
"panel.svg\">User offline icon</media>"
14809
msgstr ""
14810
14811
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:61(item/p)
14812
msgid ""
14813
"Change your password, language settings or login picture. Quickly switch "
14814
"between user accounts without logging out."
14815
msgstr ""
14816
14817
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(item/p)
14818
msgid ""
14819
"<em>System menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14820
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
14821
"panel.svg\">Power cog icon</media>"
14822
msgstr ""
14823
14824
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:67(item/p)
14825
msgid ""
14826
"Access <link xref=\"prefs\">system settings</link>. Lock screen, log out, "
14827
"suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
14828
msgstr ""
14829
14830
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:72(note/p)
14831
msgid ""
14832
"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status "
14833
"of the application."
14834
msgstr ""
14835
14836
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:73(page/p)
14837
msgid ""
14838
"Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also "
14839
"add indicator menus to the panel."
14840
msgstr ""
14841
14842
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14843
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14844
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14845
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14846
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:17(media)
14847
msgctxt "_"
14848
msgid ""
14849
"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' "
14850
"md5='a3f10896a2361c701619491d9aa35f24'"
14851
msgstr ""
14852
14853
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:14(page/title)
14854
msgid "Find apps, files, and music with the Dash"
14855
msgstr ""
14856
14857
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:18(media/p)
14858
msgid "Unity Search"
14859
msgstr ""
14860
14861
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:21(page/p)
14862
msgid ""
14863
"The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications, files, and music, "
14864
"and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on "
14865
"a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will "
14866
"surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful."
14867
msgstr ""
14868
14869
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:28(page/p)
14870
msgid ""
14871
"The <gui>dash</gui> includes a <gui>search bar</gui>, <gui>application and "
14872
"files shortcuts</gui>, and launchers for commonly-used applications (your "
14873
"web browser, email program, etc.)."
14874
msgstr ""
14875
14876
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:33(page/p)
14877
msgid ""
14878
"To start using the <gui>dash</gui>, click on the Ubuntu logo in the top-left "
14879
"portion of the screen, or press the <key>meta</key> key. To hide the "
14880
"<gui>dash</gui>, press <key>Esc</key>."
14881
msgstr ""
14882
14883
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:39(section/title)
14884
msgid "Find applications and files using the search bar"
14885
msgstr ""
14886
14887
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40(section/p)
14888
msgid ""
14889
"The search bar is a <em>global search bar</em>, meaning you can use it to "
14890
"search for both applications <em>and</em> files. To use the global search "
14891
"bar, open the dash and then just start typing. The names and icons of "
14892
"relevant application and files will appear as soon as you start entering "
14893
"text."
14894
msgstr ""
14895
14896
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:47(section/p)
14897
msgid ""
14898
"Relevant application results will appear in one row, and relevant file "
14899
"results will appear in a second row. If no applications match your search "
14900
"query, only the <em>file</em> result list will appear. Similarly, if no "
14901
"files match your query, only the <em>application</em> list will appear."
14902
msgstr ""
14903
14904
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:53(section/p)
14905
msgid ""
14906
"If you see an application that you want to use, or a file that you want to "
14907
"open, click on its icon to start it. Also, pressing the <key>Enter</key> key "
14908
"will start the first item in the list."
14909
msgstr ""
14910
14911
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:59(note/p)
14912
msgid ""
14913
"By default, the <gui>dash</gui> will display one row of applications or "
14914
"files that match your search criteria. To see more results that match your "
14915
"search, click <gui>See more results</gui>."
14916
msgstr ""
14917
14918
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:66(note/p)
14919
msgid ""
14920
"To add an application to the <gui>launcher</gui>, click on the application's "
14921
"icon, drag it to the launcher, and then release it. It will automatically be "
14922
"<em>pinned</em> to the launcher as one of your favorites."
14923
msgstr ""
14924
14925
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:74(section/title)
14926
msgid "Application and file shortcuts"
14927
msgstr ""
14928
14929
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:75(section/p)
14930
msgid ""
14931
"Click the buttons in the row at the bottom of the dash to switch between "
14932
"<gui>lenses</gui>. Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude "
14933
"results from other lenses."
14934
msgstr ""
14935
14936
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:80(section/p)
14937
msgid ""
14938
"Clicking the second icon in the row will display the <gui>Applications</gui> "
14939
"lens. This displays applications you use most frequently, applications you "
14940
"have installed, as well as additional applications you can install from the "
14941
"Ubuntu Software Center."
14942
msgstr ""
14943
14944
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:86(section/p)
14945
msgid ""
14946
"Clicking the document icon allows you to browse the files you have used most "
14947
"recently, files in your <gui>Downloads</gui> folder, and your <link "
14948
"xref=\"nautilus-bookmarks-edit\">bookmarked folders</link>."
14949
msgstr ""
14950
14951
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:90(section/p)
14952
msgid "The final lens shows songs and albums you've recently listened to."
14953
msgstr ""
14954
14955
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:93(section/p)
14956
msgid ""
14957
"To return to the main dash view, just click the first icon in the row, the "
14958
"Home button."
14959
msgstr ""
14960
14961
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14962
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14963
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14964
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14965
#: C/unity-introduction.page:38(media)
14966
msgctxt "_"
14967
msgid ""
14968
"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' "
14969
"md5='f1d99c0b3e9d08710bc70404876b9f69'"
14970
msgstr ""
14971
14972
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14973
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14974
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14975
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14976
#: C/unity-introduction.page:46(media)
14977
msgctxt "_"
14978
msgid ""
14979
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' "
14980
"md5='0a9eb565e2b8a3c7a5b1569fe892294e'"
14981
msgstr ""
14982
14983
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14984
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14985
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14986
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14987
#: C/unity-introduction.page:67(media)
14988
msgctxt "_"
14989
msgid ""
14990
"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='2c9d453a31d271b33558d73bca4b2ba6'"
14991
msgstr ""
14992
14993
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
14994
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
14995
msgstr ""
14996
14997
#: C/unity-introduction.page:25(page/title)
14998
msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu 11.10"
14999
msgstr ""
15000
15001
#: C/unity-introduction.page:27(page/p)
15002
msgid ""
15003
"Ubuntu 11.10 features <em>Unity</em>, a completely reimagined user "
15004
"interface. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to "
15005
"work, and help you get things done."
15006
msgstr ""
15007
15008
#: C/unity-introduction.page:31(page/p)
15009
msgid ""
15010
"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your "
15011
"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some Unity's key "
15012
"features, and how you can use them."
15013
msgstr ""
15014
15015
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35(section/title)
15016
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
15017
msgstr ""
15018
15019
#: C/unity-introduction.page:39(media/p)
15020
msgid "The Unity desktop"
15021
msgstr ""
15022
15023
#: C/unity-introduction.page:43(section/title)
15024
msgid "The Launcher and the Home Button"
15025
msgstr ""
15026
15027
#: C/unity-introduction.page:47(media/p)
15028
msgid "The Launcher"
15029
msgstr ""
15030
15031
#: C/unity-introduction.page:50(section/p)
15032
msgid ""
15033
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log in to your "
15034
"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often. "
15035
"When you launch an application, the launcher hides from your view. This "
15036
"gives you more room to do your work, and keeps distractions to a minimum. If "
15037
"you move your mouse pointer to the left side of the screen, the launcher "
15038
"will appear."
15039
msgstr ""
15040
15041
#: C/unity-introduction.page:59(section/title)
15042
msgid "The Dash"
15043
msgstr ""
15044
15045
#: C/unity-introduction.page:61(section/p)
15046
msgid ""
15047
"The <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui> sits near the top left corner of the screen and "
15048
"is always the top item in the launcher. If you click the <gui>Ubuntu "
15049
"Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the "
15050
"desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
15051
msgstr ""
15052
15053
#: C/unity-introduction.page:68(media/p)
15054
msgid "The Unity Dash"
15055
msgstr ""
15056
15057
#: C/unity-introduction.page:71(section/p)
15058
msgid ""
15059
"The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open and use "
15060
"applications files, and music. For example, if you type the word, "
15061
"\"document\" in to the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you "
15062
"applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you "
15063
"relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently."
15064
msgstr ""
15065
15066
#: C/unity-introduction.page:76(section/p)
15067
msgid ""
15068
"The Dash also gives you shortcuts to often-used Internet, photo, email, and "
15069
"music applications."
15070
msgstr ""
15071
15072
#: C/unity-introduction.page:78(section/p)
15073
msgid ""
15074
"This is just the beginning of what the Dash can do for you. If you want to "
15075
"get the most out of the Dash, check out the Dash tips-and-tricks."
15076
msgstr ""
15077
15078
#: C/unity-introduction.page:82(item/p)
15079
msgid ""
15080
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Learn more about starting "
15081
"applications.</link>"
15082
msgstr ""
15083
15084
#: C/unity-introduction.page:83(item/p)
15085
msgid ""
15086
"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
15087
msgstr ""
15088
15089
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:14(info/desc)
15090
msgid ""
15091
"Make the icons in the launcher larger or smaller to suit your preferences."
15092
msgstr ""
15093
15094
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:18(page/title)
15095
msgid "Change the size of icons in the launcher"
15096
msgstr ""
15097
15098
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:20(page/p)
15099
msgid ""
15100
"The size of the icons in the <gui>launcher</gui> cannot be changed by "
15101
"default, but you can install software that will allow you to change the size "
15102
"of the icons. To install the necessary software and change the size of the "
15103
"icons, complete these steps:"
15104
msgstr ""
15105
15106
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25(item/p)
15107
msgid ""
15108
"Install the <link href=\"apt:compizconfig-settings-manager\">CompizConfig "
15109
"Settings Manager (ccsm)</link> application from the <app>Software "
15110
"Center</app>."
15111
msgstr ""
15112
15113
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:27(item/p)
15114
msgid ""
15115
"If you need assistance with installing the application, consult the <link "
15116
"xref=\"addremove-install\"> software installation help</link>, or review the "
15117
"<link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center Manual</link>."
15118
msgstr ""
15119
15120
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:30(item/p)
15121
msgid ""
15122
"After you have installed the program, click the power icon at the very right "
15123
"of the <gui>panel</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
15124
msgstr ""
15125
15126
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32(item/p)
15127
msgid ""
15128
"In the Personal section, click <gui>CompizConfig Settings Manager</gui>."
15129
msgstr ""
15130
15131
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33(item/p)
15132
msgid ""
15133
"In the <gui>Desktop</gui> section of the <app>CompizConfig Settings "
15134
"Manager</app>, click <gui>Ubuntu Unity Plugin</gui>, and select the "
15135
"<gui>Experimental</gui> tab."
15136
msgstr ""
15137
15138
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:35(item/p)
15139
msgid ""
15140
"Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the "
15141
"size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
15142
msgstr ""
15143
15144
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:37(note/p)
15145
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
15146
msgstr ""
15147
15148
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:40(page/p)
15149
msgid ""
15150
"Your changes to the size of the icons will be applied immediately. Click the "
15151
"<gui>Back</gui> and <gui> Close</gui> buttons to exit the <app>CompizConfig "
15152
"Settings Manager</app>."
15153
msgstr ""
15154
15155
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15156
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15157
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15158
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15159
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19(media)
15160
msgctxt "_"
15161
msgid ""
15162
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' "
15163
"md5='c87dcbaaaad16b35a5c62b93e40ca2ce'"
15164
msgstr ""
15165
15166
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:15(page/title)
15167
msgid "Use the Launcher to start applications"
15168
msgstr ""
15169
15170
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:20(media/p)
15171
msgid "Launcher icons"
15172
msgstr ""
15173
15174
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23(page/p)
15175
msgid ""
15176
"The Launcher is one of the key components of the new Unity desktop. When you "
15177
"first log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the "
15178
"screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, Unity "
15179
"workspaces and lenses, as well as the trash."
15180
msgstr ""
15181
15182
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:27(page/p)
15183
msgid ""
15184
"If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, "
15185
"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for "
15186
"you to use."
15187
msgstr ""
15188
15189
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:31(section/title)
15190
msgid "Opening the Launcher"
15191
msgstr ""
15192
15193
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:32(section/p)
15194
msgid ""
15195
"You may notice that the Launcher will hide when it comes into contact with "
15196
"an open application. You can make the launcher reappear in a number of "
15197
"different ways. Experiment and try each of the following ways of opening the "
15198
"Launcher:"
15199
msgstr ""
15200
15201
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:37(item/p)
15202
msgid ""
15203
"Move your mouse pointer to the left side of the screen and <em>push</em> the "
15204
"pointer against the edge of the screen. The Launcher will appear after a "
15205
"brief delay."
15206
msgstr ""
15207
15208
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:39(item/p)
15209
msgid ""
15210
"Move your mouse pointer to the top-left corner of the screen. The Launcher "
15211
"will appear immediately."
15212
msgstr ""
15213
15214
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:41(item/p)
15215
msgid ""
15216
"Tap the <key>meta</key> key twice. The Launcher will appear briefly, but "
15217
"will disappear unless you hover your mouse over the Launcher."
15218
msgstr ""
15219
15220
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:43(item/p)
15221
msgid ""
15222
"Press and hold the <key>meta</key> key. The Launcher will appear, and "
15223
"numbers will appear on top of the Launcher icons. This allows you to press "
15224
"any one of the numbers to start that application."
15225
msgstr ""
15226
15227
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:48(section/p)
15228
msgid ""
15229
"Which approach do you like the most? What approach do you think will help "
15230
"you work most efficiently?"
15231
msgstr ""
15232
15233
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:51(section/p)
15234
msgid ""
15235
"To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics "
15236
"below."
15237
msgstr ""
15238
15239
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:55(section/title)
15240
msgid "Launcher Basics"
15241
msgstr ""
15242
15243
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:66(section/title)
15244
msgid "Customizing the Launcher"
15245
msgstr ""
15246
15247
#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
15248
msgctxt "link:trail"
15249
msgid "Users"
15250
msgstr ""
15251
15252
#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
15253
msgid ""
15254
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-"
15255
"session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
15256
"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
15257
msgstr ""
15258
15259
#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
15260
msgid "User accounts"
15261
msgstr ""
15262
15263
#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
15264
msgid ""
15265
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
15266
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
15267
"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
15268
"account if you know the password."
15269
msgstr ""
15270
15271
#: C/user-accounts.page:29(info/title)
15272
msgctxt "link:trail"
15273
msgid "Accounts"
15274
msgstr ""
15275
15276
#: C/user-accounts.page:31(section/title)
15277
msgid "Manage user accounts"
15278
msgstr ""
15279
15280
#: C/user-accounts.page:35(section/title)
15281
msgid "Passwords"
15282
msgstr ""
15283
15284
#: C/user-accounts.page:40(info/title)
15285
msgctxt "link:trail"
15286
msgid "Privileges"
15287
msgstr ""
15288
15289
#: C/user-accounts.page:42(section/title)
15290
msgid "User privileges"
15291
msgstr ""
15292
15293
#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
15294
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
15295
msgstr ""
15296
15297
#: C/user-add.page:22(page/title)
15298
msgid "Add a new user account"
15299
msgstr ""
15300
15301
#: C/user-add.page:30(page/p)
15302
msgid ""
15303
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
15304
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
15305
"folder, documents, and settings."
15306
msgstr ""
15307
15308
#: C/user-add.page:35(item/p)
15309
#: C/user-admin-change.page:26(item/p)
15310
#: C/user-changepassword.page:43(item/p)
15311
#: C/user-changepicture.page:29(item/p)
15312
#: C/user-delete.page:31(item/p)
15313
msgid ""
15314
"Click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>User "
15315
"Accounts</gui>."
15316
msgstr ""
15317
15318
#: C/user-add.page:37(item/p)
15319
msgid ""
15320
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15321
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
15322
msgstr ""
15323
15324
#: C/user-add.page:40(item/p)
15325
msgid ""
15326
"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
15327
"new user account."
15328
msgstr ""
15329
15330
#: C/user-add.page:42(item/p)
15331
msgid ""
15332
"If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, "
15333
"select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do "
15334
"things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change "
15335
"the date and time."
15336
msgstr ""
15337
15338
#: C/user-add.page:46(item/p)
15339
msgid ""
15340
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
15341
"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
15342
"you like."
15343
msgstr ""
15344
15345
#: C/user-add.page:49(item/p)
15346
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
15347
msgstr ""
15348
15349
#: C/user-add.page:50(item/p)
15350
msgid ""
15351
"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
15352
"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account "
15353
"Disabled</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list to set the password "
15354
"now, allow the user to log in without a password, or have the user set their "
15355
"password the first time they log in."
15356
msgstr ""
15357
15358
#: C/user-add.page:54(item/p)
15359
msgid ""
15360
"If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
15361
"password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
15362
"fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
15363
msgstr ""
15364
15365
#: C/user-add.page:57(item/p)
15366
#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(item/p)
15367
msgid ""
15368
"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
15369
"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
15370
"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
15371
msgstr ""
15372
15373
#: C/user-add.page:61(item/p)
15374
#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(item/p)
15375
msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
15376
msgstr ""
15377
15378
#: C/user-add.page:64(note/p)
15379
msgid ""
15380
"If you like, you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to "
15381
"set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. "
15382
"GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or "
15383
"take a picture with your webcam."
15384
msgstr ""
15385
15386
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
15387
msgid ""
15388
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
15389
"giving them administrative privileges."
15390
msgstr ""
15391
15392
#: C/user-admin-change.page:20(page/title)
15393
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
15394
msgstr ""
15395
15396
#: C/user-admin-change.page:22(page/p)
15397
msgid ""
15398
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
15399
"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
15400
"administrative privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of "
15401
"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
15402
"changes."
15403
msgstr ""
15404
15405
#: C/user-admin-change.page:30(item/p)
15406
msgid ""
15407
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
15408
"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
15409
"yourself.)"
15410
msgstr ""
15411
15412
#: C/user-admin-change.page:34(item/p)
15413
msgid ""
15414
"Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the "
15415
"option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."
15416
msgstr ""
15417
15418
#: C/user-admin-change.page:41(item/p)
15419
msgid ""
15420
"Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform "
15421
"administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
15422
msgstr ""
15423
15424
#: C/user-admin-change.page:44(item/p)
15425
msgid ""
15426
"Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to perform "
15427
"admin tasks."
15428
msgstr ""
15429
15430
#: C/user-admin-change.page:50(item/p)
15431
msgid ""
15432
"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
15433
"they next log in."
15434
msgstr ""
15435
15436
#: C/user-admin-change.page:55(note/p)
15437
msgid ""
15438
"The first user account on the system has administrative privileges. This is "
15439
"the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
15440
msgstr ""
15441
15442
#: C/user-admin-change.page:56(note/p)
15443
msgid ""
15444
"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
15445
"on one system."
15446
msgstr ""
15447
15448
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
15449
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
15450
msgstr ""
15451
15452
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19(page/title)
15453
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
15454
msgstr ""
15455
15456
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:21(page/p)
15457
msgid ""
15458
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer also has a "
15459
"number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If "
15460
"these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
15461
"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
15462
"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
15463
"also protected."
15464
msgstr ""
15465
15466
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:23(page/p)
15467
msgid ""
15468
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
15469
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
15470
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
15471
"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
15472
msgstr ""
15473
15474
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25(page/p)
15475
msgid ""
15476
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you can temporarily get "
15477
"admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs "
15478
"admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to "
15479
"install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask "
15480
"for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. "
15481
"Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
15482
msgstr ""
15483
15484
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:27(page/p)
15485
msgid ""
15486
"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
15487
"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges, "
15488
"you will not be able to install software, for example. Some user accounts "
15489
"(for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You "
15490
"shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might "
15491
"accidentally change an important file and break something."
15492
msgstr ""
15493
15494
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
15495
msgid ""
15496
"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
15497
"system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
15498
msgstr ""
15499
15500
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:32(note/title)
15501
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
15502
msgstr ""
15503
15504
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33(note/p)
15505
msgid ""
15506
"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
15507
"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
15508
"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
15509
"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
15510
msgstr ""
15511
15512
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:37(section/title)
15513
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
15514
msgstr ""
15515
15516
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38(section/p)
15517
msgid ""
15518
"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
15519
"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
15520
"intentionally or unintentionally."
15521
msgstr ""
15522
15523
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:39(section/p)
15524
msgid ""
15525
"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
15526
"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
15527
"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
15528
"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
15529
msgstr ""
15530
15531
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40(section/p)
15532
msgid ""
15533
"Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
15534
"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
15535
"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
15536
"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
15537
"standpoint."
15538
msgstr ""
15539
15540
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
15541
msgid ""
15542
"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
15543
"privileges."
15544
msgstr ""
15545
15546
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:19(page/title)
15547
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
15548
msgstr ""
15549
15550
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:21(page/p)
15551
msgid ""
15552
"There are a few problems that you might experience because you don't have "
15553
"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some "
15554
"things require you to have admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
15555
msgstr ""
15556
15557
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:25(item/p)
15558
msgid "Connecting to some networks/wireless networks"
15559
msgstr ""
15560
15561
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
15562
msgid ""
15563
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk plugged-in to the computer, or the "
15564
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. if you have a Windows partition)"
15565
msgstr ""
15566
15567
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
15568
msgid "Installing new applications"
15569
msgstr ""
15570
15571
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(page/p)
15572
msgid ""
15573
"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin "
15574
"privileges</link>."
15575
msgstr ""
15576
15577
#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
15578
msgid ""
15579
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
15580
"settings."
15581
msgstr ""
15582
15583
#: C/user-changepassword.page:21(page/title)
15584
msgid "Change your password"
15585
msgstr ""
15586
15587
#: C/user-changepassword.page:41(page/p)
15588
msgid ""
15589
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
15590
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
15591
msgstr ""
15592
15593
#: C/user-changepassword.page:44(item/p)
15594
msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
15595
msgstr ""
15596
15597
#: C/user-changepassword.page:45(note/p)
15598
msgid ""
15599
"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
15600
"password set."
15601
msgstr ""
15602
15603
#: C/user-changepassword.page:47(item/p)
15604
msgid ""
15605
"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
15606
"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
15607
msgstr ""
15608
15609
#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(page/p)
15610
msgid ""
15611
"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
15612
"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
15613
msgstr ""
15614
15615
#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(section/title)
15616
msgid "Change the keyring password"
15617
msgstr ""
15618
15619
#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(section/p)
15620
msgid ""
15621
"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
15622
"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
15623
"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
15624
"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
15625
"keyring password will remain the same as your old password and so the "
15626
"keyring won't be <em>unlocked</em> automatically when you log in."
15627
msgstr ""
15628
15629
#: C/user-changepassword.page:65(section/p)
15630
msgid "To change your keyring password (to match your login password):"
15631
msgstr ""
15632
15633
#: C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
15634
msgid ""
15635
"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
15636
msgstr ""
15637
15638
#: C/user-changepassword.page:69(item/p)
15639
msgid ""
15640
"In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. "
15641
"Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
15642
msgstr ""
15643
15644
#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(item/p)
15645
msgid ""
15646
"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new "
15647
"<gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it "
15648
"again."
15649
msgstr ""
15650
15651
#: C/user-changepassword.page:75(item/p)
15652
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
15653
msgstr ""
15654
15655
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
15656
msgid "Add a bit of your personality to your login and user screens."
15657
msgstr ""
15658
15659
#: C/user-changepicture.page:21(page/title)
15660
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
15661
msgstr ""
15662
15663
#: C/user-changepicture.page:23(page/p)
15664
msgid ""
15665
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
15666
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
15667
"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
15668
msgstr ""
15669
15670
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
15671
msgid ""
15672
"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
15673
"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
15674
"yourself."
15675
msgstr ""
15676
15677
#: C/user-changepicture.page:33(item/p)
15678
msgid ""
15679
"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
15680
"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
15681
msgstr ""
15682
15683
#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
15684
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
15685
msgstr ""
15686
15687
#: C/user-delete.page:24(page/title)
15688
msgid "Delete a user account"
15689
msgstr ""
15690
15691
#: C/user-delete.page:26(page/p)
15692
msgid ""
15693
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
15694
"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
15695
"delete that user's account."
15696
msgstr ""
15697
15698
#: C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
15699
msgid ""
15700
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15701
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
15702
msgstr ""
15703
15704
#: C/user-delete.page:35(item/p)
15705
msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
15706
msgstr ""
15707
15708
#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
15709
msgid ""
15710
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
15711
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Delete the files if you're "
15712
"sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These "
15713
"files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back "
15714
"up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
15715
msgstr ""
15716
15717
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(info/desc)
15718
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
15719
msgstr ""
15720
15721
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17(page/title)
15722
msgid "I forgot my password!"
15723
msgstr ""
15724
15725
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29(page/p)
15726
msgid ""
15727
"It is important to choose not only <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
15728
"and secure password</link>, but also one that you can remember. If you have "
15729
"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
15730
"the following steps to reset it."
15731
msgstr ""
15732
15733
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(note/p)
15734
msgid ""
15735
"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
15736
"forgotten password."
15737
msgstr ""
15738
15739
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41(page/p)
15740
msgid ""
15741
"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
15742
"changepassword\"/>."
15743
msgstr ""
15744
15745
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47(section/title)
15746
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
15747
msgstr ""
15748
15749
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50(item/p)
15750
msgid ""
15751
"Restart your computer, and hold down <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get "
15752
"into the Grub menu."
15753
msgstr ""
15754
15755
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55(note/p)
15756
msgid ""
15757
"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
15758
"system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
15759
"down <key>Shift</key>."
15760
msgstr ""
15761
15762
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62(note/p)
15763
msgid ""
15764
"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
15765
"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-"
15766
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
15767
msgstr ""
15768
15769
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67(item/p)
15770
msgid ""
15771
"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with "
15772
"the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
15773
msgstr ""
15774
15775
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73(item/p)
15776
msgid ""
15777
"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a "
15778
"<gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight "
15779
"<gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
15780
msgstr ""
15781
15782
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79(item/p)
15783
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
15784
msgstr ""
15785
15786
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(item/p)
15787
msgid ""
15788
"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
15789
"username of the account you're changing the password for."
15790
msgstr ""
15791
15792
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87(item/p)
15793
msgid ""
15794
"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
15795
"password."
15796
msgstr ""
15797
15798
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92(item/p)
15799
msgid "Then type:"
15800
msgstr ""
15801
15802
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(item/p)
15803
msgid "# <cmd>reboot</cmd>"
15804
msgstr ""
15805
15806
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(section/p)
15807
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203(section/p)
15808
msgid ""
15809
"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
15810
"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
15811
"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
15812
"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
15813
"keyring</link> and start a new one."
15814
msgstr ""
15815
15816
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(section/title)
15817
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
15818
msgstr ""
15819
15820
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(item/p)
15821
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
15822
msgstr ""
15823
15824
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(item/p)
15825
msgid "Mount your drive."
15826
msgstr ""
15827
15828
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121(item/p)
15829
msgid ""
15830
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
15831
"Application</gui> window."
15832
msgstr ""
15833
15834
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(item/p)
15835
msgid ""
15836
"Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
15837
"privileges."
15838
msgstr ""
15839
15840
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(note/p)
15841
msgid ""
15842
"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
15843
"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
15844
msgstr ""
15845
15846
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139(item/p)
15847
msgid ""
15848
"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
15849
"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
15850
msgstr ""
15851
15852
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(item/p)
15853
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
15854
msgstr ""
15855
15856
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(item/p)
15857
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
15858
msgstr ""
15859
15860
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150(item/p)
15861
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
15862
msgstr ""
15863
15864
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154(item/p)
15865
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
15866
msgstr ""
15867
15868
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162(item/p)
15869
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
15870
msgstr ""
15871
15872
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168(item/p)
15873
msgid ""
15874
"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look "
15875
"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
15876
msgstr ""
15877
15878
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172(item/p)
15879
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
15880
msgstr ""
15881
15882
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175(item/p)
15883
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
15884
msgstr ""
15885
15886
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180(item/p)
15887
msgid ""
15888
"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. "
15889
"This will remove the password for the account."
15890
msgstr ""
15891
15892
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184(item/p)
15893
msgid ""
15894
"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
15895
"live CD or USB."
15896
msgstr ""
15897
15898
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190(item/p)
15899
msgid ""
15900
"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the top bar. "
15901
"Open <gui>My Account</gui> and reset your password."
15902
msgstr ""
15903
15904
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(item/p)
15905
msgid ""
15906
"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
15907
"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
15908
"password."
15909
msgstr ""
15910
15911
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214(section/title)
15912
msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
15913
msgstr ""
15914
15915
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216(note/p)
15916
msgid ""
15917
"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
15918
"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
15919
"used for your keyring."
15920
msgstr ""
15921
15922
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221(item/p)
15923
msgid ""
15924
"Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
15925
"overview."
15926
msgstr ""
15927
15928
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224(item/p)
15929
msgid ""
15930
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
15931
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
15932
msgstr ""
15933
15934
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(item/p)
15935
msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
15936
msgstr ""
15937
15938
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(item/p)
15939
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
15940
msgstr ""
15941
15942
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234(item/p)
15943
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
15944
msgstr ""
15945
15946
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237(item/p)
15947
msgid "Restart the computer."
15948
msgstr ""
15949
15950
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241(section/p)
15951
msgid ""
15952
"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
15953
"networks password."
15954
msgstr ""
15955
15956
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
15957
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
15958
msgstr ""
15959
15960
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:26(page/title)
15961
msgid "Choose a secure password"
15962
msgstr ""
15963
15964
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:29(note/p)
15965
msgid ""
15966
"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
15967
"others (including computer programs) to guess."
15968
msgstr ""
15969
15970
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:33(page/p)
15971
msgid ""
15972
"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
15973
"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
15974
"personal information."
15975
msgstr ""
15976
15977
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(page/p)
15978
msgid ""
15979
"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
15980
"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
15981
"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
15982
"choosing a good password:"
15983
msgstr ""
15984
15985
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:38(item/p)
15986
msgid ""
15987
"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
15988
"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
15989
"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
15990
"have to check when trying to guess yours."
15991
msgstr ""
15992
15993
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:40(note/p)
15994
msgid ""
15995
"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
15996
"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
15997
"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
15998
"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
15999
msgstr ""
16000
16001
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:46(item/p)
16002
msgid ""
16003
"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
16004
"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
16005
msgstr ""
16006
16007
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
16008
msgid ""
16009
"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
16010
"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
16011
"\"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
16012
msgstr ""
16013
16014
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52(item/p)
16015
msgid ""
16016
"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
16017
"any family member's name."
16018
msgstr ""
16019
16020
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:55(item/p)
16021
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
16022
msgstr ""
16023
16024
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:58(item/p)
16025
msgid ""
16026
"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
16027
"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
16028
"watching you."
16029
msgstr ""
16030
16031
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:62(note/p)
16032
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
16033
msgstr ""
16034
16035
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:68(item/p)
16036
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
16037
msgstr ""
16038
16039
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:72(item/p)
16040
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
16041
msgstr ""
16042
16043
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(item/p)
16044
msgid ""
16045
"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
16046
"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
16047
msgstr ""
16048
16049
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
16050
msgid ""
16051
"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
16052
"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
16053
"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
16054
"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
16055
msgstr ""
16056
16057
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:78(item/p)
16058
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
16059
msgstr ""
16060
16061
#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
16062
msgid ""
16063
"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
16064
"region."
16065
msgstr ""
16066
16067
#: C/video-dvd.page:19(page/title)
16068
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
16069
msgstr ""
16070
16071
#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/p)
16072
msgid ""
16073
"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it won't play, you may not have "
16074
"the right DVD \"codecs\" installed, or the DVD might be from a different "
16075
"\"region\"."
16076
msgstr ""
16077
16078
#: C/video-dvd.page:24(section/title)
16079
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
16080
msgstr ""
16081
16082
#: C/video-dvd.page:25(section/p)
16083
msgid ""
16084
"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
16085
"A codec is some software that allows applications to read a video or audio "
16086
"format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, "
16087
"the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install it for you."
16088
msgstr ""
16089
16090
#: C/video-dvd.page:26(section/p)
16091
msgid ""
16092
"DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents "
16093
"you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you "
16094
"have some <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to "
16095
"handle the copy protection."
16096
msgstr ""
16097
16098
#: C/video-dvd.page:30(section/title)
16099
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
16100
msgstr ""
16101
16102
#: C/video-dvd.page:31(section/p)
16103
msgid ""
16104
"DVDs have a \"region code\", which tells you in which region of the world "
16105
"you are allowed to play the DVD. DVD players can only play DVDs from the "
16106
"same region as them. For example, if you have a region 1 DVD player, you "
16107
"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
16108
msgstr ""
16109
16110
#: C/video-dvd.page:32(section/p)
16111
msgid ""
16112
"If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to "
16113
"play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often possible "
16114
"to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only do this a few "
16115
"times before it locks into one region permanently."
16116
msgstr ""
16117
16118
#: C/video-dvd.page:33(section/p)
16119
msgid ""
16120
"To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
16121
"href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
16122
msgstr ""
16123
16124
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9(info/desc)
16125
msgid ""
16126
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
16127
"software."
16128
msgstr ""
16129
16130
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20(page/title)
16131
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
16132
msgstr ""
16133
16134
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22(page/p)
16135
msgid ""
16136
"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and "
16137
"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require "
16138
"the use of decryption software in order to play them."
16139
msgstr ""
16140
16141
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25(section/title)
16142
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
16143
msgstr ""
16144
16145
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26(section/p)
16146
msgid ""
16147
"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
16148
"<link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and "
16149
"should be legal to use in all countries."
16150
msgstr ""
16151
16152
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30(section/title)
16153
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
16154
msgstr ""
16155
16156
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32(note/p)
16157
msgid ""
16158
"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is "
16159
"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
16160
msgstr ""
16161
16162
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35(item/p)
16163
msgid ""
16164
"Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
16165
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
16166
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link "
16167
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
16168
msgstr ""
16169
16170
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38(item/p)
16171
msgid ""
16172
"If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open "
16173
"the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
16174
msgstr ""
16175
16176
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40(item/p)
16177
msgid ""
16178
"Type the following into the screen which appears, then press "
16179
"<key>Enter</key>:"
16180
msgstr ""
16181
16182
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41(item/p)
16183
msgid "<code>sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh</code>"
16184
msgstr ""
16185
16186
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42(item/p)
16187
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
16188
msgstr ""
16189
16190
#: C/video-sending.page:8(info/desc)
16191
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
16192
msgstr ""
16193
16194
#: C/video-sending.page:19(page/title)
16195
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
16196
msgstr ""
16197
16198
#: C/video-sending.page:21(page/p)
16199
msgid ""
16200
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
16201
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
16202
msgstr ""
16203
16204
#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
16205
msgid ""
16206
"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
16207
"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
16208
"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
16209
"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back."
16210
msgstr ""
16211
16212
#: C/video-sending.page:25(page/p)
16213
msgid ""
16214
"You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the <link "
16215
"xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>, right-clicking it and selecting "
16216
"<gui>Properties</gui>. Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at "
16217
"which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
16218
msgstr ""
16219
16220
#: C/video-sending.page:27(page/p)
16221
msgid ""
16222
"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
16223
"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
16224
"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
16225
"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
16226
"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
16227
"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
16228
"it's not installed."
16229
msgstr ""
16230
16231
#: C/video-sending.page:29(page/p)
16232
msgid ""
16233
"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
16234
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on "
16235
"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a variety of video "
16236
"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most "
16237
"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications "
16238
"are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's "
16239
"available."
16240
msgstr ""
16241
16242
#: C/video-sending.page:32(note/p)
16243
msgid ""
16244
"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
16245
"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
16246
"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
16247
"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
16248
"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
16249
msgstr ""
16250
16251
#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
16252
msgid ""
16253
"The meta key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. You can usually "
16254
"find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
16255
msgstr ""
16256
16257
#: C/windows-key.page:16(page/title)
16258
msgid "What is the \"meta\" key?"
16259
msgstr ""
16260
16261
#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/p)
16262
msgid ""
16263
"The meta key is the key between the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys "
16264
"on your keyboard. It may sometimes be called the <em>Windows</em> key, "
16265
"<em>logo</em> key, <em>system</em> key, or even the <em>Ubuntu</em> key. If "
16266
"you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a meta key on your keyboard. "
16267
"The <key>Command (Cmd)</key> key can be used instead."
16268
msgstr ""
16269
16270
#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
16271
msgid ""
16272
"The meta key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the "
16273
"<em>meta</em> key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the "
16274
"meta key, the Launcher will be displayed."
16275
msgstr ""
16276
16277
#: C/windows-key.page:22(page/p)
16278
msgid ""
16279
"The meta key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about "
16280
"more uses for the <em>meta</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
16281
"shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
16282
msgstr ""
16283
16284
#~ msgctxt "_"
16285
#~ msgid ""
16286
#~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/gnome/22x22/apps/preferences-desktop-"
16287
#~ "accessibility.png' md5='__failed__'"
16288
#~ msgstr ""
16289
#~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/gnome/22x22/apps/preferences-desktop-"
16290
#~ "accessibility.png' md5='__failed__'"
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1